%% Generated by Sphinx.
\def\sphinxdocclass{report}
\documentclass[letterpaper,10pt,english]{sphinxmanual}
\ifdefined\pdfpxdimen
   \let\sphinxpxdimen\pdfpxdimen\else\newdimen\sphinxpxdimen
\fi \sphinxpxdimen=.75bp\relax
\ifdefined\pdfimageresolution
    \pdfimageresolution= \numexpr \dimexpr1in\relax/\sphinxpxdimen\relax
\fi
%% let collapsible pdf bookmarks panel have high depth per default
\PassOptionsToPackage{bookmarksdepth=5}{hyperref}


\PassOptionsToPackage{warn}{textcomp}
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
\ifdefined\DeclareUnicodeCharacter
% support both utf8 and utf8x syntaxes
  \ifdefined\DeclareUnicodeCharacterAsOptional
    \def\sphinxDUC#1{\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{"#1}}
  \else
    \let\sphinxDUC\DeclareUnicodeCharacter
  \fi
  \sphinxDUC{00A0}{\nobreakspace}
  \sphinxDUC{2500}{\sphinxunichar{2500}}
  \sphinxDUC{2502}{\sphinxunichar{2502}}
  \sphinxDUC{2514}{\sphinxunichar{2514}}
  \sphinxDUC{251C}{\sphinxunichar{251C}}
  \sphinxDUC{2572}{\textbackslash}
\fi
\usepackage{cmap}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,amstext}
\usepackage{babel}



\usepackage{tgtermes}
\usepackage{tgheros}
\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{txtt}



\usepackage[Bjarne]{fncychap}
\usepackage{sphinx}

\fvset{fontsize=auto}
\usepackage{geometry}


% Include hyperref last.
\usepackage{hyperref}
% Fix anchor placement for figures with captions.
\usepackage{hypcap}% it must be loaded after hyperref.
% Set up styles of URL: it should be placed after hyperref.
\urlstyle{same}


\usepackage{sphinxmessages}
\setcounter{tocdepth}{0}



\title{C-Munipack Documentation}
\date{Apr 17, 2024}
\release{2.1.32}
\author{David Motl}
\newcommand{\sphinxlogo}{\vbox{}}
\renewcommand{\releasename}{Release}
\makeindex
\begin{document}

\ifdefined\shorthandoff
  \ifnum\catcode`\=\string=\active\shorthandoff{=}\fi
  \ifnum\catcode`\"=\active\shorthandoff{"}\fi
\fi

\pagestyle{empty}
\sphinxmaketitle
\pagestyle{plain}
\sphinxtableofcontents
\pagestyle{normal}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{index::doc}}


\begin{DUlineblock}{0em}
\item[] Release: 2.1.32
\item[] Updated: Apr 17, 2024
\end{DUlineblock}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Copyright 2015 David Motl

\sphinxAtStartPar
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the
GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front\sphinxhyphen{}Cover Texts, and no Back\sphinxhyphen{}Cover Texts.

\sphinxstepscope


\chapter{Preface}
\label{\detokenize{preface:preface}}\label{\detokenize{preface::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
At the beginning of the 21st century, astronomical photometry has changed a
lot. Instead of visual and photoelectric observation, the observers began to
use CCD cameras. The CCD cameras became cheaper and therefore more affordable
even for amateur astronomers. This gave rise to the demand for a software tool
for processing the CCD\sphinxhyphen{}data, which would be affordable for an amateur astronomer,
provide a simple and user\sphinxhyphen{}friendly graphical interface and provide robust algorithms.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In April 2003 the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack project was started; its goal was to supply the
astronomers with a powerful but also user\sphinxhyphen{}friendly tool for processing their
CCD\sphinxhyphen{}data. At the time, the two similar tools existed: MuniDOS, a text\sphinxhyphen{}mode
program, which was somewhat limited by the user interface. Additionally, according
to the authors, the program is not using modern algorithms, and no future
development is planned. The other available was Munipack, written partly
in Fortran and partly in C. Munipack is a modern and still maintained tool, but there
were several disadvantages: the users of Windows operating system would
have severe problems with its compilation from the source code (no binaries were provided),
and the graphical interface, that program offers, is available only for unix\sphinxhyphen{}based
operating systems. Of course, there are some commercial products available on the
market, some of them are really good, but these products are not affordable for
amateur astronomers, since they have to pay for everything by themselves.
\subsubsection*{About this document}

\sphinxAtStartPar
This manual is an official user manual and a reference of the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software. The document consists of
several parts. The first, introductory, part gives a reader a basic information about the
software, its authors, features and internet resources that are related to the project. {\hyperref[\detokenize{using_muniwin:using-muniwin}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{The second
part}}}} describes in details its graphical user interface, the Muniwin application, which is the way
that the most users uses for their daily work all the time. {\hyperref[\detokenize{command_line_tools:toolkit}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{The third part}}}} contains detailed description
of a set of user commands, the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack toolkit, these commands can be used to build
automated shell scripts. The detailed description of the algorithms and file formats is found
in {\hyperref[\detokenize{theory:theory}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{the fourth part}}}} of this document.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you are a novice user, please read the chapter {\hyperref[\detokenize{getting_started:getting-started}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Getting started}}}} first. This chapter
is a simple tutorial that guides your through a basic CCD frame processing work\sphinxhyphen{}flow
using a set of sample frames that are available on the project’s home page. The basic concepts
of the software are also explained there.
\subsubsection*{Acknowledgement}

\sphinxAtStartPar
I would like to thank to all my colleagues, who contributed with their ideas,
advice, and suggestions, to this program. Namely to Filip Hroch for sharing
the Munipack source code, and for his help with porting it from Fortran to C,
to Lukas Kral for sharing his Varfind source code, to Miloslav Zejda,
Ondrej Pejcha, Petr Svoboda, Volkan Bakis for their help with testing and valuable
suggestions to the user interface and also to Jitka Kudrnacova and Petr Lutcha for
their help with the user manual.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The user manual contains CCD frames of GSC 2750 854 (courtesy of Vyskov observatory)
and CCD frames of 268 Adorea (courtesy of ProjectSoft HK \& Astronomical Institute of the
Charles University in Prague)

\sphinxstepscope


\chapter{Introduction}
\label{\detokenize{introduction:introduction}}\label{\detokenize{introduction:id1}}\label{\detokenize{introduction::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The software package C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack presents the complete system for reduction of
images carried out by a CCD or DSLR camera, oriented at observation of variable stars.
The specific programs of reduction process can be called from a command line or
via an intuitive graphical user interface.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The project is based on the previous Munipack package, the command\sphinxhyphen{}line programs have
the same name, but to the contrary to Munipack, the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software is coded in the C/C++ language
and it contains several new functions and tools in addition. Assignment of the command\sphinxhyphen{}line
parameters and the configuration files is similar in the both projects, exceptions
are described in the project documentation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The graphical user interface, which was build upon the portable GTK+ toolkit, should
be familiar for Munidos users, but it takes full advantage of the graphical environment, and
therefore the interface is more comfortable and enables a user an improved control over
the reduction process in comparison with the original interface of Munidos.


\section{Features and capabilities}
\label{\detokenize{introduction:features-and-capabilities}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The following list is a short overview of the key features that the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software provides:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Powerful graphical user interface that runs on the most up\sphinxhyphen{}to\sphinxhyphen{}date platforms and operating systems

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Conversion of CCD frames from several input formats (see below) into the standard FITS format

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Conversion of several RAW formats produced by DSLR cameras into the standard FITS format

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Color channel separation for color DSLR images

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Extensive set of the calibration tools: correction of observation time, bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction,
dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction, flat\sphinxhyphen{}flat correction and heliocentric correction

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Aperture photometry using a fully configurable set of apertures of different sizes

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Automatic finding corresponding stars on a set of frames

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Tracking of moving targets, such as minor Solar System bodies

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Easy\sphinxhyphen{}to\sphinxhyphen{}use making light curves for selected stars; either differential curves or instrumental
magnitudes for further post\sphinxhyphen{}processing

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Ensemble photometry using unlimited number of comparison stars

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Semiautomatic detection of new and unknown variable stars on a view field

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Computation of air mass coefficient

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Combining a set of bias, dark and flat frames into high quality master\sphinxhyphen{}bias, master\sphinxhyphen{}dark and
master\sphinxhyphen{}flat correction frames

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Exports light curve as: CSV file, ASCII file, MCV compatible format, AVE compatible format

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Exports light curve in the AAVSO Extended Format

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
All data processing and scientific routines are placed in a public ANSI C library that
can be used to create a tailor\sphinxhyphen{}made photometry software

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A complete set of user (shell) commands that can be used for automatic surveys

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The following input formats are supported:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The FITS format with many date and time formats

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The SBIG’s ST\sphinxhyphen{}x compressed and uncompressed formats

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The OES Astro format

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Selected models of DSLR camera raw format: CRW, NEF %
\begin{footnote}[1]\sphinxAtStartFootnote
Please read the {\hyperref[\detokenize{processing_raw_images:processing-raw-images}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Photometry using a DLSR camera}}}} article before using the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software
to process snapshots from a DSLR camera.
%
\end{footnote}

\end{itemize}


\section{What can NOT the software do?}
\label{\detokenize{introduction:what-can-not-the-software-do}}\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
It doesn’t control a camera or a telescope of any manufacturer.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
It doesn’t compute celestial coordinates of objects (astrometry)

\end{itemize}

\index{authors@\spxentry{authors}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Authors}
\label{\detokenize{introduction:authors}}\label{\detokenize{introduction:index-0}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The project manager David Motl is also the author of the most part of the source codes.
Some small pieces of the sources originate from the Munipack package, coded by Filip Hroch.
The algorithms for aperture photometry originate from the Daophot software by P. B. Stetson.
The Munifind algorithm originates from the Varfind tool coded by Lukas Kral. The code of the lossless
JPEG decoder incorporated in the DSLR image reader originates from Dave Coffin’s dcraw utility.
The matching algorithm using Phi\sphinxhyphen{}LogR space originates from Nick Kaiser’s imcat software.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The package uses the following third party software:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
FITSIO library, written by Dr. William Pence, NASA

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
EXPAT library, written by James Clark’s

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
GTK+ toolkit, developed by the The GTK+ Team

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Sphinx documentation generator

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
WCSLIB library, writter by Mark Calabretta

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
FFTPACK library, written by Paul Swarztrauber, NCAR

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The windows binaries are compiled using MSVC 2010 Express edition

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The installer is built using Nullsoft Scriptable Install System (NSIS)

\end{itemize}

\index{licence@\spxentry{licence}}\ignorespaces 

\section{License and copying}
\label{\detokenize{introduction:license-and-copying}}\label{\detokenize{introduction:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free
Software Foundation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the LICENSE file for more details.

\index{project@\spxentry{project}!home page@\spxentry{home page}}\index{home page@\spxentry{home page}!project@\spxentry{project}}\index{version@\spxentry{version}!latest@\spxentry{latest}}\index{latest@\spxentry{latest}!version@\spxentry{version}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Where can I get the latest version?}
\label{\detokenize{introduction:where-can-i-get-the-latest-version}}\label{\detokenize{introduction:index-2}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The project is hosted by SourceForge. The latest version of the binaries, the source codes
and the documentation is available on the following address:

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxurl{http://c-munipack.sourceforge.net/}


\section{Supported platforms}
\label{\detokenize{introduction:supported-platforms}}\subsubsection*{MS Windows}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The binaries provided on the website are compatible with MS Windows XP SP3 and later (32\sphinxhyphen{}bit or 64\sphinxhyphen{}bit).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software is developed on MS Windows 7. The distributed binaries are compiled using
the MSVC 2010 Express edition.

\begin{sphinxadmonition}{note}{Note:}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Since C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack version 2.1, MS Windows 2000 are no longer supported.
\end{sphinxadmonition}
\subsubsection*{Other platforms}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The software must be compiled from the source code; it should compile on any POSIX\sphinxhyphen{}compliant system,
provided that the following libraries/packages have been installed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Minimum requirements:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
C/C++ compiler (such as gcc)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
cfitsio 3.x (\sphinxurl{http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/fitsio/})

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
expat (\sphinxurl{http://expat.sourceforge.net/})

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
GTK+ 2.x (\sphinxurl{http://www.gtk.org/})

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Optional dependencies:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
gstreamer (\sphinxurl{http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/})

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
wcslib (\sphinxurl{http://www.atnf.csiro.au/people/mcalabre/WCS/})

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The software build is tested on Debian 7.7 and 8.2. It is known to compile also on \sphinxstyleemphasis{Mac OS X}.


\section{What’s new in version 2.1}
\label{\detokenize{introduction:what-s-new-in-version-2-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The main goal of this version was to provide 64\sphinxhyphen{}bit binaries for MS Windows platform along with the 32\sphinxhyphen{}bit
version. The installer package for MS Windows comes with the both versions and the installer chooses the binaries
that are appropriate for the host platform. The GKT+ library was updated to the version 2.24 and therefore
Windows 2000 are no longer supported.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The software can also read WCS coordinates, if they are stored in the source FITS files. I thought
that I could use them to get reliable matching for difficult cases, like glubular clusters, but
this effort was fruitless so far. The only result from this effort is that if the source FITS files
comprises the WCS data, the frame preview window shows RA/Dec coordinates of objects.

\sphinxAtStartPar
There are also two new plot types \sphinxhyphen{} {\hyperref[\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:ccd-temperature-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{CCD temperature}}}} plot which shows temperature variations over
time; such plot can be used to monitor performace of the camera cooling sub\sphinxhyphen{}system. The new {\hyperref[\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:object-properties-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Object properties}}}}
plot can be used to check for changes in de\sphinxhyphen{}focus (FWHM), weather conditions through a plot of instrumental
magnitudes of a constant object or sky background level.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The version 2.1 also introduces a new matching tool that can track an object that moves with respect to the
stars, such as minor Solar System bodies, the software is not designed to measure accurate position
of the objects, it can be used to observe changes in the brightness in time.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{Installation@\spxentry{Installation}!instructions@\spxentry{instructions}}\index{instructions@\spxentry{instructions}!Installation@\spxentry{Installation}}\ignorespaces 

\chapter{Installation and uninstallation}
\label{\detokenize{installation:installation-and-uninstallation}}\label{\detokenize{installation:installation}}\label{\detokenize{installation:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{installation::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The latest version of the binaries and the source code can be obtained from the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack
project home page: \sphinxurl{http://c-munipack.sourceforge.net/}. Choose the binary or source package
according to your platform and download it.


\section{Using the installer on MS Windows}
\label{\detokenize{installation:using-the-installer-on-ms-windows}}
\begin{sphinxadmonition}{note}{Note:}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Since C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack version 2.1, MS Windows 2000 are no longer supported.
\end{sphinxadmonition}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Download the installer (.exe file) from the project \sphinxhref{http://c-munipack.sourceforge.net/}{home page} and execute it. Follow
the instructions in the installation wizard. By default, the files are installed to the
Program Files folder. The software itself doesn’t require the write access to the installation
path and it doesn’t read or modify the windows registry. All configuration files and other
temporary files are stored in user’s Application Data folder.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The installer package comprises of the both 32\sphinxhyphen{}bit and 64\sphinxhyphen{}bit executables. The installer automatically
chooses the executables which are appropriate to the host platform.
\subsubsection*{Uninstallation}

\sphinxAtStartPar
To uninstall the software open the Control Panel, then open the Add/Remove programs
tool. Select the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack 2.1 item and click on the “Remove” button.

\index{Source code@\spxentry{Source code}!compiling@\spxentry{compiling}}\index{compiling@\spxentry{compiling}!Source code@\spxentry{Source code}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Building from the source code on POSIX\sphinxhyphen{}compliant systems}
\label{\detokenize{installation:building-from-the-source-code-on-posix-compliant-systems}}\label{\detokenize{installation:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Download the \sphinxhref{http://c-munipack.sourceforge.net/}{source code} archive to your computer and
unpack it using the tar command. The software comes with the GNU automake configuration scripts.
\subsubsection*{Run the ‘configure’ script}

\sphinxAtStartPar
First, run the configure script that is stored in the root directory. The script takes a while
to finish. It automatically checks the dependencies and makes a set of Makefiles that in turn
are called to build and install the binaries and the data files. Here is the list of the most
frequently used command\sphinxhyphen{}line options that the configure script accepts.
\index{configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{installation:cmdoption-configure-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Print the complete set of command\sphinxhyphen{}line options.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}prefix@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}prefix}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}prefix@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}prefix}!configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{installation:cmdoption-configure-prefix}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}prefix}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{=path}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Install the software in subdirectories below prefix. The default value of prefix is /usr/local.

\end{fulllineitems}


\sphinxAtStartPar
The following options extends the default configure’s set:
\index{configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}gui@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}gui}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}gui@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}gui}!configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{installation:cmdoption-configure-disable-gui}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}gui}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Do not build the graphical user interface (Muniwin).

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}toolkit@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}toolkit}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}toolkit@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}toolkit}!configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{installation:cmdoption-configure-disable-toolkit}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}toolkit}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Do not build the set of user commands (toolkit).

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}sound@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}sound}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}sound@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}sound}!configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{installation:cmdoption-configure-disable-sound}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}sound}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Do not build the software with the support for sounds that are played when a process is finished.
Use this option if you do not have the gstreamer library.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}wcs@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}wcs}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}wcs@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}wcs}!configure command line option@\spxentry{configure command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{installation:cmdoption-configure-disable-wcs}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}disable\sphinxhyphen{}wcs}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Do not build the software with the Woorld Coordinate System (WCS) support.
Use this option if you do not have the wcslib library.

\end{fulllineitems}

\subsubsection*{Build and install}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Run ‘make’. Once you have successfully compiled the software, run ‘make install’.

\begin{sphinxadmonition}{note}{Note:}
\sphinxAtStartPar
On some systems, it is necessary to run ‘ldconfig’ after ‘make install’.
\end{sphinxadmonition}
\subsubsection*{Files and directories}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The ‘make install’ command installs a the binaries, the data and the user manual to the
destination directory, the files is installed into following directories. In the list
below, the prefix stands for the installation path, the default prefix is /usr/local.


\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{prefix/bin}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
The binaries

\end{fulllineitems}



\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{prefix/lib}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
The libraries that are used to build applications using the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack API

\end{fulllineitems}



\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{prefix/include}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
The header files that are used to compile applications using the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack API

\end{fulllineitems}



\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{prefix/man}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Unix\sphinxhyphen{}style man pages

\end{fulllineitems}



\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{prefix/share/c\sphinxhyphen{}munipack\sphinxhyphen{}2.0}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
The icons, sounds and documentation

\end{fulllineitems}


\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration files are stored per user within the directory that is reserved
for the user\sphinxhyphen{}specific application configuration information. The path is determined
using the mechanisms described in the XDG Base Directory Specification.


\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\$HOME/.config/C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack\sphinxhyphen{}2.0}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration files

\end{fulllineitems}



\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\$HOME/.local/share/C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack\sphinxhyphen{}2.0}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
The default directory for catalog files, projects, etc.

\end{fulllineitems}


\sphinxstepscope


\chapter{Getting started}
\label{\detokenize{getting_started:getting-started}}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id1}}\label{\detokenize{getting_started::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The following text describes the basic procedure for processing an observation of
a short\sphinxhyphen{}periodic eclipsing variable stars by means of the Muniwin software, the
graphical user interface which comes with the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The package with the demonstration data used in the example is available on the project
\sphinxhref{http://c-munipack.sourceforge.net/}{home page}. Download and unzip the archive to
an empty folder (e.g. \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\textasciitilde{}/c\sphinxhyphen{}munipack/sample}}). The archive has the following structure:


\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{dark~/~20s~/~masterdark.fts}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frame (20 seconds exposure)

\end{fulllineitems}



\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{dark~/~20s~/~raw~/~dark*.fts}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set of raw dark frames (20 seconds exposure)

\end{fulllineitems}



\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{flat~/~v~/~masterflat.fts}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frame (optical filter V)

\end{fulllineitems}



\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{flat~/~raw~/~flat\sphinxhyphen{}v*.fts}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set of raw flat frames (optical filter V)

\end{fulllineitems}



\begin{fulllineitems}

\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{data~/~v~/~frame*.fts}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
sample CCD frames (optical filter V)

\end{fulllineitems}



\section{General overview}
\label{\detokenize{getting_started:general-overview}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The reduction of CCD observation can be described in general as a process that takes a time sequence
of source frames of the same view field and a set of calibration frames and makes a table of brightness
values of a selected object with respect to the time of observation, called a light curve.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The process of reduction of a CCD observation in the Muniwin software consists of the several steps:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{)}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Creating a new project and populating it with input files (source CCD frames)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Calibration of the source frames

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Photometry and matching

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Selection of stars

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Selection of aperture

\end{enumerate}


\section{Start Muniwin}
\label{\detokenize{getting_started:start-muniwin}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Launch the \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{Muniwin}} program \sphinxhyphen{} a way how to launch an application depends on your operating system
and desktop environment. For example, on the MS Windows platform, the Muniwin program can be run from the
menu \sphinxmenuselection{Start \(\rightarrow\) Programs \(\rightarrow\) C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack 2.1} folder. On POSIX\sphinxhyphen{}compliant platforms, execute
the command \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{muniwin}} in a terminal window. A {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{main application window}}}} appears.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}.




\section{Create a new project}
\label{\detokenize{getting_started:create-a-new-project}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
In the Muniwin application, open the main menu, select item \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) New}. A new dialog appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{newproject_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a new project.}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Fill in a name that will be assigned to the project (1). Because the name of the file that keeps track of the data related
to the project, the project file, is derived from the name, some characters cannot appear in the project name, do not
use: / ? \% * : | ” \textless{} and \textgreater{}. In our example, let us use the designation of the variable star \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{GSC 2750 854}}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The field \sphinxguilabel{Location} (2) shows a path to the directory where a new project will be created. Edit the path to
change the location, you can also click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button (3) to select a directory in a separate dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog also displays a list of available project types, called the profiles. The profile is used to specify initial
settings for a new project. The installation package comes with a set of factory\sphinxhyphen{}provided profiles, which are listed under
the section \sphinxguilabel{Predefined profiles}. Later on, when you tune your own set of configuration parameters that you
want to use repeatedly, you can create your own profiles, called \sphinxguilabel{User\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles}. See the section
{\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Profiles}}}} in the manual for instructions how to create and edit the user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In this introductory demonstration tour, we will make a light curve for an eclipsing binary. Please, select the
item \sphinxguilabel{Light curve} in the section \sphinxguilabel{Predefined profiles} in the table (4).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog is closed and you should see the main application window again now. The table of input files shown there
is empty.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{main}.png}
\caption{The main application window with the table of input files, now empty.}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id3}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}}.




\section{Selecting source frames}
\label{\detokenize{getting_started:selecting-source-frames}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we’re going to populate the project with source files. Open the \sphinxguilabel{Frames} menu and click on \sphinxguilabel{Add frames from folder}.
Go to the folder which contains the source CCD frames. The source CCD frames from the demonstration data are stored in the
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{data/v}} subfolder. You should see the list of files in the center navigation pane. This dialog allows you to add
all frames from folders and subfolders. If you need to specify only a subset of files from a particular folder, you
the \sphinxguilabel{Add individual frames} choice.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfolder1}.png}
\caption{The dialog with the place selection box (left), the file selection box (middle)
and the preview panel (right).}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Push the \sphinxguilabel{Add} button. If you want to process data taken in several nights at once, use the same procedure to add
those files to the table. After inserting all the files you want to process, close the dialog by pushing the \sphinxguilabel{Close}
button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{inputfiles}.png}
\caption{The main application window with the sample frames inserted.}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id5}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add frames from folder (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add individual frames (dialog)}}}}.




\section{Frame reduction}
\label{\detokenize{getting_started:frame-reduction}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Reduction of CCD frames is a process that takes the source CCD frames, performs their conversion and calibration,
detects stars on each frame and measures their intensity and finally finds correlation (match) between objects
that were found in the data set. The process of reduction prepares the data that are necessary for making a light
curve or a variable star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The reduction consists of the four steps \sphinxhyphen{} conversion, calibration, photometry and matching. Although they can be invoked
step\sphinxhyphen{}by\sphinxhyphen{}step manually, the preferred way is to use the \sphinxguilabel{Express reduction} dialog that allows to perform
these steps in a batch. Using the menu, activate the \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Express reduction} item.
A new dialog appears. The dialog has several options aligned to the left, each of them relates to an optional
step in the reduction process.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express}.png}
\caption{The dialog for setting parameters of the reduction process}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id6}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the \sphinxguilabel{Fetch/convert files}.
In this step, the program makes copy of the source CCD frames. This is necessary, because the following
calibration steps will modify them and we don’t want the program to change our precious source data.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_convert}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
A raw CCD frame consists of several components. By the calibration process, we get rid of those
which affect the result of the photometry. In some literature, the calibration is depicted as the
peeling of an onion. There are three major components which a raw frame consists of \sphinxhyphen{} the current
made by incident light, current made thermal drift of electrons (so\sphinxhyphen{}called dark current) and
constant bias level. In standard calibration scheme, which we will demonstrate here, the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction subtracts the dark current and the also the bias. Because of the nature of the dark current,
it is necessary to use a correction frame of the same exposure duration as source files and it must
be carried out on the same CCD temperature, too. Thus, the properly working temperature regulation
on your CCD camera is vital. Our sample data needs to perform the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction, so check
the \sphinxguilabel{Dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction} option. Click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button and find the file
with the dark frame. For the sample data, use the file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{dark / 20s / masterdark.fts}}.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_dark}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Then, we have to compensate the spatial non\sphinxhyphen{}uniformity of a detector and whole optical
system. These non\sphinxhyphen{}uniformities are due to the fabrication process of a CCD chip and they are
also natural properties of all real optical components, lenses in particular. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction uses a flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame to smooth them away. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame is a frame carried out
while the telescope is pointed to uniformly luminous area. In practice, this condition is
very difficult to achieve, the clear sky before dusk is usually used instead. Our sample data
needs to perform the flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction too, so check the \sphinxguilabel{Flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}
option. Click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button and find the file with the flat frame. For the sample data,
use the file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{flat / V / masterflat.fts}}.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_flat}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The photometry is a process that detects stars on a CCD frame and measures their brightness. Unlike the previous
steps, the result is saved to a special file, so\sphinxhyphen{}called the photometry file. There are a lot of parameters which
affect the star detection and also the brightness computation. In this example, the default values work fine,
but I would suggest you to become familiar with at least two of them \sphinxhyphen{} FWHM and Threshold \sphinxhyphen{} before
you start a real work. Check the \sphinxguilabel{Photometry} option.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_photometry}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The previous command treated all source files independently. As a result of this, a star \#1
in one file is not necessarily the same as a star \#1 in another file. The matching is a process
which finds corresponding stars on source frames and assigns an unique identifier. Check the
\sphinxguilabel{Matching} option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
It is necessary to select one frame from the set of source frames that all other frames are matched
to, this frame is called a reference frame. In my experience, the frame with the greatest number of
stars works the best. Back to our example, let’s pick up the first one.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_matching}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In previous steps, we have configured parameters of the reduction process and we are ready to start
it. Click the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button. During the execution a new window appears displaying the state
of the process; all the information is also presented there. This window will be automatically
closed after finishing the process. Wait for the process to finish.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{progress}.png}
\caption{The dialog displayed during time demanding operations.}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id7}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
After finishing, the icon in the file table changes; the information about the time of observation,
the length of the exposition and the used filter is filled in. In case some of the frames could not be
processed successfully, the entry is be marked with a special icon and in the \sphinxguilabel{Status} column
the error message is indicated.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{inputfiles3}.png}
\caption{The main application window after the recution.}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id8}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}.




\section{Making a light curve}
\label{\detokenize{getting_started:making-a-light-curve}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The sample data is the observation of an eclipsing binary star. For most of such observers,
the goal is to make a light curve. A light curve is usually represented as a table, which consists
of at least two columns \sphinxhyphen{} time stamps expressed as Julian dates and differential instrumental
brightness of a variable star in magnitudes. The magnitudes are called differential, because they
are differences between two stars \sphinxhyphen{} a variable star and a comparison star. A variable star is a
star that is subject of brightness variation and a comparison star is supposed to be constant.
To check that the comparison star is really constant, it’s advisory to use one or two additional
stars, so\sphinxhyphen{}called check stars. They are supposed to be constant too and thus the difference between
any check star and the comparison star should be constant.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The Muniwin program is designed to guide you through the process of making a light curve.
Open the \sphinxguilabel{Make} menu and select the \sphinxguilabel{Light curve} item. A new dialog appears, all
fields in this dialog are optional, they allows you to include only subset of frames to the curve,
apply the heliocentric correction or include the air mass coefficients to the output. Let all options
unchecked and just confirm the dialog by the OK button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{makelightcurve}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a light curve.}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id9}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Another dialog appears. The next dialog allows you to pick up a variable star, a comparison star and one or more
check stars. In this dialog, the reference frame is displayed. Find a variable star and click on
it using the left mouse button (1). A context menu appears. Select the \sphinxguilabel{Variable}
item. The star is drawn in red color now and the label \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{var}} is placed near to it. Using
the same procedure, select one comparison star (2) and one or more check stars (3 and 4). I would recommend
you to use two check stars. If you are using the sample data, use the stars according to the
following screenshot. Confirm the selection by the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{stars}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selection of a variable star (red), a comparison star (green)
and check stars (blue).}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id10}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the next dialog, we have to choose the aperture. You can image the aperture as a virtual circular pinhole,
placed on each star on a frame to measure its brightness. All pixels that are inside
the pinhole are included in computation leaving out the background pixels. The best
aperture should be big enough to include most of the star’s light, on the other hand,
the bigger aperture is used the more background is included and the more noisy the
result is. Because of this, the photometry process computes the brightness of each
star in a set of predefined apertures of radius in the range of 2 and 30 pixels.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The programs allows you to select an aperture in the following dialog, the program
displays a graph of standard deviation of data for each aperture. The curve has U\sphinxhyphen{}like
shape usually and the best aperture is in the minimum of the curve (5). For the sample data,
select the aperture \#2 and confirm the dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{aperture}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selection of an aperture.}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id11}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Now the program has got enough information to make a light curve of the
selected variable star. The light curve is presented in a new window. Please keep
in mind that the magnitudes displayed in the light curve are differential with
respect to the selected comparison star.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{lightcurve}.png}
\caption{The dialog with a light curve graph.}\label{\detokenize{getting_started:id12}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve:light-curve}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve}}}}.




\section{Exporting a light curve to a file}
\label{\detokenize{getting_started:exporting-a-light-curve-to-a-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The light curve can be exported to a file in several formats.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{aavso_format:aavso-format}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Export light curve in AAVSO format}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Muniwin@\spxentry{Muniwin}!program@\spxentry{program}}\index{program@\spxentry{program}!Muniwin@\spxentry{Muniwin}}\ignorespaces 

\chapter{Using Muniwin}
\label{\detokenize{using_muniwin:using-muniwin}}\label{\detokenize{using_muniwin:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{using_muniwin:id1}}\label{\detokenize{using_muniwin::doc}}
\sphinxstepscope

\index{project@\spxentry{project}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Projects}
\label{\detokenize{projects:projects}}\label{\detokenize{projects:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{projects:id1}}\label{\detokenize{projects::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The concept of projects was introduced to retain the products of the CCD frame calibration
and reduction even when another data sets were processed; it allows one to revert back to
the data that have been already processed without necessity of processing them again.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The project consists of:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Project settings \sphinxhyphen{} a set of configuration parameters

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Image files \sphinxhyphen{} one image file per frame. These are created as copies of the source frames,
they are modified during the reduction process by applying various transformations and
calibration steps.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Photometry files \sphinxhyphen{} one photometry file per frame. The photometry files contain the list
of detected objects and their properites \sphinxhyphen{} coordinates, brightness, etc.

\end{itemize}


\subsection{Project settings}
\label{\detokenize{projects:project-settings}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
All configuration parameters that affect the data processing are retained in the project,
allowing one to work with multiple configurations efficiently. When the projects settings
are changed, the program updates the project. There is one exception to this rule \sphinxhyphen{} if
the project is opened in the ‘read\sphinxhyphen{}only’ mode, the new settings are kept in the memory,
but the project file is not changed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When a new project is created, the initial project settings is loaded from a template, called
the {\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{profile}}}}. The installation package comes with a set of predefined profiles,
but the user can save his own ones. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Profiles}}}} section for more information.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The description of the individual parameters can be found in {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings:project-settings}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{this chaper}}}}.


\subsection{Project types}
\label{\detokenize{projects:project-types}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The project type was introduced to optimize the user interface when a specific task is performed \sphinxhyphen{}
for example, when one is making a master flat frame, some of the tools, like the light curve dialog
or the find variables dialog, can be kept from the menus and the toolbar, because they are not used
in this context. The {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings dialog}}}} is affected by the
choice of the project type, too. The dialog presents only the parameters that are used in the
selected task.


\subsection{Managing projects}
\label{\detokenize{projects:managing-projects}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Muniwin program allows one:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To create a new project \sphinxhyphen{} {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To open an existing project \sphinxhyphen{} {\hyperref[\detokenize{open_project_dialog:open-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Open project (dialog)}}}}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To rename the opened project using the {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings dialog}}}}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To make a copy of a project \sphinxhyphen{} {\hyperref[\detokenize{export_project_dialog:export-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Export project (dialog)}}}}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To import data from old C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack into a new project \sphinxhyphen{} {\hyperref[\detokenize{import_project_dialog:import-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Import project (dialog)}}}}

\end{itemize}


\subsection{Files and directories}
\label{\detokenize{projects:files-and-directories}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Regarding the data storage, the program is not limited to any specific folder. The user’s
folder for application data is supplied just as a default location (actual folder depends on the
operating system). A user can choose any folder that suits him. There is no special configuration
option that needs to be adjusted, the {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}} allows one to choose any
location for the new project and the {\hyperref[\detokenize{open_project_dialog:open-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Open project (dialog)}}}} also allows one to choose
a project in any folder. The data can be stored on an external drive or shared using a network
storage. In case of a network storage, the program takes uses a locking mechanism (see below)
to ensure that two users does not make changes to a project at the same time.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Example of the default location on Windows:

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{C:\textbackslash{}Users\textbackslash{}your name\textbackslash{}Application data\textbackslash{}C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack\sphinxhyphen{}2.0\textbackslash{}Projects}}

\sphinxAtStartPar
A project consists of two components: a project file \sphinxhyphen{} it can be recognized by the extension
‘cmpack’, e.g. ‘GSC 2750 854.cmpack’ and a related folder that consists of the calibrated images, photometry
files, etc. This folder has the same name as the project file plus the extension ‘\sphinxhyphen{}files’,
e.g. ‘GSC 2750 854.cmpack\sphinxhyphen{}files’. These two (file + folder) must always go together. All references
inside a project are relative, therefore you can move or copy a project or a bunch of projects
just by moving or copying it’s folder to any location.


\subsection{Project sharing}
\label{\detokenize{projects:project-sharing}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
When a project is opened more than once, the program detects this situation and notifies
a user. It allows one to open the project in the ‘read\sphinxhyphen{}only’ mode; in this mode, it is
allowed to make outputs, e.g. light curve, but operations that would change the data
files are disallowed. The file\sphinxhyphen{}based locking mechanism used should work over the network
in most situation, although this is not guaranteed in all configurations.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Profiles}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{load_profile_dialog:load-profile-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Load profile (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{profile@\spxentry{profile}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Profiles}
\label{\detokenize{profiles:profiles}}\label{\detokenize{profiles:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{profiles:id1}}\label{\detokenize{profiles::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The profile provides a set of configuration parameters that are used to process the data. Unlike the
{\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{project}}}}, it does not contain the data \sphinxhyphen{} image files and photometry files. The profiles
are used to transfer the configuration parameters between projects. Once you invent the best configuration
parameters for your observations, save them as a user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profile. Next time, when you are going
to do the same task with another frame set, choose the profile in the {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project}}}}
dialog; the project is created with settings restored from the profile. When you process the data from
multiple instruments, you can create multiple user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles, each of which fits the particular
instrument.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The description of the individual parameters can be found in {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings:project-settings}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{this chaper}}}}.

\index{profile@\spxentry{profile}!create@\spxentry{create}}\index{create@\spxentry{create}!profile@\spxentry{profile}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Creating user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles}
\label{\detokenize{profiles:creating-user-defined-profiles}}\label{\detokenize{profiles:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A new profile can be created using the following steps:

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Start with a project \sphinxhyphen{} create a new project or open an existing one. Set up the project settings.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) From the main menu select \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) Edit properties}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Go to the root page (called \sphinxtitleref{Project …}).

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{profiles_couts1}.png}
\caption{Project settings dialog}\label{\detokenize{profiles:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Click the \sphinxtitleref{Save as profile} button (1). A new dialog appears. Enter the name of the profile (2).

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{save_profile_couts}.png}
\caption{Save as profile dialog}\label{\detokenize{profiles:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Confirm the dialog.


\subsection{Using user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles to create a new project}
\label{\detokenize{profiles:using-user-defined-profiles-to-create-a-new-project}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The projects settings for a new project can be restored from the user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profile:

\sphinxAtStartPar
From the main menu select : \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) New}. A new dialog appears.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Enter a project name.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Adjust location of the new project if necessary.
\begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{(3) List of existing profiles is shown in the table. The profiles are divided into two sections \sphinxhyphen{}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles and predefined profiles. Choose the profile and confirm the dialog.

\end{description}

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{newproject_couts2}.png}
\caption{New project dialog}\label{\detokenize{profiles:id4}}\end{figure}

\index{profile@\spxentry{profile}!edit@\spxentry{edit}}\index{edit@\spxentry{edit}!profile@\spxentry{profile}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Editing user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles}
\label{\detokenize{profiles:editing-user-defined-profiles}}\label{\detokenize{profiles:index-2}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles can be edited and managed by the {\hyperref[\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:edit-profiles-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Edit profiles}}}} dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) From the main menu select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Edit profiles}. A new dialog appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{profiles_couts3}.png}
\caption{Edit profiles dialog}\label{\detokenize{profiles:id5}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog is divided into three sections. The table on the left presents a list of existing profiles.
They are divided into two parts \sphinxhyphen{} used\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles (1) and predefined profiles (2). Unlike
the user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles, the predefined profiles are created at the program installation and they
cannot be modified.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When a profile is selected, the rest of the dialog shows the configuration parameters of the selected profile.
The central sections of the dialog (3) shows a structure of pages which the parameters are divided to. Select
a page to show the configuration parameters (4).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each page has got the \sphinxguilabel{Set defaults} button on it. Click the button to reset the parameters
on the current page to the default values.

\index{profile@\spxentry{profile}!load@\spxentry{load}}\index{load@\spxentry{load}!profile@\spxentry{profile}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Loading settins from a profile to an existing project}
\label{\detokenize{profiles:loading-settins-from-a-profile-to-an-existing-project}}\label{\detokenize{profiles:index-3}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
To load a the settings from a profile to an existing project:

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) From the main menu select \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) Edit properties}. A new dialog appears.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Go to the root page (called \sphinxtitleref{Project …}).

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{profiles_couts4}.png}
\caption{Project settings dialog}\label{\detokenize{profiles:id6}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the \sphinxtitleref{Load from profile} button (10). A new dialog appears. Choose the profile that shall
be loaded into the current project. Confirm the dialog.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{profiles_couts2}.png}
\caption{Load profile dialog}\label{\detokenize{profiles:id7}}\end{figure}


\subsection{Files and directories}
\label{\detokenize{profiles:files-and-directories}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The user’s folder for application data is supplied just as a default location for the user\sphinxhyphen{}defined
profiles (actual folder depends on the operating system). Each profiles is stored as a separate file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Example of the default location on Windows:

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{C:\textbackslash{}Users\textbackslash{}your name\textbackslash{}Application data\textbackslash{}C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack\sphinxhyphen{}2.0\textbackslash{}Projects}}

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can change the path using the {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options}}}} dialog,
the section \sphinxguilabel{Files and directories}:

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{profiles_path}.png}
\caption{Environment options dialog}\label{\detokenize{profiles:id8}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the option (1) to tell the software to use user\sphinxhyphen{}supplied path to the directory with user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles.
Specify the path to the edit box below (2). If the option is not checked, the program uses the default location
(see above).


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Projects}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{load_profile_dialog:load-profile-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Load profile (dialog)}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{save_profile_dialog:save-profile-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Save project settings (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:edit-profiles-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Edit profiles (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{import_profile_dialog:import-profile-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Import project settings (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{light@\spxentry{light}!curve@\spxentry{curve}}\index{curve@\spxentry{curve}!light@\spxentry{light}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Light curve}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:light-curve}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id1}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The light curve is a graph of intensity of an object (a variable star
in most cases), as a function of time. The light curve of the observered object
is usually presented in a form of a graph that has time on the independent axis
and the intensity in magnitudes on the other axis. Each point in the graph
represents single measurement, which in simple cases corresponds to a single
input CCD frame.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To make a light curve of an observed object, we need a set of photometry
files with cross\sphinxhyphen{}reference information (matched photometry files). An user have
to the program which stars are variable stars and comparison stars. In case of
aperture photometry, he also have to choose an aperture.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The Muniwin program allows an user to apply further corrections and
include additional information to a light curve, all of which will be discussed
later in the text.

\sphinxAtStartPar
This chapter explains how to make a light curve of stationary objects, such as
variable stars and exoplanets. For a guide on making a light curve of moving
objects (minor Solar System bodies) follow {\hyperref[\detokenize{moving_targets:moving-targets}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{this link}}}}.


\subsection{Before you start}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:before-you-start}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Before you start the reduction of your own CCD frames, you may
need to perform several pre\sphinxhyphen{}processing steps. Though it isn’t necessary,
combining the several correction frames into so\sphinxhyphen{}called “master” ones
is advisory, because it reduces the noise and makes the result more
precise. The method of making master correction frames is described in
separate chapters.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{master_dark_frame:master-dark-frame}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frame}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_flat_frame:master-flat-frame}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frame}}}}




\subsection{Creating a new project}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:creating-a-new-project}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
First of all, we will create a new {\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{project}}}}. To begin with processing of a variable star observation,
we create a new project. To do so, open the \sphinxguilabel{Project} menu and activate the \sphinxguilabel{New} item. A new dialog
appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{newproject}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a new project.}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Fill in a name that will be assigned to the project. Because the name of the file that keeps track of the data related
to the project, the project file, is derived from the name, some characters cannot appear in the project name, do not
use: / ? \% * : | ” \textless{} and \textgreater{}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The field \sphinxguilabel{Location} shows a path to the directory where a new project will be created. Edit the path to
change the location, you can also click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button to select a directory in a separate dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog also displays a list of available profiles. A profiles provides an intial set of configuration parameters
into a new project. When you confirm the dialog, you should be in the main window again now. The table of input files
shown there is empty.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{main}.png}
\caption{The main application window with the table of input files, now empty.}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id3}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}.




\subsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we are going to tell the program which files we are going to work on. These files are called the input
files. Their list is displayed in the table in the main application window. When the application is closed,
the list of files are saved to the disk and it is restored back when the program is launched again.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Supposing that the table now consists of files from your previous task, let’s get rid of them. Please, use
\sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Clear files} to start a new task instead of just removing the files from
the table. Besides the clearing the table of input files, this function resets all internal variables, too.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we need to populate the table with the CCD frames we’re going to reduce. There are two methods how to
achieve that \sphinxhyphen{} adding a individual files or adding all files from a folder. Which way is the best for you
depends on organization of your observations on the disk. I’d suggest you to make a folder for each year,
a folder for each night in it, the a subfolder for a name of object or another view field identification and
finally a subfolder named upon the color filter (if you use more of them). In this case, the “Add frames from a folder”
method is more convenient.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on \sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Add frames from folder} in the main menu. A new dialog appears. In the dialog,
find a folder where the inputs files are stored in. Click on an entry in the \sphinxguilabel{Places} pane to go to one
of a preselected folders, double click in the middle pane enters the folder. The buttons in the upper part
of the dialog shows your current position in the directory tree, you can use them to go to one of the parent
folders. Enter the folder with the input files \sphinxhyphen{} you should see them in the middle pane. Then, click on the
\sphinxguilabel{Add} button to add files to the table of input files. The program shows the number of added files in
the separate dialog. The \sphinxguilabel{Add frames from folder} dialog is not closed automatically and allows a user
to continue. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to close the dialog and return to the main window.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfolder1}.png}
\caption{The “Add folder” dialog with the place selection box (left), the file
selection box (middle) and the preview panel (right).}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to reduce only a subset of files from a folder, click on \sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Add individual frames}
in the main menu. A new dialog appears, similar to the previous one. In the dialog, find a folder where the inputs
files are stored in. Click on an entry in the \sphinxguilabel{Places} pane to go to one of a preselected folders, double
click in the middle pane enters the folder. The buttons in the upper part of the dialog shows your current position
in the directory tree, you can use them to go to one of the parent folders. In the middle pane, select the files
using the \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Ctrl}} modifier to include and exclude a single file and the \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Shift}} modifier to include a range
of files. Then, click on the \sphinxguilabel{Add} button to add selected files to the table of input files. The program
shows the number of added files in the separate dialog. The \sphinxguilabel{Add individual frames} dialog is not closed
automatically and  allows a user to continue. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to close the dialog and return to
the main window.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfiles1}.png}
\caption{The “Add files” dialog with the place selection box (left), the file
selection box (middle) and the preview panel (right).}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id5}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add frames from folder (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add individual frames (dialog)}}}}.




\subsection{Frame reduction}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:frame-reduction}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Reduction of CCD frames is a process that takes source CCD frames, performs their conversion and calibration,
detects stars on each frame and mearures their intensity and finally finds correlation (match) between objects
that were found in the data set. The process of reduction prepares the data that are necessary for making a light
curve or a variable star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The reduction consists of several steps \sphinxhyphen{} conversion, calibration, photometry and matching. They can be invoked
step\sphinxhyphen{}by\sphinxhyphen{}step manually. The preferred way is to use the \sphinxguilabel{Express reduction} dialog that allows to perform
these steps in a batch. Using the menu, activate the \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Express reduction} item.
A new dialog appears. The dialog has several options aligned to the left, Each of them relates to an optional
step in the reduction process.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express}.png}
\caption{The dialog for setting parameters of the reduction process}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id6}}\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Fetch/convert files}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the \sphinxguilabel{Fetch/convert files}. In this step, the program makes copy of the source CCD frames.
This is necessary, because the following calibration steps will modify them and we don’t want the program
to change our precious source data.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_convert}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}

\sphinxAtStartPar
A raw CCD frame consists of several components. By the calibration process, we get rid of those
which affect the result of the photometry. In some literature, the calibration is depicted as the
peeling of an onion. There are three major components which a raw frame consists of \sphinxhyphen{} the current
made by incident light, current made thermal drift of electrons (so\sphinxhyphen{}called dark current) and
constant bias level. In standard calibration scheme, which we will demonstrate here, the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction subtracts the dark current and the also the bias. Because of the nature of the dark current,
it is necessary to use a correction frame of the same exposure duration as source files and it must
be carried out on the same CCD temperature, too. Thus, the properly working temperature regulation
on your CCD camera is vital.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_dark}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Then, we have to compensate the spatial non\sphinxhyphen{}uniformity of a detector and whole optical
system. These non\sphinxhyphen{}uniformities are due to the fabrication process of a CCD chip and they are
also natural properties of all real optical components, lenses in particular. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction uses a flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame to smooth them away. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame is a frame carried out
while the telescope is pointed to uniformly luminous area. In practice, this condition is
very difficult to achieve, the clear sky before dusk is usually used instead.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_flat}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Photometry}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The photometry is a process that detects stars on a CCD frame and measures their brightness. Unlike the previous
steps, the result is saved to a special file, so\sphinxhyphen{}called the photometry file. There are a lot of parameters which
affect the star detection and also the brightness computation. In this example, the default values work fine,
but I would suggest you to become familiar with at least two of them \sphinxhyphen{} FWHM and Threshold \sphinxhyphen{} before
you start a real work. Check the \sphinxguilabel{Photometry} option.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_photometry}.png}
\end{figure}
\begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{FWHM}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The FWHM parameter specify the expected width of stars on a frame.
The value is the Full Width at Half Maximum in pixels. The parameter
controls the behavior of the low\sphinxhyphen{}pass digital filter, which is used
in the star detection algorithm.

\sphinxlineitem{Threshold}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Threshold parameter specify the lowest brightness of detected
stars. Fainter objects are considered to be background artifacts and thus
sorted out. The value is dimensionless coefficient.

\end{description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Once you tune up the parameter for your environment, usually it is not
necessary to adjust them for every task, unless the quality of your images
varies considerably. In the first iteration, you can use the default values
(FWHM = 3.0 and Threshold = 4.0) and do the photometry. Click on the
\sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Photometry} item
in the main menu and confirm the new dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{OK}.
Then, by double click on a frame in the main window open the preview window
and check the results. If there are stars which have been detected as a close
binary although it is not true, you should increase the \sphinxstyleemphasis{FWHM}
value. If the stars you are interested in are not detected, try decrease the
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Threshold} value. If it doesn’t help, decrease the
\sphinxstyleemphasis{FWHM}. If there is a lot of background artifacts detected
as a real stars, increase the \sphinxstyleemphasis{Threshold}. By several
iterations, adjust the parameters, so all the stars you are interested in are
detected and there are no false binaries.
\subsubsection*{Matching}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The previous command treated all source files independently. As a result of this, a star \#1
in one file is not necessarily the same as a star \#1 in another file. The matching is a process
which finds corresponding stars on source frames and assigns an unique identifier. Check the
\sphinxguilabel{Matching} option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
It is necessary to select one frame from the set of source frames that all other frames are matched
to, this frame is called a reference frame. In my experience, the frame with the greatest number of
stars works the best. Back to our example, let’s pick up the first one.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_matching}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Invoking the reduction process}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In previous steps, we have configured parameters of the reduction process and we are ready to start
it. Click the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button. During the execution a new window appears displaying the state
of the process; all the information is also presented there. This window will be automatically
closed after finishing the process. Wait for the process to finish.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{progress}.png}
\caption{The dialog displayed during time demanding operations.}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id7}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
After finishing, the icon in the file table changes; the information about the time of observation,
the length of the exposition and the used filter is filled in. In case some of the frames could not be
processed successfully, the entry is be marked with a special icon and in the \sphinxguilabel{Status} column
the error message is indicated.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{inputfiles3}.png}
\caption{The main application window after the recution.}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id8}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}.




\subsection{Making a light curve}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:making-a-light-curve}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Reduce the source CCD frames (see the chapter “Reduction of CCD frames”). Then click on the \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Light curve}
item in the main menu. A new dialog appears. The dialog allows an user to set up the options for the light curve.
If you want only a subset of frames from the project to be included in the curve, check the selected files only
option in the box. The program can also include several corrections and coefficients to the output file, these
features are discussed later in the text.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Confirm the dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{makelightcurve}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a light curve.}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id9}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:make-light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Plot light curve (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Selecting the stars}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:selecting-the-stars}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The next dialog shows the reference frame and allows an user
to select variable, comparison and check stars. The detected stars are
highlighted. Click on the variable star using left mouse button. A context
menu opens. Select the \sphinxguilabel{Variable}.
The star is now drawn in red color now and the label “var” is placed
near to it. Using the same procedure, select one comparison star and one or
more check stars. I would recommend you to use two check stars. Confirm the
selection by the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{stars}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selection of a variable star (red), a comparison star (green)
and check stars (blue).}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id10}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:choose-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose stars (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Choosing an aperture}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:choosing-an-aperture}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we have to choose the aperture. You can image the aperture as a virtual
circular pinhole, placed on each star on a frame to measure its brightness. All
pixels that are inside the pinhole are included in computation leaving out the
background pixels. The best aperture should be big enough to include most of the
star’s light, on the other hand, the bigger aperture is used the more background
is included and the more noisy the result is. Because of this, the photometry
process computes the brightness of each star in a set of predefined apertures of
radius in the range of 2 and 30 pixels.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To select the best aperture, we can take advantage of a comparison and
check stars \sphinxhyphen{} providing that they are constant, we can compute the differential
magnitudes between each couple of them on each other and then compute the variance
or standard deviation from the mean level. For the best aperture, the deviations
are minimal.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the next dialog, the graph shows the standard deviation for each aperture.
Find the aperture with the minimal deviation and
click on it using the left mouse button. A context menu appears. Select the
\sphinxguilabel{Select aperture} item. The point is drawn in red color
now and the label is placed near to it. Confirm the selection by the \sphinxguilabel{OK}
button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{aperture}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selection of an aperture.}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id11}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_aperture_dialog:choose-aperture-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose aperture (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Plotting a light curve}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:plotting-a-light-curve}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, the program has got enough information to make a light curve.
It is presented in a new window which appears automatically.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{lightcurve}.png}
\caption{The dialog with a light curve graph.}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id12}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Saving a light curve to a file}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:saving-a-light-curve-to-a-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
In the window with a light curve, click on the \sphinxmenuselection{File} \textendash{}\textgreater{} Save\textasciigrave{} item in the local menu. A new dialog appears.
Locate the folder where you
want to save the results and fill in the name of the output file. Confirm the
dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{Save}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The light curve is saved to a text\sphinxhyphen{}based file. On its first line, the
names of the columns are stored. The second line shows the aperture and color
filter used. The data are stored on the following lines. Each line corresponds
to a single source frame. In the first column, there is a time of observation
(center of exposure) expressed as a Julian date. The second column consists
of differential instrumental brightness of the variable stars with respect
to the comparison star in magnitudes (V\sphinxhyphen{}C). The error estimation is stored
in the next column. Following columns consist of differential magnitudes
of comparison star and check stars and their error estimations.

\sphinxAtStartPar
It is also possible to save a light curve in other formats.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{aavso_format:aavso-format}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Export light curve in AAVSO format}}}}



\index{heliocentric@\spxentry{heliocentric}!correction@\spxentry{correction}}\index{correction@\spxentry{correction}!heliocentric@\spxentry{heliocentric}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Heliocentric correction}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:heliocentric-correction}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
While the Earth orbits the Sun, the distance between the observed object
and the observer changes during a year. Although the amplitude of these changes
is negligible with respect to the mean distance, it becomes significant when
you are interested in a time interval between two events, like times of minimum
of a eclipsing variable star. In this case, the finite speed of light is not
unimportant. The value of the heliocentric correction is the time that the
light needs to travel from the Earth’s actual position to the center of the
Earth’s orbit. The value may be either positive, when the Earth is nearer
to the object than the Sun, or negative in the opposite case.

\sphinxAtStartPar
It is possible to make a light curve that includes the value of the heliocentric
correction for each measurement in a separate column. Optionally, it is also possible
to save the output table which has heliocentric Julian date in its first column.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To compute the heliocentric corrections for an existing light curve,
click on the \sphinxmenuselection{Edit \(\rightarrow\) Properties} in the local menu in the light curve window. A new dialog opens.
Check the option \sphinxguilabel{Compute heliocentric correction}. When you
are making a new light curve, it is also possible to turn this feature on (see above). Confirm the dialog
by the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When the heliocentric correction is turned on, you have to fill the object’s
celestial coordinates to the appropriate edit boxes in the dialog, the fields may
be filled automatically if the input CCD frames or a catalogue file unsed in the
matching step contain such information.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{lightcurve_helcor}.png}
\caption{Light curve properties dialog (heliocentric correction)}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id13}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Only one value of Julian date per each row can be exported to the file.
You can choose between the geocentric and heliocentric J.D. in the “Save light curve”
dialog \sphinxhyphen{} there is an appropriate option in the section “Export options”. However,
in both cases, the file will contain the column \sphinxguilabel{HELCOR} with
values of the heliocentric correction for each observation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
There are other options how to obtain the object coordinates. For more options,
click on the \sphinxguilabel{More} button. A new dialog appears. In this dialog
you can make your table of favorite objects. For known variable stars, the program
provides a tools for searching the common variable star catalogs (GCVS, NSV and NSVS).

\index{air mass@\spxentry{air mass}!coefficient@\spxentry{coefficient}}\index{coefficient@\spxentry{coefficient}!air mass@\spxentry{air mass}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Air mass coefficients}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:air-mass-coefficients}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:index-2}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The air mass coefficient characterizes the attenuation of the star’s signal
after it has traveled through the Earth’s atmosphere. While this effect is strongly
dependent on the light’s wavelength (color), it must be taken account in computation
of the color index (temperature) of an observer object. The attenuation also becomes
significant when the color index of the variable and the comparison star are not close.
The air mass coefficient is always positive value, it defined as 1.0 when the object
is in the zenith and greater than one when the object is somewhere between the horizon
and the zenith. The program also presents the value of altitude of the object above
the horizon in degrees. Please note, that the value is positive to indicate altitude
above the horizon while a negative value of altitude means that the object is below
the horizon \sphinxhyphen{} it indicates that either times of observation, object coordinates or
observer coordinates are wrong.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Although the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack program doesn’t perform any corrections to the measured
intensity. It can compute the value for coefficient for each measurement and put those
values into the output file to a separate column.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To compute the air mass coefficients for an existing light curve,
click on the \sphinxmenuselection{Edit \(\rightarrow\) Properties} in the
local menu in the light curve window. A new dialog opens. Check the option
\sphinxguilabel{Compute air mass coefficients}. When you are making a new light
curve, it is also possible to turn this feature on (see above). Confirm the dialog
by the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When the heliocentric correction is turned on, you have to fill the object’s
celestial coordinates and observer’s geographic coordinates to the appropriate edit
boxes in the dialog, the fields may be filled automatically if the input CCD frames
or a catalogue file unsed in the matching step contain such information.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{lightcurve_amass}.png}
\caption{Light curve properties dialog (air mass coefficients)}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:id14}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When you save the light curve to a file, it will contain the column \sphinxguilabel{AIRMASS}
with values of the air mass coefficient and the column \sphinxguilabel{ALTITUDE} with
values of altitude of the object above the horizon in degrees.

\sphinxAtStartPar
There are other options how to obtain the object and observer coordinates. For more options,
click on the \sphinxguilabel{More} button. A new dialog appears. In this dialog
you can make your table of favorite objects and locations. For known variable stars, the program
provides a tools for searching the common variable star catalogs (GCVS, NSV and NSVS).

\index{raw@\spxentry{raw}!instrumental magnitudes@\spxentry{instrumental} \spxentry{magnitudes}}\index{instrumental@\spxentry{instrumental}!magnitudes, raw@\spxentry{magnitudes}, \spxentry{raw}}\index{magnitudes@\spxentry{magnitudes}!raw instrumental@\spxentry{raw} \spxentry{instrumental}}\index{flux@\spxentry{flux}}\index{intensity@\spxentry{intensity}}\index{brightness@\spxentry{brightness}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Intensities (fluxes)}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:intensities-fluxes}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:index-3}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
In some cases when further processing of the photometric data is involved, ensemble
photometry for example, it is neccesary to get intensity (brightness) values of
individual stars instead of the standard differential magnitudes. Some programs call
such value the flux. The intensity is defined as integral of the light in an aperture
minus contribution of a local background. The intensity can be transformed into magnitudes
using Pogson’s law and a reference intensity. In the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software, this value is
called the raw instrumental magnitude.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The Muniwin software provides a special output mode called ‘Raw instrumental magnitudes’.
If this mode is enabled, the light curve will contain a pair of values for each selected
star and frame. The first value in pair is the intensity of a star expressed in magnitudes
and the second value is its error estimation. The reference intensity was set to 10\textasciicircum{}10.
Please look into the separate document ‘Theory of operation’ section ‘Aperture photometry’
on the conversion between the raw instrumental magnitude and the intensity.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To show the raw instrumental magnitudes for an existing light curve, click on the
\sphinxmenuselection{Edit \(\rightarrow\) Properties} in the local menu in the light curve window. A new
dialog opens. Check the option \sphinxguilabel{Show raw instrumental magnitudes}. Confirm the
dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button. When you are making a new light curve, it is also
possible to turn this feature on (see above) in the \sphinxguilabel{Make light curve} dialog.

\index{outliers@\spxentry{outliers}!trimming@\spxentry{trimming}}\index{trimming@\spxentry{trimming}!outliers@\spxentry{outliers}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Trimming outliers from the curve}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve:trimming-outliers-from-the-curve}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve:index-4}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Is is possible to manually trim outlying observations from the curve.
You can select an individual point by a right click, you can also
select more than one point by pressing a Shift key and left mouse button
and drawing a rectangle in the graph. Then, click the right mouse button
on a point in the selection to open the context menu. There are two options:
When you select the option \sphinxguilabel{delete from data set},
the selected measurements are removed from the current light curve, the
data will be shown when you make another light curve or \sphinxguilabel{Rebuild}
the actual curve. The other option \sphinxguilabel{remove from project}
means that the frames corresponding to the selected measurements are removed
permanently from the list of input files (see: Main application window) and
such measurements won’t be included in any other output. It is not allowed
to remove a reference frame.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{Master dark frame@\spxentry{Master dark frame}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frame}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:master-dark-frame}}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:id1}}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frame is an image made of several dark images. The dark
image is used in a process of CCD image calibration. To reduce a noise of a
result, it is advisory to make a number of raw dark frames and combine them
into one correction frame. The Master\sphinxhyphen{}dark tool in the Muniwin program provides
a simple method how to do that.


\subsection{Creating a new project}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:creating-a-new-project}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
First of all, we will create a new {\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{project}}}}. To begin with processing of a variable star observation,
we create a new project. To do so, open the \sphinxguilabel{Project} menu and activate the \sphinxguilabel{New} item. A new dialog
appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{newproject_mdark}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a new project.}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Fill in a name that will be assigned to the project (1). Because the name of the file that keeps track of the data related
to the project, the project file, is derived from the name, some characters cannot appear in the project name, do not
use: / ? \% * : | ” \textless{} and \textgreater{}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The field \sphinxguilabel{Location} (2) shows a path to the directory where a new project will be created. Edit the path to
change the location, you can also click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button to select a directory in a separate dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select a profile (3) to specify an intial set of configuration parameters into a new project. When you confirm the dialog,
you should be in the main window again now. The table of input files shown there is empty.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{main}.png}
\caption{The main application window with the table of input files, now empty.}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:id3}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}




\subsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we are going to tell the program which files we are going to work on. These files are called the input
files. Their list is displayed in the table in the main application window. When the application is closed,
the list of files are saved to the disk and it is restored back when the program is launched again.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Supposing that the table now consists of files from your previous task, let’s get rid of them. Please, use
\sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Clear files} to start a new task instead of just removing the files from
the table. Besides the clearing the table of input files, this function resets all internal variables, too.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we need to populate the table with the CCD frames we’re going to reduce. There are two methods how to
achieve that \sphinxhyphen{} adding a individual files or adding all files from a folder. Which way is the best for you
depends on organization of your observations on the disk. I’d suggest you to make a folder for each year,
a folder for each night in it, the a subfolder for a name of object or another view field identification and
finally a subfolder named upon the color filter (if you use more of them). In this case, the “Add frames from a folder”
method is more convenient.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on \sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Add frames from folder} in the main menu. A new dialog appears. In the dialog,
find a folder where the inputs files are stored in. Click on an entry in the \sphinxguilabel{Places} pane to go to one
of a preselected folders, double click in the middle pane enters the folder. The buttons in the upper part
of the dialog shows your current position in the directory tree, you can use them to go to one of the parent
folders. Enter the folder with the input files \sphinxhyphen{} you should see them in the middle pane. Then, click on the
\sphinxguilabel{Add} button to add files to the table of input files. The program shows the number of added files in
the separate dialog. The \sphinxguilabel{Add frames from folder} dialog is not closed automatically and allows a user
to continue. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to close the dialog and return to the main window.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfolder1}.png}
\caption{The “Add folder” dialog with the place selection box (left), the file
selection box (middle) and the preview panel (right).}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to reduce only a subset of files from a folder, click on \sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Add individual frames}
in the main menu. A new dialog appears, similar to the previous one. In the dialog, find a folder where the inputs
files are stored in. Click on an entry in the \sphinxguilabel{Places} pane to go to one of a preselected folders, double
click in the middle pane enters the folder. The buttons in the upper part of the dialog shows your current position
in the directory tree, you can use them to go to one of the parent folders. In the middle pane, select the files
using the \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Ctrl}} modifier to include and exclude a single file and the \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Shift}} modifier to include a range
of files. Then, click on the \sphinxguilabel{Add} button to add selected files to the table of input files. The program
shows the number of added files in the separate dialog. The \sphinxguilabel{Add individual frames} dialog is not closed
automatically and  allows a user to continue. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to close the dialog and return to
the main window.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfiles1}.png}
\caption{The “Add files” dialog with the place selection box (left), the file
selection box (middle) and the preview panel (right).}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:id5}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add frames from folder (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add individual frames (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Frame reduction}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:frame-reduction}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The next step is called the reduction process, even though there is no real “reduction” of the data. This is to
keep the general scheme of data processing the same for all project types. In the standard calibration scheme,
it is necessary to perform just one step \sphinxhyphen{} conversion of the source CCD frames into a working format, no calibration
or photometry is required.

\sphinxAtStartPar
We will use the same \sphinxguilabel{Express reduction} dialog as in the section {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve:light-curve}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve}}}}. Using the menu,
activate the \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Express reduction} item. A new dialog appears. Check the option
\sphinxguilabel{Fetch/convert files} and let other options unchecked.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_convert}.png}
\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Making master dark frame}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame:making-master-dark-frame}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Open the menu \sphinxguilabel{Make} and select the item \sphinxguilabel{Master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frame}. A new dialog appears. In the dialog,
specify whether all files shall be processed or only the selected ones. Confirm the dialog. In the following dialog
select a directory and enter the name of output file where a new master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frame shall be saved to. Press the
\sphinxguilabel{Save} button.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When a task is finished, a new preview window appears. A new master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frame is displayed in a separate window.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:master-dark-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master dark frame (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Master flat frame@\spxentry{Master flat frame}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frame}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:master-flat-frame}}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:id1}}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frame is an image made of several flat images. The flat
image is used in a process of CCD image calibration. To reduce a noise of a
result, it is advisory to make a number of raw flat frames and combine them
into one correction frame. The separate correction frame has to be used for
each filter, if the color filters are used. Avoid eventual camera rotation
on its mount.


\subsection{Creating a new project}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:creating-a-new-project}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
First of all, we will create a new {\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{project}}}}. To begin with processing of a variable star observation,
we create a new project. To do so, open the \sphinxguilabel{Project} menu and activate the \sphinxguilabel{New} item. A new dialog
appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{newproject_mflat}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a new project.}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Fill in a name that will be assigned to the project (1). Because the name of the file that keeps track of the data related
to the project, the project file, is derived from the name, some characters cannot appear in the project name, do not
use: / ? \% * : | ” \textless{} and \textgreater{}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The field \sphinxguilabel{Location} (2) shows a path to the directory where a new project will be created. Edit the path to
change the location, you can also click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button to select a directory in a separate dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select a profile (3) to specify an intial set of configuration parameters into a new project. When you confirm the dialog,
you should be in the main window again now. The table of input files shown there is empty.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{main}.png}
\caption{The main application window with the table of input files, now empty.}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:id3}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}




\subsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we are going to tell the program which files we are going to work on. These files are called the input
files. Their list is displayed in the table in the main application window. When the application is closed,
the list of files are saved to the disk and it is restored back when the program is launched again.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Supposing that the table now consists of files from your previous task, let’s get rid of them. Please, use
\sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Clear files} to start a new task instead of just removing the files from
the table. Besides the clearing the table of input files, this function resets all internal variables, too.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we need to populate the table with the CCD frames we’re going to reduce. There are two methods how to
achieve that \sphinxhyphen{} adding a individual files or adding all files from a folder. Which way is the best for you
depends on organization of your observations on the disk. I’d suggest you to make a folder for each year,
a folder for each night in it, the a subfolder for a name of object or another view field identification and
finally a subfolder named upon the color filter (if you use more of them). In this case, the “Add frames from a folder”
method is more convenient.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on \sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Add frames from folder} in the main menu. A new dialog appears. In the dialog,
find a folder where the inputs files are stored in. Click on an entry in the \sphinxguilabel{Places} pane to go to one
of a preselected folders, double click in the middle pane enters the folder. The buttons in the upper part
of the dialog shows your current position in the directory tree, you can use them to go to one of the parent
folders. Enter the folder with the input files \sphinxhyphen{} you should see them in the middle pane. Then, click on the
\sphinxguilabel{Add} button to add files to the table of input files. The program shows the number of added files in
the separate dialog. The \sphinxguilabel{Add frames from folder} dialog is not closed automatically and allows a user
to continue. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to close the dialog and return to the main window.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfolder1}.png}
\caption{The “Add folder” dialog with the place selection box (left), the file
selection box (middle) and the preview panel (right).}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to reduce only a subset of files from a folder, click on \sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Add individual frames}
in the main menu. A new dialog appears, similar to the previous one. In the dialog, find a folder where the inputs
files are stored in. Click on an entry in the \sphinxguilabel{Places} pane to go to one of a preselected folders, double
click in the middle pane enters the folder. The buttons in the upper part of the dialog shows your current position
in the directory tree, you can use them to go to one of the parent folders. In the middle pane, select the files
using the \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Ctrl}} modifier to include and exclude a single file and the \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Shift}} modifier to include a range
of files. Then, click on the \sphinxguilabel{Add} button to add selected files to the table of input files. The program
shows the number of added files in the separate dialog. The \sphinxguilabel{Add individual frames} dialog is not closed
automatically and  allows a user to continue. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to close the dialog and return to
the main window.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfiles1}.png}
\caption{The “Add files” dialog with the place selection box (left), the file
selection box (middle) and the preview panel (right).}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:id5}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add frames from folder (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add individual frames (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Frame reduction}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:frame-reduction}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The next step is called the reduction process, even though there is no real “reduction” of the data. This is to
keep the general scheme of data processing the same for all project types. In the standard calibration scheme,
it is necessary to perform just two step \sphinxhyphen{} conversion of the source CCD frames into a working format and dark
frame correction.

\sphinxAtStartPar
We will use the same \sphinxguilabel{Express reduction} dialog as in the section {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve:light-curve}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve}}}}. Using the menu,
activate the \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Express reduction} item. A new dialog appears. Check the option
\sphinxguilabel{Fetch/convert files}.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_convert}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the \sphinxguilabel{Dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction} option. Click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button and find the file
with the dark frame.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_dark}.png}
\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Making master flat frame}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame:making-master-flat-frame}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the \sphinxmenuselection{Make \(\rightarrow\) Master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frame} item. A new dialog appears. In the dialog,
specify whether all files shall be processed or only the selected ones. Confirm the dialog. In the following
dialog select a directory and enter the name of output file where a new master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frame shall be saved to.
Press the \sphinxguilabel{Save} button.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When a task is finished, a new preview window appears. A new master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frame is displayed in a separate
window.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:master-flat-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master flat frame (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Find@\spxentry{Find}!variables@\spxentry{variables}}\index{variables@\spxentry{variables}!Find@\spxentry{Find}}\index{finding@\spxentry{finding}!variable stars@\spxentry{variable} \spxentry{stars}}\index{variable@\spxentry{variable}!stars, finding@\spxentry{stars}, \spxentry{finding}}\index{stars@\spxentry{stars}!finding variable@\spxentry{finding} \spxentry{variable}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Finding variables}
\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:finding-variables}}\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:id1}}\label{\detokenize{finding_variables::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The CCD observation allows to measure brightness of all stars occurring
in the field of the telescope. It may happen, that on a series of frames that
apart from observed star there occurs also another variable star. By the
following steps, you can perhaps discover a new variable star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Find variables} dialog is the useful tool that provides
semi\sphinxhyphen{}automatic scanning of variable stars in the series of source files. It
is based on the relation between the standard deviations of the brightness
of the stars and their mean brightness. The program reads all photometry files
and compute the mean brightness and standard deviations of brightness of all
stars. The algorithm automatically removes stars that are missing on majority
of source frames. For the star of lower magnitude the deviation of brightness
exhibits higher value than deviation for stars with a higher brightness.

\sphinxAtStartPar
First follow all steps of observed frames reduction through matching of
the photometry files. Click on the \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Find variables}
item in the main menu. The program show a simple dialog which allows you to
specify a source of data. It is possible either to use all frames that are
listed in the project or to use only frames that are currently selected in the
main window. The last option allows you to process the data stored in an external
file. Confirm the dialog by “OK” button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{varfind_make}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting the data source for Find variables tool.}\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The program computes all stars brightness data at all frames and selects one
comparison star. The dialog window opens. At top left area a graph of standard
deviation of brightness vs. mean brightness or an object is shown. On the right part the identification chart with
variable star marked up is presented. Also the selected star light curve graph is
shown.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{varfind1}.png}
\caption{The dialog for semi\sphinxhyphen{}automatic finding of variable stars.}\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the top left area of the dialog, there is the graph of standard
deviation of brightness vs. mean brightness of an object. According to the law
of statistics, if all stars were constant, all objects would be located close
to the parabola\sphinxhyphen{}like shape that goes from the left bottom corner of the graph
to the right and turns up to its right top corner. If object’s brightness changes,
the standard deviation is higher than the deviation of object of the same mean
brightness \sphinxhyphen{} these objects are usually located above the curve.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{varfind_ok}.png}
\caption{The detail of the mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve with a variable star highlighted.}\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click at any point of the graph left. The program marks the point with
red circle with the \sphinxguilabel{var} label. The same way, the corresponding
star is marked up on the identification chart. In the bottom part of the dialog
window, the light curve graph of the star is plotted. Sequentially indicate all
stars, you suspect to be a variable star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
It may happen, that the comparison star automatically chosen is not
good \sphinxhyphen{} it might not be constant. In this case the mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve has
different character:

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{varfind_badcomp}.png}
\caption{The detail of the mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve when the comparison star is not constant.}\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:id5}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The comparison star is marked on the chart with green circle with the \sphinxguilabel{comp}
label. To change the comparison star manually, click on \sphinxguilabel{Comp}
button on the control panel and select the star on the identification chart.
When done, click on the \sphinxguilabel{Var} button to switch back to variable
selection mode.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By the help of the buttons on the panel, the graph, chart or the light curve
can be saved as data or image file.


\subsection{Exporting data}
\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:exporting-data}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The program also provides means of exporting the brightness data of all
stars for all frames to a single text file. It is possible to import the data
to the Find variables tool later or process the file in an external program.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To export the data to a file, click on the \sphinxguilabel{Save data}
button on the right side of the dialog. In the following dialog select a directory
and enter the name of output file where the data shall be saved to. Press the
\sphinxguilabel{Save button}.


\subsection{Processing data from an external file}
\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:processing-data-from-an-external-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Find variables” tool is capable of reading the data from an external
file. Such file can be created by the same tool from a set of reduced CCD frames
(see section Exporting data) or by an external program.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To import the data from a file, click on the :menuselection :\sphinxtitleref{Tools \textendash{}\textgreater{} Find variables}
item in the main menu. It the following dialog, check the appropriate option and enter
the path to the data file into the following edit box. Confirm the dialog by \sphinxguilabel{OK}
button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{varfind_import}.png}
\caption{Find variables \sphinxhyphen{} importing data from an external file.}\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:id6}}\end{figure}


\subsection{Known variable stars}
\label{\detokenize{finding_variables:known-variable-stars}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the source frames contain World Coordinate System (WCS) data, the software can show positions
of known variables on the frame. You have to specify paths to the catalog files in the program
settings (see {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options (dialog)}}}}). For each catalog, the toobar on the right side of the window
contains one check box that turns the catalog on and off. By clicking on the icon, a standard color selection
dialog appears.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{find_variables_dialog:find-variables-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Find variables (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options (dialog)}}}}.



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Catalog@\spxentry{Catalog}!files@\spxentry{files}}\index{files@\spxentry{files}!Catalog@\spxentry{Catalog}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Catalog files}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files:catalog-files}}\label{\detokenize{catalog_files:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{catalog_files:id1}}\label{\detokenize{catalog_files::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Catalog files speed up your work in case you often observe particular
star field, for example in long\sphinxhyphen{}term monitoring of a variable star. In a standard
work flow, you would have to mark the stars again and again. The catalog
file’s structure is similar to that of the photometry file, except it includes
the selection of stars. When you use the catalog file as a reference frame
in the matching phase, the program will match the photometry files against
it and the selection of stars is restored as well. Then, when you make a light
curve, the variable, comparison and check stars are already marked.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The first observation you process by standard procedure, using one frame from
a set as a reference file. When you have finished, you can make a catalog
file. Click on the \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Make catalog file} item in the main
menu. A new dialog appears that allows you to select a variable star, a comparison
star and optionally check one or more check stars. If you have made a light curve
before, the stars are automatically selected.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Confirm the selection dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to proceed
to the next step. Another dialog appears. In its left part, fill in the edit fields,
you have to fill in the name of the catalogue file (first entry), all other fields
are optional and you can left them blank. Confirm the dialog by the
\sphinxguilabel{Save} button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{makecatalog}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a catalog file.}\label{\detokenize{catalog_files:id2}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:make-catalog-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Make catalog file (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Frame@\spxentry{Frame}!merging@\spxentry{merging}}\index{merging@\spxentry{merging}!Frame@\spxentry{Frame}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Frame merging}
\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:frame-merging}}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:id1}}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The frame merging makes one or more resulting CCD frames by combining a set of source
frames. This function is usable for example when the very faint objects are observed,
thus demanding very long exposure durations to obtain desired accuracy. The exposure
duration is limited in practice due to inaccuracy of the telescope driving. The merging
can virtually extend the attainable exposure time, because the image shift can be corrected.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The implementation used in the current version of the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack project requires
calibratted source frames and corresponding photometry files with information about frame
offsets. These are produced by the matching process, no special option is required.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Corresponding pixels are summed and the result is divided by the total number of source frames.
Pixels, which are not covered by all source frames or which contain bad pixels, are set to zero.
The exposure duration is computed as sum of the durations of source frames. The observation time
is computed as arithmetic mean of times of source frames. The Muniwin program allows automatized
or manual splitting of the set of input files and making a single or a set of result frames.


\subsection{Before you start}
\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:before-you-start}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Before you start the reduction of your own CCD frames, you may
need to perform several pre\sphinxhyphen{}processing steps. Though it isn’t necessary,
combining the several correction frames into so\sphinxhyphen{}called “master” ones
is advisory, because it reduces the noise and makes the result more
precise. The method of making master correction frames is described in
separate chapters.


\subsection{Creating a new project}
\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:creating-a-new-project}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
First of all, we will create a new {\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{project}}}}. To begin with processing of a variable star observation,
we create a new project. To do so, open the \sphinxguilabel{Project} menu and activate the \sphinxguilabel{New} item. A new dialog
appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{newproject_merge}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a new project.}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Fill in a name that will be assigned to the project. Because the name of the file that keeps track of the data related
to the project, the project file, is derived from the name, some characters cannot appear in the project name, do not
use: / ? \% * : | ” \textless{} and \textgreater{}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The field \sphinxguilabel{Location} shows a path to the directory where a new project will be created. Edit the path to
change the location, you can also click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button to select a directory in a separate dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select a profile (3) to specify an intial set of configuration parameters into a new project. When you confirm the dialog,
you should be in the main window again now. The table of input files shown there is empty.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{main}.png}
\caption{The main application window with the table of input files, now empty.}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:id3}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}




\subsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we are going to tell the program which files we are going to work on. These files are called the input
files. Their list is displayed in the table in the main application window. When the application is closed,
the list of files are saved to the disk and it is restored back when the program is launched again.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Supposing that the table now consists of files from your previous task, let’s get rid of them. Please, use
\sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Clear files} to start a new task instead of just removing the files from
the table. Besides the clearing the table of input files, this function resets all internal variables, too.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we need to populate the table with the CCD frames we’re going to reduce. There are two methods how to
achieve that \sphinxhyphen{} adding a individual files or adding all files from a folder. Which way is the best for you
depends on organization of your observations on the disk. I’d suggest you to make a folder for each year,
a folder for each night in it, the a subfolder for a name of object or another view field identification and
finally a subfolder named upon the color filter (if you use more of them). In this case, the “Add frames from a folder”
method is more convenient.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on \sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Add frames from folder} in the main menu. A new dialog appears. In the dialog,
find a folder where the inputs files are stored in. Click on an entry in the \sphinxguilabel{Places} pane to go to one
of a preselected folders, double click in the middle pane enters the folder. The buttons in the upper part
of the dialog shows your current position in the directory tree, you can use them to go to one of the parent
folders. Enter the folder with the input files \sphinxhyphen{} you should see them in the middle pane. Then, click on the
\sphinxguilabel{Add} button to add files to the table of input files. The program shows the number of added files in
the separate dialog. The \sphinxguilabel{Add frames from folder} dialog is not closed automatically and allows a user
to continue. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to close the dialog and return to the main window.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfolder1}.png}
\caption{The “Add folder” dialog with the place selection box (left), the file
selection box (middle) and the preview panel (right).}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to reduce only a subset of files from a folder, click on \sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Add individual frames}
in the main menu. A new dialog appears, similar to the previous one. In the dialog, find a folder where the inputs
files are stored in. Click on an entry in the \sphinxguilabel{Places} pane to go to one of a preselected folders, double
click in the middle pane enters the folder. The buttons in the upper part of the dialog shows your current position
in the directory tree, you can use them to go to one of the parent folders. In the middle pane, select the files
using the \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Ctrl}} modifier to include and exclude a single file and the \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Shift}} modifier to include a range
of files. Then, click on the \sphinxguilabel{Add} button to add selected files to the table of input files. The program
shows the number of added files in the separate dialog. The \sphinxguilabel{Add individual frames} dialog is not closed
automatically and  allows a user to continue. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to close the dialog and return to
the main window.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfiles1}.png}
\caption{The “Add files” dialog with the place selection box (left), the file
selection box (middle) and the preview panel (right).}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:id5}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add frames from folder (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add individual frames (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Frame reduction}
\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:frame-reduction}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Reduction of CCD frames is a process that takes source CCD frames, performs their conversion and calibration,
detects stars on each frame and mearures their intensity and finally finds correlation (match) between objects
that were found in the data set. The process of reduction prepares the data that are necessary for making a light
curve or a variable star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The reduction consists of several steps \sphinxhyphen{} conversion, calibration, photometry and matching. They can be invoked
step\sphinxhyphen{}by\sphinxhyphen{}step manually. The preferred way is to use the \sphinxguilabel{Express reduction} dialog that allows to perform
these steps in a batch. Using the menu, activate the \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Express reduction} item.
A new dialog appears. The dialog has several options aligned to the left, Each of them relates to an optional
step in the reduction process.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express}.png}
\caption{The dialog for setting parameters of the reduction process}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:id6}}\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Fetch/convert files}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the \sphinxguilabel{Fetch/convert files}. In this step, the program makes copy of the source CCD frames.
This is necessary, because the following calibration steps will modify them and we don’t want the program
to change our precious source data.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_convert}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}

\sphinxAtStartPar
A raw CCD frame consists of several components. By the calibration process, we get rid of those
which affect the result of the photometry. In some literature, the calibration is depicted as the
peeling of an onion. There are three major components which a raw frame consists of \sphinxhyphen{} the current
made by incident light, current made thermal drift of electrons (so\sphinxhyphen{}called dark current) and
constant bias level. In standard calibration scheme, which we will demonstrate here, the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction subtracts the dark current and the also the bias. Because of the nature of the dark current,
it is necessary to use a correction frame of the same exposure duration as source files and it must
be carried out on the same CCD temperature, too. Thus, the properly working temperature regulation
on your CCD camera is vital.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_dark}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Then, we have to compensate the spatial non\sphinxhyphen{}uniformity of a detector and whole optical
system. These non\sphinxhyphen{}uniformities are due to the fabrication process of a CCD chip and they are
also natural properties of all real optical components, lenses in particular. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction uses a flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame to smooth them away. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame is a frame carried out
while the telescope is pointed to uniformly luminous area. In practice, this condition is
very difficult to achieve, the clear sky before dusk is usually used instead.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_flat}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Photometry}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The photometry is a process that detects stars on a CCD frame and measures their brightness. Unlike the previous
steps, the result is saved to a special file, so\sphinxhyphen{}called the photometry file. There are a lot of parameters which
affect the star detection and also the brightness computation. In this example, the default values work fine,
but I would suggest you to become familiar with at least two of them \sphinxhyphen{} FWHM and Threshold \sphinxhyphen{} before
you start a real work. Check the \sphinxguilabel{Photometry} option.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_photometry}.png}
\end{figure}
\begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{FWHM}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The FWHM parameter specify the expected width of stars on a frame.
The value is the Full Width at Half Maximum in pixels. The parameter
controls the behavior of the low\sphinxhyphen{}pass digital filter, which is used
in the star detection algorithm.

\sphinxlineitem{Threshold}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Threshold parameter specify the lowest brightness of detected
stars. Fainter objects are considered to be background artifacts and thus
sorted out. The value is dimensionless coefficient.

\end{description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Once you tune up the parameter for your environment, usually it is not
necessary to adjust them for every task, unless the quality of your images
varies considerably. In the first iteration, you can use the default values
(FWHM = 3.0 and Threshold = 4.0) and do the photometry. Click on the
\sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Photometry} item in the main menu and confirm the new dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{OK}.
Then, by double click on a frame in the main window open the preview window
and check the results. If there are stars which have been detected as a close
binary although it is not true, you should increase the \sphinxstyleemphasis{FWHM}
value. If the stars you are interested in are not detected, try decrease the
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Threshold} value. If it doesn’t help, decrease the
\sphinxstyleemphasis{FWHM}. If there is a lot of background artifacts detected
as a real stars, increase the \sphinxstyleemphasis{Threshold}. By several
iterations, adjust the parameters, so all the stars you are interested in are
detected and there are no false binaries.
\subsubsection*{Matching}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The previous command treated all source files independently. As a result of this, a star \#1
in one file is not necessarily the same as a star \#1 in another file. The matching is a process
which finds corresponding stars on source frames and assigns an unique identifier. Check the
\sphinxguilabel{Matching} option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
It is necessary to select one frame from the set of source frames that all other frames are matched
to, this frame is called a reference frame. In my experience, the frame with the greatest number of
stars works the best. Back to our example, let’s pick up the first one.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_matching}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Invoking the reduction process}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In previous steps, we have configured parameters of the reduction process and we are ready to start
it. Click the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button. During the execution a new window appears displaying the state
of the process; all the information is also presented there. This window will be automatically
closed after finishing the process. Wait for the process to finish.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{progress}.png}
\caption{The dialog displayed during time demanding operations.}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:id7}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
After finishing, the icon in the file table changes; the information about the time of observation,
the length of the exposition and the used filter is filled in. In case some of the frames could not be
processed successfully, the entry is be marked with a special icon and in the \sphinxguilabel{Status} column
the error message is indicated.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{inputfiles3}.png}
\caption{The main application window after the recution.}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:id8}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Making combined frames}
\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:making-combined-frames}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Open \sphinxguilabel{Make} menu, select the \sphinxguilabel{Merge frames} item.
A new dialog window appears. If you are going to make a set of resulting frames, select
the \sphinxguilabel{Split frames and process each group separately} option. Set the parameters
for automatic splitting frames to groups; one resulting frame will be made for each particular
group. Fill the maximum number of frames in a group to the \sphinxguilabel{Merge every … frames}
field. Set the maximum time span between the first and the last frame in a group. Enter the
minimum number of frames (\sphinxguilabel{Min. frames}). Confirm the dialog by
the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button. The standard dialog for saving files is opened.
Find a directory, where the output files shall be stored to and enter the file name
prefix. For example, if you enter the crcas prefix, the resulting files will be named
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{crcas00001.fts}}, \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{crcas00002.fts}}, etc. Close the dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{Save} to start the merging.

\sphinxAtStartPar
It is possible to split the files manually. In the \sphinxtitleref{Input files} table, select the
frames, which shall be combined to a single resulting frame. In the \sphinxguilabel{Make}
menu, select the \sphinxguilabel{Merge frames} item. The same dialog window as
in previous case is opened. In the upper part of the dialog, select the \sphinxguilabel{Process
selected files only} option and in the lower part, select the \sphinxguilabel{Merge
all source frames to a single output frame} item. Confirm the dialog by the
\sphinxguilabel{OK} button. The standard dialog for saving files is opened. Find
a directory, where the output file shall be stored to and enter the its name. No numbers
are added to the name in this case. Close the dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{Save}
to start the merging. Repeat the action subsequently for all input files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the frames have been aligned (transformed) already, you can run this step after the
frame conversion. You have to check the option “Do not transform the source frames”. If this option
is checked, the software does not attempt to do any alignment of the frames, so if they do
not match, the objects will be deformed or copied on the combined frames.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:merge-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Merge frames (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Processing merged frames}
\label{\detokenize{frame_merging:processing-merged-frames}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Merged frames can be processed in the same way as common CCD frames with an exception
that no calibration (bias, dark and flat correction) is applied to them. Follow instructions
in the {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve:light-curve}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve}}}} section.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{Incremental@\spxentry{Incremental}!processing@\spxentry{processing}}\index{processing@\spxentry{processing}!Incremental@\spxentry{Incremental}}\index{process@\spxentry{process}!new frames@\spxentry{new frames}}\index{new frames@\spxentry{new frames}!process@\spxentry{process}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Incremental processing}
\label{\detokenize{incremental_processing:incremental-processing}}\label{\detokenize{incremental_processing:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{incremental_processing:id1}}\label{\detokenize{incremental_processing::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The incremental processing is a feature that allows an user to merge
new files into an existing project. The new frames are automatically reduced
using the same settings as the frames that are already in the project. It
is particularly useful in an observation of short\sphinxhyphen{}period variables. Using
this tool, it is possible to monitor the variable behavior during the observation
and eventually decide, by checking a light curve, whether to resume or stop
it.

\sphinxAtStartPar
During the first run, process the CCD frames by the standard procedure
up to the selection of stars and produce a light curve. After acquiring
a set of new frames, click on the \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Process new files}
item in the main menu. A new dialog window appears.
Select the option \sphinxguilabel{process new files in the directory}
and in the \sphinxguilabel{Directory} field, select the directory which
the new files are stored in. You can also setup file filtering conditions
using the fields in the bottom part of the dialog. Only files that meet those
conditions will be merged into the project.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you check the option \sphinxguilabel{Periodically check…}, the program
will monitor the specified path on background and whenever new files turn up,
the program automatically appends them to the list and processes them.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{process_new_frames_dialog:process-new-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Process new frames (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope


\section{Fields with multiple variable stars}
\label{\detokenize{multiple_variable_stars:fields-with-multiple-variable-stars}}\label{\detokenize{multiple_variable_stars:multiple-variable-stars}}\label{\detokenize{multiple_variable_stars::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Muniwin software provides several features that simplifies the processing of a frame set
that includes multiple variable stars on one star field. The software allows a user to create
a set of selections of objects, each of which is consisting of choice of variable star,
comparison star(s) and check star(s). These selections can be exported to a catalog file
and reused in the next observation of the same star field.


\subsection{Defining a set of object selections}
\label{\detokenize{multiple_variable_stars:defining-a-set-of-object-selections}}\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Create one project for your frame set

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Reduce your observation in a normal way, create a light curve for the first variable star and
save it to the file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Start making a light curve for the next variable (\sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Light curve}).
In the {\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:choose-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose stars}}}} dialog, the software always shows the most
recently used selection of objects. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{Save as…} button (10) on the
toolbar. A new dialog appears. Enter a name of the first variable.

\end{itemize}

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{choosestars_couts3}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting a variable star, a comparison star and check stars}\label{\detokenize{multiple_variable_stars:id1}}\end{figure}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Change the selection of the variable stars, you can also choose another comparison or
check stars if needed. Confirm the dialog and continue. Save the light curve for the second
variable.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Use the same steps to make light curve for third, fourth, … variable.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
To revert back to the selection that was previously saved, use the selection field (11) on
the toolbar.


\subsection{Multiple variables in the catalog file}
\label{\detokenize{multiple_variable_stars:multiple-variables-in-the-catalog-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The selections of objects that were saved using the steps described above are preserved when
you make a {\hyperref[\detokenize{catalog_files:catalog-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{catalog file}}}}. The dialog {\hyperref[\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:make-catalog-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Make catalog file}}}}
allows you to inspect and edit the selections before you create the new catalog file.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{makecatalog_couts2}.png}
\caption{Make catalog file dialog}\label{\detokenize{multiple_variable_stars:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Select the name of the selection. The selection is shown in the preview area (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Click the \sphinxguilabel{Edit} button to edit the selections.


\subsection{Using catalog files with multiple object selections}
\label{\detokenize{multiple_variable_stars:using-catalog-files-with-multiple-object-selections}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The catalog file that was created using the previous steps can be used in the next observation
of the same star field as a reference for frame matching in the same way as any other catalog file.
All the object selections that were saved to the catalog files are restored.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When you are about to choose the stars when making a light curve for the first variable,
click on the selection field (11) in the {\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:choose-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose stars}}}} dialog and
select the named that you specified for the selection of objects for the first variable.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{choosestars_couts3}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Use the same procedure for the second, third, fourth, etc. variable star.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:choose-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose stars (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:make-catalog-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Make catalog file (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Ensemble@\spxentry{Ensemble}!photometry@\spxentry{photometry}}\index{photometry@\spxentry{photometry}!Ensemble@\spxentry{Ensemble}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Ensemble photometry}
\label{\detokenize{ensemble_photometry:ensemble-photometry}}\label{\detokenize{ensemble_photometry:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{ensemble_photometry:id1}}\label{\detokenize{ensemble_photometry::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The ensemble photometry is a technique of a light curve construction which utilitizes measurements
of multiple comparison (constant) stars in order to reduce the random errors. The method implemented
in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software can be called “strict” ensemble photometry, because it requires that \sphinxstyleemphasis{all}
stars from the comparison star set are present on every frame, if this is not satistifed, the frame
is discarded from the light curve. Fluxes (not magnitudes) of the comparison stars are summed up to
get instrumental magnitude of an “artificial” comparison star which is than used to find out
differential brightness of a variable star.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve:light-curve}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Advanced calibration@\spxentry{Advanced calibration}!scheme@\spxentry{scheme}}\index{scheme@\spxentry{scheme}!Advanced calibration@\spxentry{Advanced calibration}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Advanced calibration scheme}
\label{\detokenize{advanced_calibration:advanced-calibration-scheme}}\label{\detokenize{advanced_calibration:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{advanced_calibration:id1}}\label{\detokenize{advanced_calibration::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The standard calibration of CCD frames uses single dark frame and single flat frame.
To obtain reasonable results, it is necessary to use dark frame of the same exposure duration
as the scientific images. If you observe several objects during a night and those objects have
different magnitude, different exposure durations are often used. But in this case you will
need to carry out as many sets of dark frames as the number of exposures you have chosen.
This task may be quite time consuming work. This disadvantage can be solved by advanced
calibration, which involves scalable dark frames. The reduction process in this case is a
bit more complicated than standard one, so it is recommended to experienced users only.

\index{calibration@\spxentry{calibration}!procedure@\spxentry{procedure}}\index{procedure@\spxentry{procedure}!calibration@\spxentry{calibration}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Calibration procedure}
\label{\detokenize{advanced_calibration:calibration-procedure}}\label{\detokenize{advanced_calibration:index-1}}\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Acquire a set of bias frames. They are carried out by the similar way as the
dark frames, the exposure duration should be minimal (zero in ideal case). I use 100 frames.
The bias frames can be reused till some change to the camera hardware was made, so you need
to acquire the set only once.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Acquire a set of flat frames. An easy way is to acquire frames of short exposure
duration during dusk with a telescope pointed towards east, not very low altitude.
Move the telescope during exposure rapidly. The pixels on a flat frame shouldn’t have
overexposed pixels and you should not see stars (bright lines if you move the telescope
during exposure) on them when you check them in the preview window. I take 20 frames, one second each.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Each night, acquire the set of dark frames using long exposure duration. It
is recommended to carry out dark frames on the end of observation, when the camera
is enough uniformly cooled. I take ten frames, 120 seconds each.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Create a new project of \sphinxguilabel{Master bias frame} type. Add your bias frames, convert them
and make a master bias frame. Save it to a file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Create a new project of \sphinxguilabel{Master dark frame} type. Open menu \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) Edit properties}.
Select the \sphinxguilabel{Calibration} page and check the option \sphinxguilabel{Advanced calibration scheme}.
Add your dark frames, convert them, apply master bias frame and make a master dark frame.
Save it to a file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Create a new project of \sphinxguilabel{Master flat frame} type. Open menu \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) Edit properties}.
Select the \sphinxguilabel{Calibration} page and check the option \sphinxguilabel{Advanced calibration scheme}.
Add your flat frames, convert them, apply bias and dark corrections and make a master flat frame.
Save it to a file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Create a new project of \sphinxguilabel{Light curve} type. Open menu \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) Edit properties}.
Select \sphinxguilabel{Calibration} page and check the option \sphinxguilabel{Advanced calibration scheme}.
Add your sky frames, apply bias, dark and flat corrections.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Continue in reduction of source images by standard way.


\subsection{Remarks}
\label{\detokenize{advanced_calibration:remarks}}\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \index{scalable@\spxentry{scalable}!dark frame@\spxentry{dark} \spxentry{frame}}\index{dark@\spxentry{dark}!frame, scalable@\spxentry{frame}, \spxentry{scalable}}\index{frame@\spxentry{frame}!scalable dark@\spxentry{scalable} \spxentry{dark}}scalable dark frame is automatically detected using
the information stored in the file header. For all other frames which are not considered to be scalable ones,
the standard calibration is used.

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:bias-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Bias correction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:master-bias-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master bias frame (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:dark-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Dark correction (dialog)}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:master-dark-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master dark frame (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{simple: DSLR images@\spxentry{simple: DSLR images}}\index{simple: RAW images@\spxentry{simple: RAW images}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Photometry using a DLSR camera}
\label{\detokenize{processing_raw_images:photometry-using-a-dlsr-camera}}\label{\detokenize{processing_raw_images:processing-raw-images}}\label{\detokenize{processing_raw_images:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{processing_raw_images::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software can decode RAW images produced by selected DSLR cameras. Because the DSLR
cameras have not been designed to be used for the photometry, there are several potential pitfals
that you may stumble upon. As in any other scientific work, it is recommended to be careful and
to check if your results are correct before using or publishing them. In case of the ‘raw’ images,
you should know, that the available documents on the ‘raw’ format are imcomplete, chaotic and
often inconsistent.


\subsection{Color components}
\label{\detokenize{processing_raw_images:color-components}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The most common mistake is that the color components are not in correct order. Almost all commercial
DSLR cameras have a single array of light sensitive elements. Before the array, there is a color filter
mosaic, most of them is a \sphinxtitleref{Bayer filter \textless{}http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bayer\_filter\textgreater{}}. Color components
are distributed in a repeating pattern:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{R}  \PYG{n}{G}  \PYG{n}{R}  \PYG{n}{G}  \PYG{n}{R}  \PYG{n}{G}  \PYG{o}{.}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{o}{.}
\PYG{n}{G}  \PYG{n}{B}  \PYG{n}{G}  \PYG{n}{B}  \PYG{n}{G}  \PYG{n}{B}  \PYG{o}{.}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{o}{.}
\PYG{n}{R}  \PYG{n}{G}  \PYG{n}{R}  \PYG{n}{G}  \PYG{n}{R}  \PYG{n}{G}  \PYG{o}{.}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{o}{.}
\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{o}{.}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The problem is, that in the first cell of the first row, some models have red (R) component and others
starts with the blue (B) or green (G) component.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To check if the software decodes the components correctly I recommend to perform an easy test: take
an image of any colorful object or objects that contain easily distinguished pathes of three basic
colors (red, green and blue) on a black background. Save this image in the ‘raw’ format and load them
into the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software and perform \sphinxtitleref{Fetch/convert} reduction steps with different selection of
the color channel each time. After each conversion, show the resulting frame and check if the patches
of the selected color component are bright and patches of other colors are dark.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak

\begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{Bayer filter}
\sphinxAtStartPar
see \sphinxurl{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bayer\_filter}

\sphinxlineitem{RGB color components}
\sphinxAtStartPar
see \sphinxurl{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Additive\_color}

\sphinxlineitem{RAW format}
\sphinxAtStartPar
see \sphinxurl{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RAW\_format}

\end{description}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{simple: moving targets@\spxentry{simple: moving targets}}\index{simple: minor bodies@\spxentry{simple: minor bodies}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Photometry of minor Solar System bodies}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:photometry-of-minor-solar-system-bodies}}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:moving-targets}}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The major challange in photometry on minor Solar System bodies is the tracking
of the moving object of interest in the view field. The matching procedure, as
it is used for a variable star, would not work without modifications, because
the object changes its position between the frames with respect to surrounding
stars. Also, the stars moves between the frames, as a result of mechanical
inaccuracy of a telescope mount and its clockdrive.

\sphinxAtStartPar
This chapter explains how to make a light curve of a moving object, such as
a minor Solar System body. For a guide on making a light curve of stationary
objects (variable stars or exoplanets) follow {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve:light-curve}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{this link}}}}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The procedure of making a light curve of a moving object is the same as the
process in case of a variable star except the matching step. The matching process is
different here; a user has to specify at least three frames, called \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{key frames}}
and mark the moving object on each of them.


\subsection{Before you start}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:before-you-start}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Before you start the reduction of your own CCD frames, you may
need to perform several pre\sphinxhyphen{}processing steps. Though it isn’t necessary,
combining the several correction frames into so\sphinxhyphen{}called “master” ones
is advisory, because it reduces the noise and makes the result more
precise. The method of making master correction frames is described in
separate chapters.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{master_dark_frame:master-dark-frame}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frame}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_flat_frame:master-flat-frame}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frame}}}}




\subsection{Creating a new project}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:creating-a-new-project}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
First of all, we will create a new {\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{project}}}}. To begin with processing of
a set of source frames, we create a new project. To do so, open the \sphinxguilabel{Project} menu
and activate the \sphinxguilabel{New} item. A new dialog appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{newproject_adorea}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a new project.}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Fill in a name that will be assigned to the project. Because the name of the file that keeps track of the data related
to the project, the project file, is derived from the name, some characters cannot appear in the project name, do not
use: / ? \% * : | ” \textless{} and \textgreater{}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The field \sphinxguilabel{Location} shows a path to the directory where a new project will be created. Edit the path to
change the location, you can also click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button to select a directory in a separate dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog also displays a list of available profiles. A profiles provides an intial set of configuration parameters
into a new project. When you confirm the dialog, you should be in the main window again now. The table of input files
shown there is empty.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{mainwindow_adorea}.png}
\caption{The main application window with the table of input files, now empty.}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id2}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}.




\subsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we are going to tell the program which files we are going to work on. These files are called the input
files. Their list is displayed in the table in the main application window. When the application is closed,
the list of files are saved to the disk and it is restored back when the program is launched again.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Supposing that the table now consists of files from your previous task, let’s get rid of them. Please, use
\sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Clear files} to start a new task instead of just removing the files from
the table. Besides the clearing the table of input files, this function resets all internal variables, too.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we need to populate the table with the CCD frames we’re going to reduce. There are two methods how to
achieve that \sphinxhyphen{} adding a individual files or adding all files from a folder. Which way is the best for you
depends on organization of your observations on the disk. I’d suggest you to make a folder for each year,
a folder for each night in it, the a subfolder for a name of object or another view field identification and
finally a subfolder named upon the color filter (if you use more of them). In this case, the “Add frames from a folder”
method is more convenient.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on \sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Add frames from folder} in the main menu. A new dialog appears. In the dialog,
find a folder where the inputs files are stored in. Click on an entry in the \sphinxguilabel{Places} pane to go to one
of a preselected folders, double click in the middle pane enters the folder. The buttons in the upper part
of the dialog shows your current position in the directory tree, you can use them to go to one of the parent
folders. Enter the folder with the input files \sphinxhyphen{} you should see them in the middle pane. Then, click on the
\sphinxguilabel{Add} button to add files to the table of input files. The program shows the number of added files in
the separate dialog. The \sphinxguilabel{Add frames from folder} dialog is not closed automatically and allows a user
to continue. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to close the dialog and return to the main window.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfolder_adorea}.png}
\caption{The “Add folder” dialog with the place selection box (left), the file selection box (right)}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to reduce only a subset of files from a folder, click on \sphinxmenuselection{Files \(\rightarrow\) Add individual frames}
in the main menu. A new dialog appears, similar to the previous one. In the dialog, find a folder where the inputs
files are stored in. Click on an entry in the \sphinxguilabel{Places} pane to go to one of a preselected folders, double
click in the middle pane enters the folder. The buttons in the upper part of the dialog shows your current position
in the directory tree, you can use them to go to one of the parent folders. In the middle pane, select the files
using the \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Ctrl}} modifier to include and exclude a single file and the \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Shift}} modifier to include a range
of files. Then, click on the \sphinxguilabel{Add} button to add selected files to the table of input files. The program
shows the number of added files in the separate dialog. The \sphinxguilabel{Add individual frames} dialog is not closed
automatically and  allows a user to continue. Click on the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to close the dialog and return to
the main window.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfiles_adorea}.png}
\caption{The “Add files” dialog with the place selection box (left), the file
selection box (middle) and the preview panel (right).}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id4}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add frames from folder (dialog)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add individual frames (dialog)}}}}.




\subsection{Frame reduction}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:frame-reduction}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Reduction of CCD frames is a process that takes source CCD frames, performs their conversion and calibration,
detects stars on each frame and mearures their intensity and finally finds correlation (match) between objects
that were found in the data set. The process of reduction prepares the data that are necessary for making a light
curve.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The reduction consists of several steps \sphinxhyphen{} conversion, calibration, photometry and matching. They can be invoked
step\sphinxhyphen{}by\sphinxhyphen{}step manually. The preferred way is to use the \sphinxguilabel{Express reduction} dialog that allows to perform
these steps in a batch. Using the menu, activate the \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Express reduction} item.
A new dialog appears. The dialog has several options aligned to the left, Each of them relates to an optional
step in the reduction process.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express}.png}
\caption{The dialog for setting parameters of the reduction process}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id5}}\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Fetch/convert files}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the \sphinxguilabel{Fetch/convert files}. In this step, the program makes copy of the source CCD frames.
This is necessary, because the following calibration steps will modify them and we don’t want the program
to change our precious source data.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_convert}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}

\sphinxAtStartPar
A raw CCD frame consists of several components. By the calibration process, we get rid of those
which affect the result of the photometry. In some literature, the calibration is depicted as the
peeling of an onion. There are three major components which a raw frame consists of \sphinxhyphen{} the current
made by incident light, current made thermal drift of electrons (so\sphinxhyphen{}called dark current) and
constant bias level. In standard calibration scheme, which we will demonstrate here, the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction subtracts the dark current and the also the bias. Because of the nature of the dark current,
it is necessary to use a correction frame of the same exposure duration as source files and it must
be carried out on the same CCD temperature, too. Thus, the properly working temperature regulation
on your CCD camera is vital.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_dark}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Then, we have to compensate the spatial non\sphinxhyphen{}uniformity of a detector and whole optical
system. These non\sphinxhyphen{}uniformities are due to the fabrication process of a CCD chip and they are
also natural properties of all real optical components, lenses in particular. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction uses a flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame to smooth them away. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame is a frame carried out
while the telescope is pointed to uniformly luminous area. In practice, this condition is
very difficult to achieve, the clear sky before dusk is usually used instead.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_flat}.png}
\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Photometry}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The photometry is a process that detects stars on a CCD frame and measures their brightness. Unlike the previous
steps, the result is saved to a special file, so\sphinxhyphen{}called the photometry file. There are a lot of parameters which
affect the star detection and also the brightness computation. In this example, the default values work fine,
but I would suggest you to become familiar with at least two of them \sphinxhyphen{} FWHM and Threshold \sphinxhyphen{} before
you start a real work. Check the \sphinxguilabel{Photometry} option.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_photometry}.png}
\end{figure}
\begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{FWHM}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The FWHM parameter specify the expected width of stars on a frame.
The value is the Full Width at Half Maximum in pixels. The parameter
controls the behavior of the low\sphinxhyphen{}pass digital filter, which is used
in the star detection algorithm.

\sphinxlineitem{Threshold}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Threshold parameter specify the lowest brightness of detected
stars. Fainter objects are considered to be background artifacts and thus
sorted out. The value is dimensionless coefficient.

\end{description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Once you tune up the parameter for your environment, usually it is not
necessary to adjust them for every task, unless the quality of your images
varies considerably. In the first iteration, you can use the default values
(FWHM = 3.0 and Threshold = 4.0) and do the photometry. Click on the
\sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Photometry} item
in the main menu and confirm the new dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{OK}.
Then, by double click on a frame in the main window open the preview window
and check the results. If there are stars which have been detected as a close
binary although it is not true, you should increase the \sphinxstyleemphasis{FWHM}
value. If the stars you are interested in are not detected, try decrease the
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Threshold} value. If it doesn’t help, decrease the
\sphinxstyleemphasis{FWHM}. If there is a lot of background artifacts detected
as a real stars, increase the \sphinxstyleemphasis{Threshold}. By several
iterations, adjust the parameters, so all the stars you are interested in are
detected and there are no false binaries.
\subsubsection*{Matching (skipped)}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In case of observation of moving object of intereset, do not perform the matching
now; keep the \sphinxguilabel{Matching} option unchecked. The matching process requires
user input, but this can be done only when photometry of the source frames has been
finished.
\subsubsection*{Invoking the reduction process}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In previous steps, we have configured parameters of the reduction process and we are ready to start
it. Click the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button. During the execution a new window appears displaying the state
of the process; all the information is also presented there. This window will be automatically
closed after finishing the process. Wait for the process to finish.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{progress}.png}
\caption{The dialog displayed during time demanding operations.}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id6}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
After finishing, the icon in the file table changes; the information about the time of observation,
the length of the exposition and the used filter is filled in. In case some of the frames could not be
processed successfully, the entry is be marked with a special icon and in the \sphinxguilabel{Status} column
the error message is indicated.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{mainwindow_adorea2}.png}
\caption{The main application window after the photometry step}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id7}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}.




\subsection{Matching the frames and tracking the object of interest}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:matching-the-frames-and-tracking-the-object-of-interest}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The object is expected to move along a smooth curve in time. We pick up at least three frames, called key frames,
and we mark the object of interest on each of the key frames. It is recommended to start with one key frame
at the beginning, one key frame in the middle and one key frame at the end of the set. The key frames define
three points and a curve is fitted between them. The curve is used to determine expected position of the object
in observation time of any other frame and an unidentified object found on a non\sphinxhyphen{}key frame close to the
expected position is matched as the object of interest.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Match stars} item in the main menu. A new dialog appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{matchstars_couts3}.png}
\caption{The Matching dialog in the moving target mode}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id8}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the dialog, check the option \sphinxguilabel{Moving target} (20). List of source frames is presented in the
table (21). In the table, select a frame that will be used as the first key frame. The first key frame has
got the same function as a reference frame in the matching process for stellar objects; all frames are
matched against this frame and it is also used as a background in object selection dialogs. When you select
a frame, it is shown in the preview area (22). Click the \sphinxguilabel{Add key frame} button. A new dialog
appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{selecttarget_couts}.png}
\caption{The Select target dialog}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id9}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Find the object of interest and click on it (31). Confirm the dialog (32). You get back to the previous
dialog. In the table of frames (21), the key frames gets an icon of a red key before the frame number (24).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Repeat this step until there are at least three key frames. The other key frames are marked by a white key
icon (25). The red key icon indicates the frame that is used as a reference key frame in the matching process.
Then, click on the \sphinxguilabel{Apply} button to start the matching process.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The process now runs automatically. The selected key frames are processed first, the positions of the
selected object of interest on the key frames are used to find the path which the object follows by fitting
a polynomial function to them. Then, the rest of the frames are processed; the fit is used to find out
an expected position of the object in an observation time and an object close to the expected position
is marked as the object of intereset on the frame.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Making a light curve}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:making-a-light-curve}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Light curve} item in the main menu. A new dialog appears. The dialog allows
you to set up the options for the light curve. If you want only a subset of frames from the project to be included
in the curve, check the selected files only option in the box. The program can also include several corrections and
coefficients to the output file, these features are discussed later in the text.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Confirm the dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{makelightcurve2}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a light curve.}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id10}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:make-light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Plot light curve (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Selecting the stars}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:selecting-the-stars}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The next dialog shows the reference frame and allows you to select the object of interest,
the comparison and the check stars. All detected objects are highlighted. Click anywhere
on the frame with the right mouse button to open a context menu. Select the item
\sphinxguilabel{Set moving target as a variable}. The object of interest is now drawn in red
color and the label “var” is placed near to it (1). Pick up a star that shall be used as
a comparison star and click on it using left mouse button. Select the item \sphinxguilabel{Comparison},
the object is now drawn in green color and the label “comp” is placed near to it (2).
I would recommend you to pick up also two check stars. Confirm the selection by the
\sphinxguilabel{OK} button (3).

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{stars2}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selection of an object of interest (red), a comparison star (green)
and check stars (blue).}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id11}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:choose-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose stars (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Choosing an aperture}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:choosing-an-aperture}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we have to choose the aperture. You can image the aperture as a virtual
circular pinhole, placed on each star on a frame to measure its brightness. All
pixels that are inside the pinhole are included in computation leaving out the
background pixels. The best aperture should be big enough to include most of the
star’s light, on the other hand, the bigger aperture is used the more background
is included and the more noisy the result is. Because of this, the photometry
process computes the brightness of each star in a set of predefined apertures of
radius in the range of 2 and 30 pixels.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To select the best aperture, we can take advantage of a comparison and
check stars \sphinxhyphen{} providing that they are constant, we can compute the differential
magnitudes between each couple of them on each other and then compute the variance
or standard deviation from the mean level. For the best aperture, the deviations
are minimal.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the next dialog, the graph shows the standard deviation for each aperture.
Find the aperture with the minimal deviation and
click on it using the left mouse button. A context menu appears. Select the
\sphinxguilabel{Select aperture} item. The point is drawn in red color
now and the label is placed near to it. Confirm the selection by the \sphinxguilabel{OK}
button.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{aperture}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selection of an aperture.}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id12}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_aperture_dialog:choose-aperture-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose aperture (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Plotting a light curve}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:plotting-a-light-curve}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, the program has got enough information to make a light curve.
It is presented in a new window which appears automatically.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{lightcurve}.png}
\caption{The dialog with a light curve graph.}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:id13}}\end{figure}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}



\index{outliers@\spxentry{outliers}!trimming@\spxentry{trimming}}\index{trimming@\spxentry{trimming}!outliers@\spxentry{outliers}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Trimming outliers from the curve}
\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:trimming-outliers-from-the-curve}}\label{\detokenize{moving_targets:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Is is possible to manually trim outlying observations from the curve.
You can select an individual point by a right click, you can also
select more than one point by pressing a Shift key and left mouse button
and drawing a rectangle in the graph. Then, click the right mouse button
on a point in the selection to open the context menu. There are two options:
When you select the option \sphinxguilabel{delete from data set},
the selected measurements are removed from the current light curve, the
data will be shown when you make another light curve or \sphinxguilabel{Rebuild}
the actual curve. The other option \sphinxguilabel{remove from project}
means that the frames corresponding to the selected measurements are removed
permanently from the list of input files (see: Main application window) and
such measurements won’t be included in any other output. It is not allowed
to remove a reference frame.

\begin{sphinxadmonition}{note}{Note:}
\begin{DUlineblock}{0em}
\item[] CCD frames of 268 Adorea:
\item[] BlueEye600, RiLA 0.60\sphinxhyphen{}m f/5 Ritchey\sphinxhyphen{}Chretien + CCD G4\sphinxhyphen{}4000BI
\item[] (ProjectSoft HK \& Astronomical Institute of the Charles University in Prague)
\end{DUlineblock}
\end{sphinxadmonition}

\sphinxstepscope

\index{AAVSO Extended Format@\spxentry{AAVSO Extended Format}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Export light curve in AAVSO format}
\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:export-light-curve-in-aavso-format}}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:aavso-format}}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxhref{https://www.aavso.org/aavso-extended-file-format}{AAVSO Extended format} is one of the
export formats supported by the Muniwin application. The format is used to submit the
CCD or DSLR to the American Association of Variable Star Observers (\sphinxhref{https://www.aavso.org/}{AAVSO}).


\subsection{General overview}
\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:general-overview}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
In order to save your observation in the format that the AAVSO accepts, take the following
steps:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{)}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Process your observation data and create a light curve. The light curve should consists
of differential magnitudes; this is the default for the standard light curve generation
process in the Muniwin application.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Open the dialog for saving the light curve: \sphinxmenuselection{File \(\rightarrow\) Save}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Select the \sphinxstyleemphasis{AAVSO Extended Format} as the file type. Choose a directory where the file
shall be stored to and fill in the name of the file. Confirm the dialog.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A new dialog appears. The dialog allows you to fill in the information about the
observation and the observer. Follow the steps in the dialog and fill in the data. When
its last page is confirmed, the file is generated.

\end{enumerate}


\subsection{Detailed description}
\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:detailed-description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Process your observation data and create a light curve. The light curve should consists
of differential magnitudes; this is the default for the standard light curve generation
process in the Muniwin application. A detailed description of these steps can be found
in the chapter {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve:light-curve}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve}}}}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The following steps are optional:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If you check the option to compute the heliocentric correction, you will have the choice
to save heliocentric Julian dates to the exported file. You need to fill in celestial
coordinates of the variable star.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
You can also check the option to include the air mass coefficient values as well. If you
do so, the values will be saved to the file. You have to fill in celestial coordinates
of the variable star and also geographic coordinates of the observation location.

\end{itemize}

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{makelightcurve}.png}
\caption{Make a light curve}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the next dialog, select the stars. If you follow the standard photometry scheme with
one comparison star, you have to mark at least the variable star and one comparison star.
It is recommended to pick up one check star, which helps you to choose an optimum aperture.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The enseble photometry mode is also supported. In this mode, you combine several comparison
stars together; in this case, marking at least one check star is mandatory. More about this
mode can be find in the chapter {\hyperref[\detokenize{ensemble_photometry:ensemble-photometry}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Ensemble photometry}}}}.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{stars}.png}
\caption{Mark the variable star (red), comparison star (green) and check stars (blue).}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the next dialog, select the aperture. If you marked at least one check star, the
dialog shows a graph of standard deviation between the comparison star and the check
star vs. the aperture size. Usually it is a V\sphinxhyphen{}like curve. Choose the aperture with
minimum value and select it.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{aperture}.png}
\caption{Select an aperture with minimum value}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
A new dialog shows a light curve:

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{lightcurve}.png}
\caption{Light curve of the variable star. Please note, that the magnitudes are differential (V\sphinxhyphen{}C).}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the window with a light curve, click on the \sphinxmenuselection{File} \textendash{}\textgreater{} Save\textasciigrave{} item in the
local menu. A new dialog appears. Locate the folder where you want to save the results (1) and
fill in the name of the output file (2). Choose the file type to be \sphinxstyleemphasis{AAVSO Extended Format} (3).
If you checked the option to compute heliocentric correction, you have the choice to export
Julian dates helicentric or geocentric (4). Confirm the dialog by the \sphinxguilabel{Save} button (5).

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{savelightcurve_aavso}.png}
\caption{Specify directory and file name, choose the correct file type.}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:id5}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
A new dialog appears:

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{aavso1}.png}
\caption{Fill in the observation data (page 1)}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:id6}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Fill in the observation data:

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Star identification \sphinxhyphen{} use the AAVSO Designation, the AAVSO Name, or the \sphinxhref{https://www.aavso.org/aavso-unique-identifier}{AAVSO Unique
Identifier}, but NOT more than one of these.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Observer code \sphinxhyphen{} the official \sphinxhref{https://www.aavso.org/where-do-observer-codes-come}{AAVSO Observer Code}
for the observer which was previously assigned by the AAVSO.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Observation type \sphinxhyphen{} specify type of the camera \sphinxhyphen{} CCD or DSLR.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Filter \sphinxhyphen{} click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button to choose the color filter used.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Chart \sphinxhyphen{} please use the sequence ID you will find in red at the bottom of the photometry table.
If a non\sphinxhyphen{}AAVSO sequence was used, please describe it as clearly as possible.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(6) Notes \sphinxhyphen{} comments or notes about the observation. Leave this field blank if you don’t want to
specify any notes.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the \sphinxguilabel{Next} button to continue. The dialog is switched to the next page.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{aavso2}.png}
\caption{Fill in the observation data (page 2)}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:id7}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The next page is designated to fill in the data about the comparison star. Provide the comparison
star identifier (usually an integer number) and brightness of the comparison star according to the filter
you used. Click the \sphinxguilabel{Next} button to continue.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In case of the ensemble photometry, you don’t need to fill in anythink on this page, just click the
\sphinxguilabel{Next} button to continue.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog is switched to the next page.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{aavso3}.png}
\caption{Fill in the observation data (page 3)}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:id8}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The last page is shown only if you selected a check star. Please note, that in case of the ensemble
photometry, using the check star is mandatory. Provide the check star identifier (20). Click the
\sphinxguilabel{Save} button to finish the dialog. When the dialog is finished the file is generated.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can review the content of the file using a text editor:

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{aavso4}.png}
\caption{Generated file with exported observation in the AAVSO Extended Format shown in the Notepad application.}\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:id9}}\end{figure}


\subsection{Standardized magnitude}
\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:standardized-magnitude}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Under the AAVSO Extended format, the brightness of a variable star is reported in the form of the
standardized magnitude, defined as:
\begin{equation*}
\begin{split}V_{std} = (V_{ins} - C_{ins}) + C_{std}\end{split}
\end{equation*}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \(V_{ins}\) and \(C_{ins}\) are the instrumental magnitude of the variable and the comparison, respectively, and
\(C_{std}\) is the chart magnitude for the comparison. The \((V_{ins} - C_{ins})\) part is the \(V-C\) value that you
find in the (differential) light curve created in the software. You specify \(C_{std}\) values for your comparison
in the export settings (see above).

\sphinxAtStartPar
See \sphinxhref{https://www.aavso.org/standardized-magnitude}{this page} for the original description.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Unlike the variable, which is reported as a standardized magnitude, the brightness of the comparison and the check star
is reported in form of the instrumental magnitude \sphinxhyphen{} \(C_{ins}\). Please note, that there is a different in reporting
comparison and check star magnitude in the standard (single comparison star) and the ensemble photometry (multiple
comparison stars).


\subsection{Ensemble photometry}
\label{\detokenize{aavso_format:ensemble-photometry}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
When multiple stars are used to stand in for a comparison, the value of \(C_{std}\) needs be computed from chart
magnitudes of all stars which are incorporated in the ensemble. The C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software uses flux averaging, so the
instumental magnitude of the comparison \(C_{ins}\) is replaced in the above equation by the following formula.
\begin{equation*}
\begin{split}C_{ins} = -2.5 log_{10} (\frac{1}{N} \sum 10^{-0.4 C_{ins,i}})\end{split}
\end{equation*}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \(N\) is a number of stars in the ensemble, and \(C_{ins,i}\) is the instrumental magnitude of \sphinxstyleemphasis{i}\sphinxhyphen{}th
star in the ensemble.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Similarly, we define the chart magnitude of the comparison \(C_{std}\):
\begin{equation*}
\begin{split}C_{std} = -2.5 log_{10} (\frac{1}{N} \sum 10^{-0.4 C_{std,i}})\end{split}
\end{equation*}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \(C_{std,i}\) is the chart magnitude of \sphinxstyleemphasis{i}\sphinxhyphen{}th star in the ensemble.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak

\begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{AAVSO Extended Format}
\sphinxAtStartPar
see \sphinxurl{https://www.aavso.org/aavso-extended-file-format}

\sphinxlineitem{AAVSO Observer Code}
\sphinxAtStartPar
see \sphinxurl{https://www.aavso.org/where-do-observer-codes-come}

\sphinxlineitem{AAVSO Unique Identifier}
\sphinxAtStartPar
see \sphinxurl{https://www.aavso.org/aavso-unique-identifier}

\sphinxlineitem{Standardized magnitude}
\sphinxAtStartPar
see \sphinxurl{https://www.aavso.org/standardized-magnitude}

\end{description}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{BAAVSS Extended Format@\spxentry{BAAVSS Extended Format}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Export light curve in BAAVSO format}
\label{\detokenize{baavss_format:export-light-curve-in-baavso-format}}\label{\detokenize{baavss_format:baavss-format}}\label{\detokenize{baavss_format:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{baavss_format::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
TBD.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{track curve@\spxentry{track curve}!making@\spxentry{making}}\index{making@\spxentry{making}!track curve@\spxentry{track curve}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Checking the telescope mount}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve:checking-the-telescope-mount}}\label{\detokenize{track_curve:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{track_curve::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A track curve is a graph of spatial offset of CCD frames, as a function
of time. Such curve is used to monitor the stability and precision of telescope
mount and its clock drive.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can use the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software to make a track curve from a set of
CCD frames of a star field. As a result of the matching step during the reduction of
input frames, an offset relative to a reference file in axes X and Y are stored
to photometry files. The track curve tools uses this information to make a graph of
offset in X and Y axis respectively, as a function of time.


\subsection{How to make a track curve}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve:how-to-make-a-track-curve}}\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Process source CCD frames by normal way of reduction till star matching.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
In the \sphinxguilabel{Plot} menu, select the \sphinxguilabel{Track curve}
item. A new dialog window with a graph appears. The Julian date is on the horizontal
axis of the graph and the offsets in pixels are on its vertical axis.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The graph consists of two data columns:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxguilabel{OFFSETX} \sphinxhyphen{} offset in horizontal direction, positive values mean
the shift to the right, negative to the left.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxguilabel{OFFSETY} \sphinxhyphen{} offset in vertical direction, positive values mean
the shift to the bottom, negative to the top.

\end{itemize}

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{tracklist}.png}
\caption{The track curve}\label{\detokenize{track_curve:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The track curve shows the periodic error of the telescope
mount. The periodic error is caused by eccentricity of a tooth wheel and
demonstrates itself as a sinusoidal signal in the track curve. Note that
several superimposed sinusoidal signals are present on the picture, each with
different period and amplitude. By finding the period of the signal, you can
tell which tooth well is eccentric.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{plot_track_curve_dialog:make-track-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Plot track curve (dialog)}}}}




\subsection{Trimming outliers from the curve}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve:trimming-outliers-from-the-curve}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Is is possible to manually trim outlying observations from the curve.
You can select an individual point by a right click, you can also
select more than one point by pressing a Shift key and left mouse button
and drawing a rectangle in the graph. Then, click the right mouse button
on a point in the selection to open the context menu. There are two options:
When you select the option \sphinxguilabel{delete from data set},
the selected measurements are removed from the current curve, the
data will be shown when you make another track curve or \sphinxguilabel{Rebuild}
the actual curve. The other option \sphinxguilabel{remove from project}
means that the frames corresponding to the selected measurements are removed
permanently from the list of input files (see: Main application window) and
such measurements won’t be included in any other output. It is not allowed
to remove a reference frame.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:track-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Track curve (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{profile@\spxentry{profile}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Project settings}
\label{\detokenize{project_settings:project-settings}}\label{\detokenize{project_settings:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{project_settings:id1}}\label{\detokenize{project_settings::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This chapeter provides a complete list of project settings and the description
of each parameter.
\subsubsection*{Camera}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Camera parameters
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Read noise \sphinxhyphen{} readout noise in electrons, you should enter the proper value stated
in the camera’s documentation. Default: 15.0

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Gain \sphinxhyphen{} number of electrons per ADU, you should enter the proper value stated in
the camera’s documentation. Default: 2.3

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Source frames}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Source frame conversion and processing parameters
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Min. pixel value \sphinxhyphen{} lowest value of pixel in ADU. All pixels, which are equal to
or less than specified value are considered to be invalid, by default: 0

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max. pixel value \sphinxhyphen{} highest value of pixel in ADU. All pixels, which are equal to
or greater than specified value are considered to be overxposed, by default: 65535.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Image data format \sphinxhyphen{} pixel data format in which the working files are
stored. If the “Autodetection” is selected, the program keeps the format of
original source files. Otherwise, the data are transformed during the Fetch/Convert
operation. Default: Autodetection

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Binning \sphinxhyphen{} reduction of frame size. When this feature is enabled, the
program will sum the pixel values from groups of neighboring pixels making
one pixel for each group in the working frame. This transformation is performed
in the Fetch/Convert operation. This is useful for processing images from the
hi\sphinxhyphen{}resolution DSLR and CCD cameras. Please note, that the sum of pixel values
are computed (not average), so you when you enable binning, you will probably
need to increase the “Max. pixel value”. Default: No binning

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Border \sphinxhyphen{} skip invalid parts of the source frames. Set up frame borders
to nonzero if you need to remove parts of the frames from the processing. Default: 0

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Calibration}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters for bias, dark and flat corrections.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Standard calibration \sphinxhyphen{} in the standard calibration scheme, only
two correction frames are used \sphinxhyphen{} a dark frame, which also includes the bias,
and a flat frame. The standard calibration scheme is simpler to follow,
but it requires that the dark frame must be of the same exposure duration
as source frames.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Advanced calibration \sphinxhyphen{} in the advanced calibration scheme, all three
correction frames are applied separately \sphinxhyphen{} a bias frame, a dark frame
and a flat frame, in that order. The dark frame must not contain a bias,
such dark frame is called scalable dark frame, because it need not to be
of the same exposure duration as source frames.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Star detection}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters for detection of objects on a frame. This step is done
during the Photometry operation.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Filter width (FWHM) \sphinxhyphen{} full width at half maximum of the Gaussian filter.
The low\sphinxhyphen{}pass filter is applied to the source image before searching for
local maxima. If profile of objects on frames roughly corresponds to the
Gaussian function, the good value for the filter width is the FWHM of
objects. You can use the Quick Photometry tool in the Preview window
to measure the FWHM of objects. In case the profile of objects is not
a Gaussian function and the program splits stars into two or more objects,
you need to raise this value. Default: 3.0

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Detection threshold \sphinxhyphen{} the level which a brightness enhancement must have above
the background level to be considered as a real object. The value is given
in standard deviations. The best starting point is the default value 4.0.
Process a set of frames and check the results. If you need to detect fainter
object, reduce it. If many background artefacts are considered as stars,
raise it. Run the photometry again and repeat the steps until the results
are satisfactory. Please note, that the filter width also affects the
detection capabilities. Default: 4.0

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Minimum and maximum sharpness \sphinxhyphen{} minimum and maximum value of sharpness
which a brightness enhancement must have to be considered a real object. The main
purpose is to eliminate bad pixels, it may also help to eliminate blurred objects
such as nebulaes and galaxies. Defaults: 0.2 and 1.0

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Minimum and maximum roundness \sphinxhyphen{} minimum and maximum value of roundness
which a brightness enhancement must have to be considered a real object. This test
is intended to eliminate bad rows and columns, it may also help to eliminate
galaxies or cosmic particle traces. Defaults: \sphinxhyphen{}1.0 and 1.0

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max. stars \sphinxhyphen{} maximum number of objects. This parameter is used to limit the
photometry file to a reasonable number of objects. The stars are sorted by
their magnitudes and specified number of stars from the top of the list
is preserved, the rest is discarded. Default: 10000

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Photometry}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters for aperture photometry.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Aperture \sphinxhyphen{} the program computes brightness of stars in all defined
apertures. It is possible to define at most 12 apertures. An user can
select one of them when making output data, a light curve for example.
The aperture is defined by its radius in pixels.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Inner and outer radius \sphinxhyphen{} local background level is measured in
an annulus that is centered on the object. These parameters define
its inner and outer radius in pixels. Defaults: 20.0 and 30.0.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Matching}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters for matching stars.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Standard algorithm \sphinxhyphen{} identifies similar polygons of stars and
find the best match. It works well if a source frame is scaled, rotated
or even mirrored with respect to the reference frame. The limitation is
that it requires at least three stars on a frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Algorithm for sparse fields \sphinxhyphen{} this algorithm can match frames which
contain at least one star. Scale, tilt and position of a source frame
with respect to the reference frame should be close. Otherwise, it
leads to a false match.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Algorithm for dense fields \sphinxhyphen{} this algorithm works well on very dense
fields containing multitude of objects of similar magnitude, like
globular clusters. It is slower that the standard algorithm.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Standard algorithm parameters}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Read stars \sphinxhyphen{} if a source or reference file contain more than
given number of stars, the program reads only that number of
brightest stars. This limit speeds up the computation. Default: 10

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Identification stars \sphinxhyphen{} a number of stars that are identified
in each iteration. More information is given in the theory of operation.
Default: 5

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Clipping factor \sphinxhyphen{} tolerance used during the iterative evaluation
of the transformation coefficients. Default: 2.5

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Parameters of sparse\sphinxhyphen{}fields algorithm}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max. offset \sphinxhyphen{} maximum offset between a source frame and a reference
frame in pixels. It is intended to eliminate false matches. This parameter
should as high as the highest offset of an object of frames, but no higher.
Default: 2.0

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Parameters of dense\sphinxhyphen{}fields algorithm}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Clipping factor \sphinxhyphen{} tolerance used during the iterative evaluation
of the transformation coefficients. Default: 2.5

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Master bias}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters for making a master bias frame.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Output data format \sphinxhyphen{} pixel data format in which the master bias frame is
stored. If the “Autodetection” is selected, the program keeps the format of
working files. Otherwise, the data are transformed into specified format.
Default: Autodetection

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Master dark}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters for making a master dark frame.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Make scalable dark frame \sphinxhyphen{} make a master dark frame that can be
scaled to match the exposure duration of a source frame and a dark
correction frame (see the advanced calibration scheme for further
information). When you check this option, you have to subtract
a bias frame from your dark frames before you make a master dark frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Output data format \sphinxhyphen{} pixel data format in which the master dark frame is
stored. If the “Autodetection” is selected, the program keeps the format of
working files. Otherwise, the data are transformed into specified format.
Default: Autodetection

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Master flat}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters for making a master flat frame.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Output data format \sphinxhyphen{} pixel data format in which the master dark frame is
stored. If the “Autodetection” is selected, the program keeps the format of
working files. Otherwise, the data are transformed into specified format.
Default: Autodetection

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Output mean level \sphinxhyphen{} the program normalizes the master flat frame so
its mean level is equal to a given value. If it is set too high, the output
frame has many overexposed pixels. On the other hand, too low value raises
the noise when a integer pixel format is used, because pixel values in a frame
are rounded to the nearest integer values. Default: 10000

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Merge frames}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters for frame merging.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Output data format \sphinxhyphen{} pixel data format in which the merged frame is
stored. If the “Autodetection” is selected, the program keeps the format of
working files. Otherwise, the data are transformed into specified format.
Default: Autodetection

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Find variables}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters for finding new variables.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Clipping threshold \sphinxhyphen{} minimum share of valid brightness measurements
that a star must have to be included in the mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev graph. This test
is intended to eliminate stars that have few valid measurements only
and their position in the mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev graph more or less random. Default: 60

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Observer}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Observer’s geographic coordinates.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Name \sphinxhyphen{} any text identifying the observing location, i.e. name of the town

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Longitude \sphinxhyphen{} observer’s longitude in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character. Enter ‘E’ character at the first position in a string to indicate
that the location is on the eastern hemisphere or ‘W’ character for locations on a western hemisphere.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Latitude \sphinxhyphen{} observer’s latitude in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character. Enter ‘N’ character at the first position in s string to indicate
that the location is on the north hemisphere or ‘S’ character for locations on a southern hemisphere.

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Projects}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Profiles}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options (dialog)}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:edit-profiles-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Edit profiles (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope


\chapter{Muniwin reference manual}
\label{\detokenize{muniwin_reference:muniwin-reference-manual}}\label{\detokenize{muniwin_reference:muniwin-reference}}\label{\detokenize{muniwin_reference::doc}}
\sphinxstepscope

\index{main@\spxentry{main}!menu@\spxentry{menu}}\index{menu@\spxentry{menu}!main@\spxentry{main}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Main menu}
\label{\detokenize{main_menu:main-menu}}\label{\detokenize{main_menu:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{main_menu:id1}}\label{\detokenize{main_menu::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Here is the list of all items that can be displayed in the main menu. Please note, that some items
may be hidden according to the actual project type. See {\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Projects}}}} topic for details.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu \sphinxtitleref{Project}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{New} \sphinxhyphen{} start a new project; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Open} \sphinxhyphen{} open an existing project; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{open_project_dialog:open-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Open project (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Recent projects} \sphinxhyphen{} open one of the most recently used projects.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Export} \sphinxhyphen{} make copy of the current project to another location; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{export_project_dialog:export-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Export project (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Close} \sphinxhyphen{} close current project.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Edit project settings} \sphinxhyphen{} change project settings \sphinxhyphen{} name, type, processing parameters, etc.; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Exit} \sphinxhyphen{} close the project and the main window.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu \sphinxtitleref{Frames}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Add individual frames} \sphinxhyphen{} add one or more frames from a folder; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add individual frames (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Add frames from folder} \sphinxhyphen{} add frames from a folder and its subfolders; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add frames from folder (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Remove selected frames} \sphinxhyphen{} remove selected frames from the project.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Remove all frames} \sphinxhyphen{} remove all frames from the project.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Show selected frame} \sphinxhyphen{} open selected frame in a preview window; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{frame_preview_window:frame-preview-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Frame preview window}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Show properties} \sphinxhyphen{} show properties of a selected frame.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu \sphinxtitleref{Reduce}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Express reduction} \sphinxhyphen{} conversion, calibration, photometry and matching done at in a batch; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Process new frames} \sphinxhyphen{} process frames that were appended to the project, apply the same rules
as to the frames that had been already processed; watch periodically for new frames in a folder, append them to
the project and process them; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{process_new_frames_dialog:process-new-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Process new frames (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Fetch/covert files} \sphinxhyphen{} make working copy of the source frames, convert them if necessary; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog:fetch-convert-files-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Fetch/convert files (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Bias correction} \sphinxhyphen{} apply bias correction; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:bias-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Bias correction (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Dark correction} \sphinxhyphen{} apply dark correction; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:dark-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Dark correction (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Flat correction} \sphinxhyphen{} apply flat correction; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:flat-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Flat correction (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Photometry} \sphinxhyphen{} run photometry; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_dialog:photometry-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Photometry dialog (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Match stars} \sphinxhyphen{} find cross\sphinxhyphen{}references between stars on the frames; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu \sphinxtitleref{Plot}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Light curve} \sphinxhyphen{} make light curve (magnitude vs. time) for a variable; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:make-light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Plot light curve (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Track curve} \sphinxhyphen{} make track curve (frame offset vs. time); see {\hyperref[\detokenize{plot_track_curve_dialog:make-track-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Plot track curve (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Air mass} \sphinxhyphen{} make air mass curve (air mass vs. time); see {\hyperref[\detokenize{plot_air_mass_dialog:make-air-mass-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Plot air mass (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{CCD temperature} \sphinxhyphen{} make CCD temperature curve (temperature vs. time); see {\hyperref[\detokenize{plot_ccd_temperature_dialog:make-ccd-temperature-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Plot CCD temperature (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Object properties} \sphinxhyphen{} plot object properites (position, de\sphinxhyphen{}focus (FWHM), instrumental magnitude, …); see {\hyperref[\detokenize{plot_object_properties_dialog:make-object-properties-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Plot object properties (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu \sphinxtitleref{Make}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Master bias frame} \sphinxhyphen{} make master bias frame; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:master-bias-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master bias frame (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Master dark frame} \sphinxhyphen{} make master dark frame; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:master-dark-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master dark frame (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Master flat frame} \sphinxhyphen{} make master flat frame; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:master-flat-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master flat frame (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Merge frames} \sphinxhyphen{} merge frames to make combined frames; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:merge-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Merge frames (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu \sphinxtitleref{Tools}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Find variables} \sphinxhyphen{} semi\sphinxhyphen{}automatic search for variable stars; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{make_find_variables_dialog:make-find-variables-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Make find variables dialog}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Make catalog file} \sphinxhyphen{} make a catalog file (a reference frame for the field); see {\hyperref[\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:make-catalog-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Make catalog file (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Show thumbnails} \sphinxhyphen{} show small previews of all frames in the projects; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{thumbnails_dialog:thumbnails-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Thumbnails (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Show message log} \sphinxhyphen{} show detailed report from the last process; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{message_log_dialog:message-log-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Message log (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Open file} \sphinxhyphen{} open CCD frame, photometry file or curve in a preview window; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{image_file_window:image-file-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Image file (window)}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_file_window:photometry-file-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Photometry file (window)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{catalog_file_window:catalog-file-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Catalog file (window)}}}} and {\hyperref[\detokenize{graph_window:graph-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Graph (window)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Recent files} \sphinxhyphen{} open one of the most recently used files.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Import data from C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack 1.x} \sphinxhyphen{} import data from a folder that contains C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack 1.x files; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{import_project_dialog:import-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Import project (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{JD converter} \sphinxhyphen{} convert a Julian date into a Gregorian calendar date; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:jd-converter-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{JD converter (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Heliocentric correction} \sphinxhyphen{} compute heliocentric correction for given Julian date and object corrdinates;
see {\hyperref[\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:heliocentric-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Heliocentric correction (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Air mass coefficient} \sphinxhyphen{} compute air mass coefficient for given Julian date, object corrdinates and
observer coordinates; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog:air-mass-coefficient-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Air mass coefficient (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Edit profiles} \sphinxhyphen{} open dialog for editing user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:edit-profiles-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Edit profiles (dialog)}}}}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Environment options} \sphinxhyphen{} change user interface settings; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu \sphinxtitleref{Help}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{Show help} \sphinxhyphen{} show help for the main application window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{User’s manual} \sphinxhyphen{} open the user manual at the top\sphinxhyphen{}level table of contents.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxmenuselection{About Muniwin} \sphinxhyphen{} information about version of the software and libraries, license and authors.

\end{itemize}

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_toolbar:main-toolbar}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main toolbar}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{main@\spxentry{main}!toolbar@\spxentry{toolbar}}\index{toolbar@\spxentry{toolbar}!main@\spxentry{main}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Main toolbar}
\label{\detokenize{main_toolbar:main-toolbar}}\label{\detokenize{main_toolbar:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{main_toolbar:id1}}\label{\detokenize{main_toolbar::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Here is the list of all items that can be displayed in the main toolbar. Please note, that some items
may be hidden according to the actual project type. See {\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Projects}}}} topic for details.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{newproject1}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} start a new project; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{openproject}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} open an existing project; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{open_project_dialog:open-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Open project (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{preferences}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} change project settings \sphinxhyphen{} name, type, processing parameters, etc.; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfiles}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} add one or more frames from a folder; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add individual frames (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfolder}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} add frames from a folder and its subfolders; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add frames from folder (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{removefiles}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} remove selected frames from the project.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{preview}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} open selected frame in a preview window; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{frame_preview_window:frame-preview-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Frame preview window}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{reduction}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} conversion, calibration, photometry and matching done at in a batch; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{newfiles}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} process frames that were appended to the project, apply the same rules
as to the frames that had been already processed; watch periodically for new frames in a folder, append them to
the project and process them; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{process_new_frames_dialog:process-new-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Process new frames (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{convert}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} make working copy of the source frames, convert them if necessary; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog:fetch-convert-files-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Fetch/convert files (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{biascorr}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} apply bias correction; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:bias-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Bias correction (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{darkcorr}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} apply dark correction; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:dark-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Dark correction (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{flatcorr}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} apply flat correction; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:flat-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Flat correction (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{photometry}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} run photometry; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_dialog:photometry-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Photometry dialog (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{matchstars}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} find cross\sphinxhyphen{}references between stars on the frames; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{lightcurve1}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} make light curve (magnitude vs. time) for a variable; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:make-light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Plot light curve (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{masterbias}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} make master bias frame; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:master-bias-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master bias frame (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{masterdark}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} make master dark frame; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:master-dark-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master dark frame (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{masterflat}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} make master flat frame; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:master-flat-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master flat frame (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{merge}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} merge frames to make combined frames; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:merge-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Merge frames (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{varfind}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} semi\sphinxhyphen{}automatic search for variable stars; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{make_find_variables_dialog:make-find-variables-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Make find variables dialog}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{catalogfile}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} make a catalog file (a reference frame for the field); see {\hyperref[\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:make-catalog-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Make catalog file (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxincludegraphics{{iconview}.png} \sphinxhyphen{} show small previews of all frames in the projects; see {\hyperref[\detokenize{thumbnails_dialog:thumbnails-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Thumbnails (dialog)}}}}.

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_menu:main-menu}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main menu}}}}



\sphinxstepscope


\section{Dialogs and tools}
\label{\detokenize{dialogs:dialogs-and-tools}}\label{\detokenize{dialogs:dialogs}}\label{\detokenize{dialogs::doc}}
\sphinxstepscope

\index{About Muniwin@\spxentry{About Muniwin}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!About Muniwin@\spxentry{About Muniwin}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{About Muniwin (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{about_muniwin_dialog:about-muniwin-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{about_muniwin_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{about_muniwin_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{about_muniwin_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “About Muniwin” dialog shows the version, the authors and the licence of the
software.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{about_muniwin_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Help \(\rightarrow\) About Muniwin}.

\end{enumerate}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{introduction:introduction}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Introduction}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{getting_started:getting-started}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Getting started}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Add frames from folder@\spxentry{Add frames from folder}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Add frames from folder@\spxentry{Add frames from folder}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Add frames from folder (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Add frames from folder” dialog is used to add source frames into the current project. Unlike the
closely related dialog “Add individual frames”, it takes all files from a selected folder and optionally its
subfolders.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Frames \(\rightarrow\) Add frames from folder}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{addfolder}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{File browsing}
\label{\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:file-browsing}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfolder_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for adding multiple files to the project.}\label{\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The button “Type a file name” (1) shows and hides the “Location” text box. The keyboard shortcut
Ctrl+L key combination does the same action.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the “Location” text box (2) you can type a path to a folder. If you don’t type any path, the name
of the selected folder will be displayed. You can also type the first letters of the name: it will be
auto\sphinxhyphen{}completed and a list of folders names beginning with these letters will be displayed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The path to the current folder is displayed at the top of the dialog (3). You can navigate along this
path by clicking on an element.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks” option you
get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The contents of the selected folder is displayed here (6). Change your current folder by double left
clicking on a folder in this panel. Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder name opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(7) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the option “Include subdirectories” (8) to instruct the program that it shall also
search for CCD frames in the subfolders of the current folder.


\subsubsection{Including files the project}
\label{\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:including-files-the-project}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
To add the files from the current folder, click the “Add” button (9). The program searches it for
available files. Several situations may occur:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the file is not a valid CCD frame, it is ignored.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the file is already included in the project, it is ignored.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If there are multiple files left and they have different color filter name, the program
shows a new dialog and asks an user to select which filters shall be added to the project.
You can use the “All files” option or select one or more items in the box, other files will be
ignored.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If there are multiple files left and they have different exposure duration, the program
shows another dialog and asks an user to select which exposures shall be added to the project.
You can use the “All files” option or select one or more items in the box, other files will be
ignored.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If there are multiple files left and they have different object designation, the program
shows another dialog and asks an user to select which objects shall be added to the project.
You can use the “All files” option or select one or more items in the box, other files will be
ignored.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When the action is completed, the dialog is not closed; you can go on to add files from another
folder or close the dialog by the “Close” button (10).


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add individual frames (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Add individual frames@\spxentry{Add individual frames}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Add individual frames@\spxentry{Add individual frames}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Add individual frames (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Add individual frames” dialog is used to add source frames into the current project.
Unlike the closely related dialog “Add frames from folder”, it allows an user to select individual
files.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Frames \(\rightarrow\) Add individual frames}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{addfiles}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{File browsing}
\label{\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:file-browsing}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{addfiles_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for adding individual files to the project.}\label{\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The button “Type a file name” (1) shows and hides the “Location” text box. The keyboard shortcut
Ctrl+L key combination does the same action.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the “Location” text box (2) you can type a path to a file. If you don’t type any path, the name
of the selected file will be displayed. You can also type the first letters of the name: it will be
auto\sphinxhyphen{}completed and a list of file names beginning with these letters will be displayed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The path to the current folder is displayed at the top of the dialog (3). You can navigate along
this path by clicking on an element.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks” option you
get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The contents of the selected folder is displayed here (6). Change your current folder by double left
clicking on a folder in this panel. Select a file with a single left click. You can use Shift and Ctrl
modifiers to select multiple files. Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder name opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the selected file is a file recognized by the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack, the preview and short info is displayed
in the right part of the dialog (7). Double click on the preview to show a larger preview in a separate
dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(8) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.


\subsubsection{Including files the project}
\label{\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:including-files-the-project}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
To add the selected files to the project, click the “Add” button (9). The program checks the selected
files. Several situations may occur:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the file is not a valid CCD frame, it is ignored.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the file is already included in the project, it is ignored.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If there are multiple files left and they have different color filter name, the program
shows a new dialog and asks an user to select which filters shall be added to the project.
You can use the “All files” option or select one or more items in the box, other files will be ignored.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If there are multiple files left and they have different exposure duration, the program
shows another dialog and asks an user to select which exposures shall be added to the project.
You can use the “All files” option or select one or more items in the box, other files will be ignored.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If there are multiple files left and they have different object designation, the program
shows another dialog and asks an user to select which objects shall be added to the project.
You can use the “All files” option or select one or more items in the box, other files will be ignored.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When the action is completed, the dialog is not closed; you can go on to add files from another
folder or close the dialog by the “Close” button (10).


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add frames from folder (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Air mass coefficient@\spxentry{Air mass coefficient}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Air mass coefficient@\spxentry{Air mass coefficient}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Air mass coefficient (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog:air-mass-coefficient-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Air mass coefficient” allows an user to compute air mass coefficient for specified star,
location and date of observation. The object’s altitude in degrees is also presented.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Air mass coefficient}.

\end{enumerate}

\index{Air mass@\spxentry{Air mass}!coefficient@\spxentry{coefficient}}\index{coefficient@\spxentry{coefficient}!Air mass@\spxentry{Air mass}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Computing air mass coefficient and object’s altitude}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog:computing-air-mass-coefficient-and-object-s-altitude}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{airmass_couts2}.png}
\caption{Computing air mass coefficient and object’s altitude}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter object’s right ascension to the text box (1) in hours. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter object’s declination to the text box (2) in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the ellipsis button (3) to retrieve object’s coordinates from a table of predefined
objects or a catalog of variable stars.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter observer’s longitude to the text box (4) in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character. Enter ‘E’ character at the first position in a string to indicate
that the location is on the eastern hemisphere or ‘W’ character for locations on a western hemisphere.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter observer’s latitude to the text box (5) in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character. Enter ‘N’ character at the first position in s string to indicate
that the location is on the north hemisphere or ‘S’ character for locations on a southern hemisphere.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the ellipsis button (6) to retrieve observer’s coordinates from a table of predefined
locations.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter a Julian date into the text box (7) or date and time into the text box (8). As you type in the
data, corresponding value of air mass coefficient and altitude is updated in the last two text boxes (9, 10).


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:jd-converter-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{JD converter (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:heliocentric-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Heliocentric correction (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Air mass curve@\spxentry{Air mass curve}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Air mass curve@\spxentry{Air mass curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Air mass curve (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:air-mass-curve-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Air mass curve” dialog is used to display a curve of air mass coefficients
and altitudes as a function of time. These values to useful in data post\sphinxhyphen{}processing to compute
the extinction coefficients.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Air mass}.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Plot air mass” dialog appears. Fill in the object coordinates and the
observer coordinates. Confirm the dialog.


\subsubsection{Air mass dialog}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:air-mass-dialog}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{airmass_couts}.png}
\caption{Air mass}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The actual data set is shown here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) The list of available data sets is displayed here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) You can switch the labels on the X axis between Julian date (JD) or date and time (UTC).


\subsubsection{Data sets}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:data-sets}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The following data sets are available:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{AIRMASS} \sphinxhyphen{} The air mass coefficient

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{ALTITUDE} \sphinxhyphen{} The apparent altitude in degrees; positive values above the horizon, negative values below the horizon

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Context menu}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:context-menu}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
You can select an individual point by a right click, you can also
select more than one point by pressing a Shift key and left mouse button
and drawing a rectangle in the graph. Then, click the right mouse button
on a point in the selection to open the context menu. It provides following
functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show frame \sphinxhyphen{} it shows a preview to a selected frame. It is not allowed
when more than one frame is selected.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show properties \sphinxhyphen{} it opens a new dialog with properties of selected frame.
It is not allowed when more than one frame is selected.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Delete from data set \sphinxhyphen{} selected measurements are removed from the
current curve, the data will be shown again when you make a new curve
or \sphinxguilabel{Rebuild} the actual curve.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Remove from project \sphinxhyphen{} source frames corresponding to the selected
measurements are removed permanently from the list of input files and
such measurements won’t be included in any other output. It is not allowed
to remove a reference frame.

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Statistics}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:statistics}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Statistics} is a tool that computes and shows the minimum, maximum, sample mean
and standard deviation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Statistics}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If no points are selected, all points in the data set are included in the computation.
To restrict the data for the statistics, press and hold the Shift key and draw a
rectangle in a graph while you keep the left mouse button pressed down.


\subsubsection{Measurement}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:measurement}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Measurement} tool displays two cursors in the graph. The cursors can be adjusted
by dragging them using the left mouse button. The position of each cursor, their distance
and statistics for the data between cursors is presented.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Measurement}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{measurement}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Measurement tool

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Choose the axis you want to measure.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Positions of the cursor 1 and 2 are displayed here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Distance between cursor 1 and 2.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) When cursors are defined on the independent (X) axis, number of points (frames) between
cursor 1 and 2 are displayed and also minimum, maximum, mean value and sample deviation
are presented.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:track-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Track curve (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:object-properties-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Object properties (dialog)}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:ccd-temperature-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{CCD temperature (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Bias correction@\spxentry{Bias correction}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Bias correction@\spxentry{Bias correction}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Bias correction (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:bias-correction-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Bias correction” dialog is used to select a bias frame during the calibration of the
source files. The bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame calibration is used only in the advanced calibration scheme.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Bias correction}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{biascorr}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{File browsing}
\label{\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:file-browsing}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{biascorr_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting a bias frame}\label{\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The button “Type a file name” (1) shows and hides the “Location” text box. The keyboard shortcut
Ctrl+L key combination does the same action.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the “Location” text box (2) you can type a path to a file. If you don’t type any path, the name
of the selected file will be displayed. You can also type the first letters of the name: it will be
auto\sphinxhyphen{}completed and a list of file names beginning with these letters will be displayed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) The path to the current folder is displayed. You can navigate along this path by clicking on
an element.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks” option you
get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The contents of the selected folder is displayed here (6). Change your current folder by double left
clicking on a folder in this panel. Select a file with a single left click. You can start the operation
by clicking on the Execute button or by a double left click on a file. Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder name
opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the selected file is a file recognized by the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack, the preview and short info is displayed
in the right part of the dialog (7). Double click on the preview to show a larger preview in a separate
dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(8) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By clicking the Remove, you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(9) It is possible to apply the operation on all source files in the project or
on the files that are currently selected in the table of input files.

\index{Bias@\spxentry{Bias}!correction@\spxentry{correction}}\index{correction@\spxentry{correction}!Bias@\spxentry{Bias}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Applying the bias correction}
\label{\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:applying-the-bias-correction}}\label{\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Execute” button (10) to start the operation. The bias correction is applied to
a working copy of source files. The working copy is replaced by corrected frames.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A working copy of source frame must be made before the bias correction.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The bias correction can be applied to each frame only once.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The bias correction must be applied before the dark correction, the flat correction
and the photometry.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you make a mistake, you can revoke the step by making a fresh copy of source frames
by means of the “Fetch/convert files” function.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:master-bias-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master bias frame (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{advanced_calibration:advanced-calibration-scheme}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Advanced calibration scheme}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Catalog file@\spxentry{Catalog file}!window@\spxentry{window}}\index{window@\spxentry{window}!Catalog file@\spxentry{Catalog file}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Catalog file (window)}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:catalog-file-window}}\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:id1}}\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This preview window is used to display the content of a catalog file.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Open file}.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When a file is opened, the program checks its content and decides which kind of
preview window will be activated. Each file is presented in a separate window.


\subsubsection{Dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{catfile_couts1}.png}
\caption{Preview window for catalog files}\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The chart is displayed in the preview area. It is possible to switch between
two rendering modes \sphinxhyphen{} displying file as a chart or as a table of objects.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) When you place a cursor over an object, the position and brightness (if available)
is displayed in the status bar.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) You can zoom the preview in and out using the icons on the toolbar.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) If the catalog file was saved with multiple object selections, use this control to
to review the other selections.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The local menu bar provides following functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu File:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Open \sphinxhyphen{} open another file, this is an equivalent to selection \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Open file}
from the main window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Save as \sphinxhyphen{} save the catalogue file to a file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Export \sphinxhyphen{} depending on the current display mode:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a chart is shown, the function export the chart or image to a file in the PNG or JPEG format.
The save dialog provides several options, that allows adjusting the size of the resulting image.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a table is shown, the function export the table to a file in the CSV or TEXT format.
The save dialog provides several options, that allows adjusting the content of the file.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show properties \sphinxhyphen{} display the further details about the file. Full header preview
is available in separate window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Close \sphinxhyphen{} close this window

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu Edit:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Edit properties \sphinxhyphen{} edit descriptive information stored in the catalog file (observer, location, user remarks, …)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Change selected stars \sphinxhyphen{} enter editing mode for objects (variable, comparison and check stars)

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu View:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Chart \sphinxhyphen{} show the objects as a chart

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table \sphinxhyphen{} show the table of objects

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Rulers \sphinxhyphen{} turn on/off the rules that are shown on the top and left side of the preview area

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu Tools:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} \begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{Object inspector \sphinxhyphen{} if this tool is activated, left\sphinxhyphen{}click an object to display}
\sphinxAtStartPar
its properties. The information is presented in the right part of the dialog.

\end{description}

\end{itemize}

\end{itemize}

\index{Object inspector@\spxentry{Object inspector}!tool@\spxentry{tool}}\index{tool@\spxentry{tool}!Object inspector@\spxentry{Object inspector}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Object inspector tool}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:object-inspector-tool}}\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Object inspector tool is a tool which displays that the program registers about
an object on a frame. The main purpose of this tool is for testing and debugging. Unlike the
Quick Photometry, the Object Inspector shows results, that has been obtained during the “full”
photometry. Because of this, calibration and photometry must be performed first. The results
are more relevant.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Object inspector}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\end{enumerate}

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{phtfile_couts2}.png}
\caption{Object Inspector tool}\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Using the left mouse button, click on the image (1), to select an object. The object is
highlighted and its properties are displayed in the right panel (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The following object parameters are presented:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object \# \sphinxhyphen{} object’s ordinal number on the current frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Reference ID \sphinxhyphen{} object’s ordinal number on a reference frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Center \sphinxhyphen{} coordinates of the object’s centroid

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Brightness \sphinxhyphen{} instrumental brightness of the object in magnitudes.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Error \sphinxhyphen{} error estimation of brightness in magnitudes.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Several dimensions are presented in the image area (3):
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Two blue circles show the annulus which is used to estimate the background properties.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A green circle shows the size of the aperture.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can change the current aperture.


\subsubsection{Editing object selections}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:editing-object-selections}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
How to edit object selections (variable, comparison and check stars) in an existing
catalog file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the preview window use the local menu \sphinxmenuselection{Edit \(\rightarrow\) Change selected stars}.
A stripe which indicates that you the editing mode has been activated appears between
the preview area and the toolbar (1).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, you can change the roles of objects in the same way as in the dialog {\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:choose-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose stars}}}}.
Click on an object (2) in the preview area. A context menu appears. Select an item to change the role of the object.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Using the toolbar controls, you can switch between existing selections and create,
update and remove them.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{catfile_couts2}.png}
\caption{Preview window for catalog files in edit mode}\label{\detokenize{catalog_file_window:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When you have finished the changes, click the \sphinxguilabel{Apply} button on the
stripe (4). If you want to discard changes, click the \sphinxguilabel{Discard} button (5).
By this action you leave the editing mode.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{open_file_dialog:open-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Open file (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{CCD temperature@\spxentry{CCD temperature}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!CCD temperature@\spxentry{CCD temperature}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{CCD temperature (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:ccd-temperature-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “CCD temperature” dialog is used to display a table or a plot of CCD temperature as a function of time.
The plot is useful to check the performance of the camera cooling sub\sphinxhyphen{}system.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) CCD temperature}.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Plot CCD temperature” dialog appears. Confirm the dialog.


\subsubsection{CCD temperature dialog}
\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:id2}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{ccdtemperature_couts}.png}
\caption{CCD temperature}\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The actual data set is shown here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) You can switch the labels on the X axis between Julian date (JD) or date and time (UTC).


\subsubsection{Data sets}
\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:data-sets}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The following data set is available:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{CCDTEMP} \sphinxhyphen{} Temperature of the CCD chip as reported in the source files; in centigrades

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Context menu}
\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:context-menu}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
You can select an individual point by a right click, you can also
select more than one point by pressing a Shift key and left mouse button
and drawing a rectangle in the graph. Then, click the right mouse button
on a point in the selection to open the context menu. It provides following
functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show frame \sphinxhyphen{} it shows a preview to a selected frame. It is not allowed
when more than one frame is selected.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show properties \sphinxhyphen{} it opens a new dialog with properties of selected frame.
It is not allowed when more than one frame is selected.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Delete from data set \sphinxhyphen{} selected measurements are removed from the
current curve, the data will be shown again when you make a new curve
or \sphinxguilabel{Rebuild} the actual curve.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Remove from project \sphinxhyphen{} source frames corresponding to the selected
measurements are removed permanently from the list of input files and
such measurements won’t be included in any other output. It is not allowed
to remove a reference frame.

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Statistics}
\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:statistics}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Statistics} is a tool that computes and shows the minimum, maximum, sample mean
and standard deviation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Statistics}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If no points are selected, all points in the data set are included in the computation.
To restrict the data for the statistics, press and hold the Shift key and draw a
rectangle in a graph while you keep the left mouse button pressed down.


\subsubsection{Measurement}
\label{\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:measurement}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Measurement} tool displays two cursors in the graph. The cursors can be adjusted
by dragging them using the left mouse button. The position of each cursor, their distance
and statistics for the data between cursors is presented.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Measurement}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{measurement}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Measurement tool

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Choose the axis you want to measure.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Positions of the cursor 1 and 2 are displayed here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Distance between cursor 1 and 2.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) When cursors are defined on the independent (X) axis, number of points (frames) between
cursor 1 and 2 are displayed and also minimum, maximum, mean value and sample deviation
are presented.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:air-mass-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Air mass curve (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:track-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Track curve (dialog)}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:object-properties-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Object properties (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Chart@\spxentry{Chart}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Chart@\spxentry{Chart}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Chart (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{chart_dialog:chart-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{chart_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{chart_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{chart_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Chart” dialog is used to make a chart of selected stars that
were used to make a light curve.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{chart_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}} dialog: \sphinxmenuselection{View \(\rightarrow\) Chart}.

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{Dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{chart_dialog:dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{chart_couts}.png}
\caption{Chart dialog}\label{\detokenize{chart_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The reference frame is displayed in the dialog. The actual variable star,
comparison star and check stars are highlighted.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Save” button (2) to save the chart to the file.

\index{tags@\spxentry{tags}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Tags}
\label{\detokenize{chart_dialog:tags}}\label{\detokenize{chart_dialog:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Any object on the reference frame can have user\sphinxhyphen{}defined short string, so called \sphinxtitleref{tag}. Tags are
used to provide additional identification to objects on an exported charts. For example, when
you assign a tag with GCVS name to your variable star; the caption ‘var’ and the GCVS name will
be printed on the chart next to the star. Please note, that objects that are not selected can
have tags, too.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Tags are stored to a {\hyperref[\detokenize{catalog_files:catalog-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{catalog file}}}} and they are loaded to the project when
you use the catalog file as a reference frame in the {\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{matching}}}} step.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{chart_couts2}.png}
\caption{Chart dialog with tags}\label{\detokenize{chart_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
To assign a tag to an object or edit existing tag, place a mouse cursor over a detected object,
it is highlighted with a cross hair (3). Open a context menu with a single click, and select
\sphinxmenuselection{Edit tag}. A new dialog appears. Enter a text (single line) and confirm the
dialog. The text should appear next to the selected star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Tags can be removed from the same context menu.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Choose aperture@\spxentry{Choose aperture}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Choose aperture@\spxentry{Choose aperture}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Choose aperture (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{choose_aperture_dialog:choose-aperture-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{choose_aperture_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{choose_aperture_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{choose_aperture_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Choose aperture” dialog is used to select an aperture. During the photometry, each object is
measured using a set of predefined apertures of different sizes. The best aperture size depends on
width of objects and background noise level, these parameters vary for each run.

\index{selecting@\spxentry{selecting}!aperture@\spxentry{aperture}}\index{aperture@\spxentry{aperture}!selecting@\spxentry{selecting}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Selecting the aperture}
\label{\detokenize{choose_aperture_dialog:selecting-the-aperture}}\label{\detokenize{choose_aperture_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{chooseaperture_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting an aperture}\label{\detokenize{choose_aperture_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The table of defined apertures is displayed here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) The list of available data sets are available is shown here. Separate data sets are made
for each couple of a comparison star (C) and a check star (K1, K2, etc.).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The graph of curve of deviations as a function of aperture index (3) is shown in the
right part of the dialog. The point that corresponds to the currently selected aperture is
highlighted.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Left click on a point in the graph selects the aperture.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “OK” button (4) to save the selection.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Usually the best aperture corresponds to the minimum of the curve.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The matching must be applied before the matching.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
At least one comparison and one check star must be selected before the dialog is activated.

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:choose-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose stars (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Choose stars@\spxentry{Choose stars}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Choose stars@\spxentry{Choose stars}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Choose stars (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:choose-stars-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Choose stars” dialog is used to select variable, comparison and check stars. This information
is required to make a light curve. One can also assign tags to objects, e.g. GSC numbers, these tags
are printed on displayed and exported charts.

\index{Selecting@\spxentry{Selecting}!stars@\spxentry{stars}}\index{stars@\spxentry{stars}!Selecting@\spxentry{Selecting}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Selecting the stars}
\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:selecting-the-stars}}\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{choosestars_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting a variable star, a comparison star and check stars}\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The image shows a reference frame or a catalog file (1), it depends what kind of file
you have chosen in the Match stars dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) It is possible to switch the display mode between an image, a chart or both of them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When you place a mouse cursor over a detected object, it is highlighted with a cross hair (3).
Open a context menu with a single click, select an option from a menu to select or deselect it.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Click the \sphinxguilabel{New} button to clear the current selection.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the \sphinxguilabel{OK} button to confirm the selection.


\subsubsection{Saving the selection of objects}
\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:saving-the-selection-of-objects}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to save the current selection of objects for further reference, click the \sphinxguilabel{Save as…}
button (10) on the toolbar. A new dialog appears. Enter a name of the selection, e.g. name of the variable
star. This feature is useful in a case there are {\hyperref[\detokenize{multiple_variable_stars:multiple-variable-stars}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{multiple variable stars}}}}
on one star field.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{choosestars_couts3}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting a variable star, a comparison star and check stars}\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
To restore the selection that was saved, use the selection control (11) on the toolbar. You can
remove the selection using the \sphinxguilabel{Remove} button (12).

\index{tags@\spxentry{tags}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Tags}
\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:tags}}\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:index-2}}\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:id2}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Any object on the reference frame can have user\sphinxhyphen{}defined short string, so called \sphinxtitleref{tag}. Tags are
used to provide additional identification to objects on an exported charts. For example, when
you assign a tag with GCVS name to your variable star; the caption ‘var’ and the GCVS name will
be printed on the chart next to the star. Please note, that objects that are not selected can
have tags, too.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Tags are stored to a {\hyperref[\detokenize{catalog_files:catalog-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{catalog file}}}} and they are loaded to the project when
you use the catalog file as a reference frame in the {\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{matching}}}} step.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{choosestars_couts2}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting stars, with tags}\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:id5}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
To assign a tag to an object or edit existing tag, place a mouse cursor over a detected object,
it is highlighted with a cross hair (3). Open a context menu with a single click, and select
\sphinxmenuselection{Edit tag}. A new dialog appears. Enter a text (single line) and confirm the
dialog. The text should appear next to the selected star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Tags can be removed from the same context menu.


\subsubsection{Known variable stars}
\label{\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:known-variable-stars}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the source frames contain World Coordinate System (WCS) data, the software can show positions
of known variables on the frame. You have to specify paths to the catalog files in the program
settings (see {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options (dialog)}}}}). For each catalog, the toobar contains one
check box that turns the catalog on and off. By clicking on the icon, a standard color selection
dialog appears.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_aperture_dialog:choose-aperture-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose aperture (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options (dialog)}}}}.



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Dark correction@\spxentry{Dark correction}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Dark correction@\spxentry{Dark correction}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Dark correction (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:dark-correction-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Dark correction” dialog is used to select a dark frame during the calibration of the
source files. The dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame calibration is used in the standard and the advanced calibration
scheme.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Dark correction}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{darkcorr}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{File browsing}
\label{\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:file-browsing}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{darkcorr_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting a dark frame}\label{\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The button “Type a file name” (1) shows and hides the “Location” text box. The keyboard shortcut
Ctrl+L key combination does the same action.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the “Location” text box (2) you can type a path to a file. If you don’t type any path, the name
of the selected file will be displayed. You can also type the first letters of the name: it will be
auto\sphinxhyphen{}completed and a list of file names beginning with these letters will be displayed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) The path to the current folder is displayed. You can navigate along this path by clicking on
an element.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks” option you
get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The contents of the selected folder is displayed here (6). Change your current folder by double left
clicking on a folder in this panel. Select a file with a single left click. You can start the operation
by clicking on the Execute button or by a double left click on a file. Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder name
opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the selected file is a file recognized by the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack, the preview and short info is displayed
in the right part of the dialog (7). Double click on the preview to show a larger preview in a separate
dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(8) y clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By clicking the Remove, you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(9) It is possible to apply the operation on all source files in the project or
on the files that are currently selected in the table of input files.

\index{dark@\spxentry{dark}!correction@\spxentry{correction}}\index{correction@\spxentry{correction}!dark@\spxentry{dark}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Applying the dark correction}
\label{\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:applying-the-dark-correction}}\label{\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Execute” button (10) to start the operation. The dark correction is applied to a working
copy of source files. The working copy is replaced by corrected frames.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A working copy of source frame must be made before the dark correction.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
In the advanced calibration scheme, the bias correction must be applied before the dark correction.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the dark correction has been applied to the source frame already, you can skip it. (Some
camera controlling software does it automatically.)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dark correction can be applied to each frame only once.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dark correction must be applied before the flat correction and the photometry.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you make a mistake, you can revoke the step by making a fresh copy of source frames
by means of the “Fetch/convert files” function.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:master-dark-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master dark frame (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{advanced_calibration:advanced-calibration-scheme}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Advanced calibration scheme}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Edit profiles@\spxentry{Edit profiles}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Edit profiles@\spxentry{Edit profiles}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Edit profiles (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:edit-profiles-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Project settings” dialog is used to set up the parameters of
the data processing and output. User interface options that do not affect
the data processing are places in the separate dialog “Environment options”.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Among many parameters of the aperture photometry procedure a special attention
should be payed to the following: Filter width and the Detection threshold. These parameters
control mainly the detection of stars on the CCD frames. By decreasing the Filter width value
the fainter stars will be found. It is to be pointed out, that too small value may take the
artefacts on the background as regular stars. The Detection threshold value sets the distance
between the finest stars detected and the background sky noise. The value is entered in
multiplies of background standard deviations.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The description of the individual parameters can be found in {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings:project-settings}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{this chaper}}}}.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) Edit properties}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{preferences}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:the-dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{editproject_couts}.png}
\caption{The “Project options” dialog}\label{\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Select a category.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters in the selected category are shown on the right pane (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click “Set defaults” button (3) to set the parameters in the selected
category to the default values.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (4) to save the settings as current configuration.


\subsubsection{Configuration profiles}
\label{\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:configuration-profiles}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If you process the data from multiple cameras or telescopes,
you will need to adjust the project options for each setup. The program
allows to store the configuration to a file and then load it back.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To save the current settings to a file, click on the “Save to profile”
button. A standard save dialog appears. Enter a name of the file, you can
also change the target direcory. Confirm the dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To restore the settings from a file, click on the “Load from profile”
button. A standard open dialog appears. Look up the file with saved project
options and confirm the dialog. Please note, that your current project
settings will be overwritten by this action.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Projects}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Profiles}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings:project-settings}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Environment options@\spxentry{Environment options}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Environment options@\spxentry{Environment options}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Environment options (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{environment_options_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Environment options” dialog is used to customize the user interface. These
options do not affect the data processing. The data processing parameters are placed
in the separate dialog “Project options”.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Environment options}.

\end{enumerate}

\index{environment@\spxentry{environment}!options@\spxentry{options}}\index{options@\spxentry{options}!environment@\spxentry{environment}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Customizing the user interface}
\label{\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:customizing-the-user-interface}}\label{\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{environ_couts1}.png}
\caption{The “Environment options” dialog}\label{\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Select a category.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Options in the selected category are shown on the right pane (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click “Set defaults” button (3) to set the options in the selected
category to the default values.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (4) to save the settings.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Export project@\spxentry{Export project}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Export project@\spxentry{Export project}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Export project (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{export_project_dialog:export-project-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{export_project_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{export_project_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{export_project_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Export project” dialog is used to specify a target location and name of the new project
that is created as a copy of the current project.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Since the original (source) files are not considered to a part of a project, the source
files are not duplicated. A project references to source files by their path, the export
function does not change the paths to the source files.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{export_project_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) Export}.

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The basic dialog}
\label{\detokenize{export_project_dialog:the-basic-dialog}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{saveproject_couts1}.png}
\caption{The “Export project dialog” dialog (basic form)}\label{\detokenize{export_project_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In its basic form, as shown above, the dialog consists of a text box (1) to assign a name
to the file, and a drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list of bookmarks (2) to select a directory to save it in.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the directory you want is not in the list of bookmarks, click on “Browse for other
folders” button (3) to expand the dialog to its full form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Save” button (4) to copy the project file and the acompanying files.


\subsubsection{Browsing the directories}
\label{\detokenize{export_project_dialog:browsing-the-directories}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{saveproject_couts2}.png}
\caption{The “Export project dialog” dialog (with browser)}\label{\detokenize{export_project_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(10) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(11) The middle panel displays a list of the files in the current directory. Change your
current directory by double left\sphinxhyphen{}clicking on a directory in this panel. Select a file with
a single left click. You can then replace the file you have selected by clicking on the
Save button. Note that a double left click start the operation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(12) Above the middle panel, the path of the current directory is displayed. You can navigate
along this path by clicking on one of the buttons.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can right click on the middle panel to access the “Show Hidden Files” command.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(13) Enter the file name of the new image file here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(14) This drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list is only available in the basic form of the dialog. It provides
a list of bookmarks for selecting a directory in which to save your file. click on “Browse for
other folders” button (15) to shrink the dialog to its basic form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(16) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks”
option you get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(17) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to save the image into a folder that doesn’t yet exist, you can create it
by clicking on “Create Folder” button (18) and following the instructions.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the \sphinxguilabel{Save} button (19) to copy the  project file and the acompanying files.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Projects}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{open_project_dialog:open-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Open project (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Express reduction@\spxentry{Express reduction}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Express reduction@\spxentry{Express reduction}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Express reduction (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Express reduction” dialog provides a simple way how to go through the whole
reduction process in one step. Using the standard way, the user has to proceed the reduction
step by step manually. The asks an user for all necessary information first and then
controls the reduction automatically.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Express reduction}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{reduction}.png}

\end{enumerate}

\index{express@\spxentry{express}!reduction@\spxentry{reduction}}\index{reduction@\spxentry{reduction}!express@\spxentry{express}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Setting up the reduction process}
\label{\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:setting-up-the-reduction-process}}\label{\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{express_couts1}.png}
\caption{The “Express reduction” dialog}\label{\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Each check box on the left side of the dialog corresponds to one reduction step.
Check the option to perform the corresponding operation. For example, to start the reduction
with a fresh copy of the source frames, check the “Fetch/convert files” option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the time correction is turned on, the actual time shift is displayed in the text box (2).
Click on the ellipsis button (3) to open a new dialog for specifying the time shift.

\sphinxAtStartPar
For the bias, dark and flat corrections, the path and name of the correction frame
is displayed below the check box (4). You can use the ellipsis button (5) to open a new dialog
that allows you to browse the files and folders.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the matching is turned on, you can choose as a reference either one frame from a
set of source frames (6) or a catalog frame (7). The matching step cannot be used for moving target, in this
case use the Express reduction dialog to do the processing up to the photometry and run the matching tool
manually.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Execute” button (8) to start the reduction.

\sphinxAtStartPar
It is possible to apply the operations on all source files in the project or the files
that are currently selected in the table of input files. Please note, that the matching step
cannot be applied on a subset of frames \sphinxhyphen{} that’s why this option is not available when
the operation shall be performed only to selected frames.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog:fetch-convert-files-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Fetch/convert files (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{time_correction_dialog:time-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Time correction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:bias-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Bias correction (dialog)}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:dark-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Dark correction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:flat-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Flat correction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_dialog:photometry-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Photometry dialog (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Fetch/convert files@\spxentry{Fetch/convert files}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Fetch/convert files@\spxentry{Fetch/convert files}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Fetch/convert files (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog:fetch-convert-files-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Fetch/convert files” dialog is used to make a copy of the source files. At first look, this step might
seem to be redundant, but it allows an user to start again with a fresh copy whenever one makes a mistake during
the calibration of the source frames.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Fetch/convert files}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{convert}.png}

\end{enumerate}

\index{converting@\spxentry{converting}!files@\spxentry{files}}\index{files@\spxentry{files}!converting@\spxentry{converting}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Copying the source files}
\label{\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog:copying-the-source-files}}\label{\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{convert_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a working copy of source files.}\label{\detokenize{fetch_convert_files_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) You can either make a fresh copy of all source files in the project or
make a copy of the files that are currently selected in the table of input files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) When you process DSLR images, select a transformation for RAW images
to gray scale. This option is ignored if the source frames are already in gray scale.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Grayscale \sphinxhyphen{} the program sums all four pixels in Bayer mask. The resulting
image have half the resolution of the RAW image and its range is four times higher
than the range of the original picture.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Red / blue \sphinxhyphen{} the program takes only red and blue pixels respectively.
The resulting image have half the resolution of the RAW image and its range is
the same as the range of the original picture.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Green \sphinxhyphen{} the program takes only two green pixels on diagonal, sums them
and the result divides by two. The resulting image have half the resolution
of the RAW image and its range is the same as the range of the original picture.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
To start the action, click the “Execute” button (3).


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Find variables@\spxentry{Find variables}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Find variables@\spxentry{Find variables}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Find variables (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{find_variables_dialog:find-variables-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{find_variables_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{find_variables_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{find_variables_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Find variables” dialog is used to find objects that significantly change their
brightness.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{find_variables_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Find variables}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{varfind}.png}

\end{enumerate}

\index{finding@\spxentry{finding}!variable stars@\spxentry{variable} \spxentry{stars}}\index{variable@\spxentry{variable}!stars, finding@\spxentry{stars}, \spxentry{finding}}\index{stars@\spxentry{stars}!finding variable@\spxentry{finding} \spxentry{variable}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{The dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{find_variables_dialog:the-dialog-controls}}\label{\detokenize{find_variables_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{varfind_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for finding new variable stars}\label{\detokenize{find_variables_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev graph is presented here. Each point in the graph corresponds to an object.
Left click on a mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev graph to select a star. The selected star is highlighted and marked
as “var”. Its position is shown on the chart (3) and its light curve is shown below (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Position of the variable star and the comparison star are marked on the
chart. You can also select an object by using the left button. The object is highlighted and
marked as “var”. The corresponding point on the mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve is shown on the graph (1) and
it light curve is shown below (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
When the dialog is opened, it works in the variable selection mode. A suitable comparison star
is determined automatically and kept fixed. When you click on the chart or mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve, you
change the object that represents the variable star. To change the comparison star, click on
the \sphinxguilabel{Change comparison} button (5). When the button is pressed, you can change the
comparison star by selecting the object on the chart or mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve. Click the \sphinxguilabel{Change variable}
button (4) to switch back to the variable star selection mode.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the \sphinxguilabel{Ensemble photometry} to allow selection of multiple comparison stars.
Click on the icon with the plus sign and click on an object on the chart or the mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve
to add the object to the set of comparison stars. Click on the icon with minus sign and
click on a comparison star on the chart to remove the object from the set.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(6) You can save the current selection of comparion and variable star for further inspection.
Click the \sphinxguilabel{Save as…} button. A new dialog appears. Enter a caption that the current
selection will be identified with. Using the selection field, you can browse the saved selections
and using the \sphinxguilabel{Remove} button, you can remove the current item from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(7) Using this selection field, you can change the current aperture.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the \sphinxguilabel{Save chart} button (8) to save the chart to a file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(9) The labels on the X axis can be switched between Julian date (JD) and date and time (UTC).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The magnitudes can be switched between two modes:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Adaptive \sphinxhyphen{} the magnitude scale of the light curve changes when you change the selection of the variable
or the comparison star. The program sets the scale to correspond to the range of data points in the actual
light curve for the selected comparison and variable stars. If the range of data points is less than
0.05 mag, the scale is set to cover that range.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed \sphinxhyphen{} the magnitude scale of the light curve does not change when you change the selection of
the variable star. The program makes light curves for the chosen comparison star and all other objects
and finds the maximum range D (difference between maximum and minimum magnitude of data points).
If D is less than 0.05 mag, it is set to this value. When a user selects a variable
star, the light curve is made. The vertical scale of the graph is set to cover the fixed range D
and the light curve is shown at the center of the graph area.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Save light curve” button (10) to save the light curve to a file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The menu bar that is attached to the dialog provides following functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu File:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Save mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve \sphinxhyphen{} exports table with mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve to a text file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Save chart \sphinxhyphen{} save the chart to a file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Save light curve \sphinxhyphen{} save the light curve to a file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Export varfile data \sphinxhyphen{} exports magnitudes of all stars for all source frames to a single file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Export mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve as image \sphinxhyphen{} exports the graph with mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve to an image file

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Export light curve as image \sphinxhyphen{} exports the graph with light curve to an image file

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Rebuild \sphinxhyphen{} reloads the data from the project

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Close \sphinxhyphen{} close this window

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu View:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Image only \sphinxhyphen{} show only CCD image (if available) and hide objects.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Chart only \sphinxhyphen{} show only objects and hide the CCD image.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Chart and image \sphinxhyphen{} show CCD image on the background and objects as an overlay.

\end{itemize}

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{finding_variables:finding-variables}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Finding variables}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{choose_stars_dialog:choose-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Choose stars (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Flat correction@\spxentry{Flat correction}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Flat correction@\spxentry{Flat correction}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Flat correction (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:flat-correction-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Flat correction” dialog is used to select a flat frame during the calibration of the
source files. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame calibration is used in the standard and the advanced calibration
scheme.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Flat correction}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{flatcorr}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{File browsing}
\label{\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:file-browsing}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{flatcorr_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting a flat frame}\label{\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The button “Type a file name” (1) shows and hides the “Location” text box. The keyboard shortcut
Ctrl+L key combination does the same action.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the “Location” text box (2) you can type a path to a file. If you don’t type any path, the name
of the selected file will be displayed. You can also type the first letters of the name: it will be
auto\sphinxhyphen{}completed and a list of file names beginning with these letters will be displayed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) The path to the current folder is displayed. You can navigate along this path by clicking on
an element.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks” option you
get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The contents of the selected folder is displayed here (6). Change your current folder by double left
clicking on a folder in this panel. Select a file with a single left click. You can start the operation
by clicking on the Execute button or by a double left click on a file. Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder name
opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the selected file is a file recognized by the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack, the preview and short info is displayed
in the right part of the dialog (7). Double click on the preview to show a larger preview in a separate
dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(8) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By clicking the Remove, you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(9) It is possible to apply the operation on all source files in the project or
on the files that are currently selected in the table of input files.

\index{flat@\spxentry{flat}!correction@\spxentry{correction}}\index{correction@\spxentry{correction}!flat@\spxentry{flat}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Applying the flat correction}
\label{\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:applying-the-flat-correction}}\label{\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Execute” button (10) to start the operation. The flat correction is applied to a working
copy of source files. The working copy is replaced by corrected frames.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A working copy of source frame must be made before the flat correction.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The bias and the dark correction must be applied before the flat correction, if necessary.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The flat correction can be applied to each frame only once.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The flat correction must be applied before the photometry.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you make a mistake, you can revoke the step by making a fresh copy of source frames
by means of the “Fetch/convert files” function.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:master-flat-frame-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Master flat frame (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Frame preview@\spxentry{Frame preview}!window@\spxentry{window}}\index{window@\spxentry{window}!Frame preview@\spxentry{Frame preview}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Frame preview window}
\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:frame-preview-window}}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:id1}}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This window is used to display a source frame and all information related to this frame.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
double left click on an item in the table of source files.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
right click on an item in the table of source files, from the context menu
select \sphinxguilabel{Open preview}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) Show selected frame}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{preview}.png}

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each file is presented in a separate window.


\subsubsection{Dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{preview_couts1}.png}
\caption{Preview window for source frames}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The image and chart are displayed in the preview area. It is possible to switch between
several rendering modes.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) You can easily jump to the previous and next frame in the table by means of the
left/right arrow icons on the toolbar. The ordinal number of displayed frame and total number
of frames in the text box as a fraction.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) You can zoom the preview in and out by means of the zoom icons on the toolbar.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) It is possible to change the current aperture for which the object’s brightness
is displayed in the chart and the information box.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) The local menu bar provides following functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu Frame:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show properties \sphinxhyphen{} display the further details about the frame. Full header preview
is available in separate window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Remove from project \sphinxhyphen{} remove this frame from the project. It has the same effect as
removing the frame from the main application window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Close \sphinxhyphen{} close this window

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu View:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Image only \sphinxhyphen{} show only a CCD image and hide objects

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Chart only \sphinxhyphen{} show only objects and hide a CCD image

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Chart and image \sphinxhyphen{} show a CCD image on the background and objects as an overlay

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table \sphinxhyphen{} show a table of detected objects

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Calibrated image \sphinxhyphen{} show the current calibrated frame

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Original image \sphinxhyphen{} show original uncalibrated image

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Pseudo\sphinxhyphen{}color image \sphinxhyphen{} switch between rendering of pixel intensities in pseudo\sphinxhyphen{}color scale and a gray scale.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Rulers \sphinxhyphen{} show rules with pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Moving target trace \sphinxhyphen{} show a trace of a moving target. The curve spans from the point where the moving object
is supposed to be for a minimum observation date to a point for a maximum observation date. The minimum and
maximum date is determined from all frames in the dataset. A mark (short line perpendicular to the trace) highlights
a point where the moving target is supposed to be at the observation date of the current frame.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu Tools:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Gray scale \sphinxhyphen{} show a gray scale or a pseudo\sphinxhyphen{}color scale on the right side of the dialog.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object inspector \sphinxhyphen{} show the Object inspector tool \sphinxhyphen{} explained below.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Quick photometry \sphinxhyphen{} show the Quick photometry tool \sphinxhyphen{} explained below.

\end{itemize}

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Browsing the image}
\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:browsing-the-image}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
In the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{View \(\rightarrow\) Image only} to hide the objects.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When you place a cursor over the image area, the coordinates and the pixel value
are displayed in the status bar.

\index{Quick photometry@\spxentry{Quick photometry}!tool@\spxentry{tool}}\index{tool@\spxentry{tool}!Quick photometry@\spxentry{Quick photometry}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Quick Photometry tool}
\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:quick-photometry-tool}}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Quick Photometry tool is a tool which computes basic photometric properties
of an object on a frame. The main goal of this tool is to provide an estimation of
the FWHM value (the important input parameter of the photometry process).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Because this tool does simplified version of aperture photometry, the results
are informative only and shouldn’t be used elsewhere. Also, it doesn’t require a proper
calibration to be performed first.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Quick photometry}
from the local menu. A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{preview_couts3}.png}
\caption{Quick photometry tool}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Using the left mouse button, click on the image (1), close to an object. The program
automatically finds the nearest local maximum, so you don’t need to be accurate. The computation
stars automatically and the results are displayed the the right panel (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The following object parameters are presented:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Center \sphinxhyphen{} coordinates of the local maximum.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max \sphinxhyphen{} pixel value in local maximum

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Background \sphinxhyphen{} mean background level, computed as a robust mean of pixels in the sky annulus.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Noise \sphinxhyphen{} background noise level, computed as a standard deviation of pixels in the sky annulus.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
FWHM \sphinxhyphen{} object’s width, computed full width at half maximum.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Aperture \sphinxhyphen{} aperture radius used for computing the object’s signal.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Signal \sphinxhyphen{} object’s signal, sum of pixels in the aperture, mean background level is subtracted.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
S/N ratio \sphinxhyphen{} signal to background noise ratio, displayed in decibels: SNR = 10.log(S/N).

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Several dimensions are presented in the image area.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Two blue circles show the annulus which is used to estimate the background properties.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A red circle shows the object’s average FWHM.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A green circle shows the size of the aperture.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
It is also possible to change some parameters:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Aperture radius in pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Inner radius of the sky annulus in pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
(6) Outer radius of the sky annulus in pixels

\end{itemize}

\index{Profile@\spxentry{Profile}!tool@\spxentry{tool}}\index{tool@\spxentry{tool}!Profile@\spxentry{Profile}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Profile tool}
\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:profile-tool}}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:index-2}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Profile tool is used to check the shape of objects. It shows
a curve of pixels values along a line.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Quick photometry}
from the local menu. A new panel on the bottom of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{preview_couts2}.png}
\caption{Profile tool}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Using the left mouse button, draw a line on the image (1), crossing the center of an object.
The profile is drawn in the graph (2). You can adjust the graph style (3). The following parameters
are displayed in the information box (4):
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Min \sphinxhyphen{} minimum pixel value.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max \sphinxhyphen{} maximum pixel value

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Mean \sphinxhyphen{} mean pixel value of pixels in the profile.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
St. dev. \sphinxhyphen{} standard deviation of pixels in the profile.

\end{itemize}

\index{Histogram@\spxentry{Histogram}!tool@\spxentry{tool}}\index{tool@\spxentry{tool}!Histogram@\spxentry{Histogram}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Histogram tool}
\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:histogram-tool}}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:index-3}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Histogram tool shows a histogram of pixel values and some related statistics.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Histogram} from the local
menu. A new panel on the bottom of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{preview_couts4}.png}
\caption{Histogram tool}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:id5}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The histogram is shown in the left part (1) of the tool. The following parameters
are displayed in the text area on its right side (2):
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Min \sphinxhyphen{} minimum pixel value

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max \sphinxhyphen{} maximum pixel value

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Mean \sphinxhyphen{} mean pixel value of all pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
St. dev. \sphinxhyphen{} standard deviation of all pixels

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Browsing the objects}
\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:browsing-the-objects}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
In the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{View \(\rightarrow\) Chart only} or \sphinxguilabel{Image and chart}
to show the objects.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When you place a cursor over an object in the image area, its coordinates and
other properties are displayed in the status bar.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Objects that were not identified on the reference frame (see Matching) are rendered
in a gray color.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Objects that were not measured successfully (see Photometry) are drawn in red
color and not filled.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Objects that were not measured and not matched are draw in gray color and not filled.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The brightness for each object is rendered using the selected aperture.

\index{Object inspector@\spxentry{Object inspector}!tools@\spxentry{tools}}\index{tools@\spxentry{tools}!Object inspector@\spxentry{Object inspector}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Object inspector tool}
\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:object-inspector-tool}}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:index-4}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Object inspector tool is a tool which displays that the program registers about
an object on a frame. The main purpose of this tool is for testing and debugging. Unlike the
Quick Photometry, the Object Inspector shows results, that has been obtained during the “full”
photometry. Because of this, calibration and photometry must be performed first. The results
are more relevant.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{View \(\rightarrow\) Chart only}
or \sphinxguilabel{Image and chart} to show the objects.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Object inspector}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\end{enumerate}

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{phtfile_couts2}.png}
\caption{Object Inspector tool}\label{\detokenize{frame_preview_window:id6}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Using the left mouse button, click on the image (1), to select an object. The object is
highlighted and its properties are displayed in the right panel (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The following object parameters are presented:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object \# \sphinxhyphen{} object’s ordinal number on the current frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Reference ID \sphinxhyphen{} object’s ordinal number on a reference frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Center \sphinxhyphen{} coordinates of the object’s centroid

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Brightness \sphinxhyphen{} instrumental brightness of the object in magnitudes.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Error \sphinxhyphen{} error estimation of brightness in magnitudes.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Several dimensions are presented in the image area (3):
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Two blue circles show the annulus which is used to estimate the background properties.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A green circle shows the size of the aperture.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can change the current aperture.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Graph@\spxentry{Graph}!window@\spxentry{window}}\index{window@\spxentry{window}!Graph@\spxentry{Graph}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Graph (window)}
\label{\detokenize{graph_window:graph-window}}\label{\detokenize{graph_window:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{graph_window:id1}}\label{\detokenize{graph_window::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This preview window is used to display the content of an external file.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{graph_window:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Open file}.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When a file is opened, the program checks its content and decides which kind of
preview window will be activated. Each file is presented in a separate window.


\subsubsection{Dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{graph_window:dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{table_couts1}.png}
\caption{Preview window for light curves, track\sphinxhyphen{}lists, etc.}\label{\detokenize{graph_window:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The data are displayed in the preview area. It is possible to switch between
two rendering modes \sphinxhyphen{} displying file as a graph (plot) or as a table.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) When you place a cursor over a data point, the values are displayed in the status bar.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) You can zoom the preview in and out by means of the zoom icons on the toolbar.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the file contains multiple columns, you can use the controls (4) and (5) to switch
the displayed data.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The local menu bar provides following functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu File:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Open \sphinxhyphen{} open another file, this is an equivalent to selection \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Open file}
from the main window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Export \sphinxhyphen{} depending on the current display mode:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a graph is shown, the function export the graph to a file in the PNG format.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a table is shown, the function export the table to a file in the CSV or TEXT format.
The save dialog provides several options, that allows adjusting the content of the file.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show properties \sphinxhyphen{} display the further details about the file. Full header preview
is available in separate window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Close \sphinxhyphen{} close this window

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu View:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Graph \sphinxhyphen{} show the data as a graph (plot)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table \sphinxhyphen{} show the data as a table

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show errors \sphinxhyphen{} turns on and off the error bars (if available).

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Grid \sphinxhyphen{} turn on and off the horizontal and vertical grid

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu Tools:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Statistics \sphinxhyphen{} turns on and off the ‘Statistics’ tool \sphinxhyphen{} see below.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Measurement \sphinxhyphen{} the tool allows measuring distances using two cursors.

\end{itemize}

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Statistics}
\label{\detokenize{graph_window:statistics}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Statistics is a tool that computes and shows the minimum, maximum, sample mean
and standard deviation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Statistics}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If no points are selected, all points in the data set are included in the computation.
To restrict the data for the statistics, press and hold the Shift key and draw a
rectangle in a graph while you keep the left mouse button pressed down.


\subsubsection{Measurement}
\label{\detokenize{graph_window:measurement}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Measurement} tool displays two cursors in the graph. The cursors can be adjusted
by dragging them using the left mouse button. The position of each cursor, their distance
and statistics for the data between cursors is presented.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Measurement}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{measurement}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Measurement tool

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Choose the axis you want to measure.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Positions of the cursor 1 and 2 are displayed here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Distance between cursor 1 and 2.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) When cursors are defined on the independent (X) axis, number of points (frames) between
cursor 1 and 2 are displayed and also minimum, maximum, mean value and sample deviation
are presented.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{open_file_dialog:open-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Open file (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Heliocentric correction@\spxentry{Heliocentric correction}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Heliocentric correction@\spxentry{Heliocentric correction}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Heliocentric correction (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:heliocentric-correction-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Heliocentric correction” allows an user to compute heliocentric
correction for specified star and date of observation. It can also convert the geocentric date into
heliocentric one and vice versa.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Heliocentric correction}.

\end{enumerate}

\index{Heliocentric@\spxentry{Heliocentric}!correction@\spxentry{correction}}\index{correction@\spxentry{correction}!Heliocentric@\spxentry{Heliocentric}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Computing heliocentric correction}
\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:computing-heliocentric-correction}}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{helcorr_couts1}.png}
\caption{Computing heliocentric correction}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Select the desired output value.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter object’s right ascension to the text box (2) in hours. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter object’s declination to the text box (3) in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the ellipsis button (4) to retrieve object’s coordinates from a table of predefined
objects or a catalog of variable stars.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter a Julian date into the text box (5) or date and time into the text box (6). As you type in the data,
corresponding value of heliocentric correction in days is updated in the last text box (7).

\index{Julian date@\spxentry{Julian date}!heliocentric@\spxentry{heliocentric}}\index{heliocentric@\spxentry{heliocentric}!Julian date@\spxentry{Julian date}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Computing heliocentric Julian date}
\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:computing-heliocentric-julian-date}}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:index-2}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{helcorr_couts2}.png}
\caption{Computing heliocentric Julian date}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Select the desired output value.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter object’s right ascension to the text box (2) in hours. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter object’s declination to the text box (3) in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the ellipsis button (4) to retrieve object’s coordinates from a table of predefined
objects or a catalog of variable stars.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter a geocentric (observed) Julian date into the text box (5) or the date and time into the text box (6).
As you type in the data, corresponding value of heliocentric Julian date is updated in the last text box (7).

\index{Julian date@\spxentry{Julian date}!geocentric@\spxentry{geocentric}}\index{geocentric@\spxentry{geocentric}!Julian date@\spxentry{Julian date}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Computing geocentric Julian date}
\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:computing-geocentric-julian-date}}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:index-3}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{helcorr_couts3}.png}
\caption{Computing geocentric Julian date}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Select the desired output value.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter object’s right ascension to the text box (2) in hours. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter object’s declination to the text box (3) in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the ellipsis button (4) to retrieve object’s coordinates from a table of predefined
objects or a catalog of variable stars.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter a heliocentric Julian date into the text box (5) or date and time into the text box (6). As you type
in the data, corresponding value of geocentric (observed) Julian date is updated in the last text box (7).


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:jd-converter-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{JD converter (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog:air-mass-coefficient-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Air mass coefficient (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Image file@\spxentry{Image file}!window@\spxentry{window}}\index{window@\spxentry{window}!Image file@\spxentry{Image file}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Image file (window)}
\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:image-file-window}}\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:id1}}\label{\detokenize{image_file_window::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This preview window is used to display the content of an external image file.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Open file}.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When a file is opened, the program checks its content and decides which kind of
preview window will be activated. Each file is presented in a separate window.


\subsubsection{Dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{ccdfile_couts1}.png}
\caption{Preview window for CCD image files}\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The CCD image is displayed in the preview area. It is possible to switch between
positive and negative style in the “Preferences” dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) When you place a cursor over an image, the coordinates and the pixel value
is displayed in the status bar.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) You can zoom the preview in and out by means of the zoom icons on the toolbar.
The actual magnification is shown here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) The local menu bar provides following functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu File:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Open \sphinxhyphen{} open another file, this is an equivalent to selection \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Open file}
from the main window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Save as \sphinxhyphen{} save the image to a file in FITS format. To export the image in one of common raster
image formats, use the ‘Export’.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Export \sphinxhyphen{} export the image to a file in one of common raster image formats, currently the PNG and JPEG
formats are supported. It is possible to adjust the size of the resulting image.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show properties \sphinxhyphen{} display the further details about the file. Full header preview
is available in separate window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Close \sphinxhyphen{} close this window

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu View:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Rulers \sphinxhyphen{} turn on/off the rules that are shown on the top and left side of the preview area

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Pseudo\sphinxhyphen{}color image \sphinxhyphen{} switch between rendering of pixel intensities in pseudo\sphinxhyphen{}color scale and a gray scale.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu Image:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Horizontal flip \sphinxhyphen{} flip image from left to right

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Vertical flip \sphinxhyphen{} flip image from top to bottom

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu Tools:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Gray scale \sphinxhyphen{} show a gray scale or a pseudo\sphinxhyphen{}color scale on the right side of the dialog.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Quick photometry \sphinxhyphen{} show the Quick photometry tool \sphinxhyphen{} explained below.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Profile \sphinxhyphen{} show the Profile tool \sphinxhyphen{} explained below.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Histogram \sphinxhyphen{} show the histogram and statistics.

\end{itemize}

\end{itemize}

\index{Quick photometry@\spxentry{Quick photometry}!tool@\spxentry{tool}}\index{tool@\spxentry{tool}!Quick photometry@\spxentry{Quick photometry}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Quick Photometry tool}
\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:quick-photometry-tool}}\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Quick Photometry tool is a tool which computes basic photometric properties
of an object on a frame. The main goal of this tool is to provide an estimation of
the FWHM value (the important input parameter of the photometry process).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Because this tool does simplified version of aperture photometry, the results
are informative only and shouldn’t be used elsewhere. Also, it doesn’t require a proper
calibration to be performed first.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Quick photometry}
from the local menu. A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{preview_couts3}.png}
\caption{Quick photometry tool}\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Using the left mouse button, click on the image (1), close to an object. The program
automatically finds the nearest local maximum, so you don’t need to be accurate. The computation
stars automatically and the results are displayed the the right panel (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The following object parameters are presented:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Center \sphinxhyphen{} coordinates of the local maximum.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max \sphinxhyphen{} pixel value in local maximum

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Background \sphinxhyphen{} mean background level, computed as a robust mean of pixels in the sky annulus.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Noise \sphinxhyphen{} background noise level, computed as a standard deviation of pixels in the sky annulus.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
FWHM \sphinxhyphen{} object’s width, computed full width at half maximum.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Aperture \sphinxhyphen{} aperture radius used for computing the object’s signal.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Signal \sphinxhyphen{} object’s signal, sum of pixels in the aperture, mean background level is subtracted.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
S/N ratio \sphinxhyphen{} signal to background noise ratio, displayed in decibels: SNR = 10.log(S/N).

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Several dimensions are presented in the image area.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Two blue circles show the annulus which is used to estimate the background properties.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A red circle shows the object’s average FWHM.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A green circle shows the size of the aperture.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
It is also possible to change some parameters:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Aperture radius in pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Inner radius of the sky annulus in pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
(6) Outer radius of the sky annulus in pixels

\end{itemize}

\index{Profile@\spxentry{Profile}!tools@\spxentry{tools}}\index{tools@\spxentry{tools}!Profile@\spxentry{Profile}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Profile tool}
\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:profile-tool}}\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:index-2}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Profile tool is used to check the shape of objects. It shows
a curve of pixels values along a line.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Quick photometry}
from the local menu. A new panel on the bottom of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{preview_couts2}.png}
\caption{Profile tool}\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Using the left mouse button, draw a line on the image (1), crossing the center of an object.
The profile is drawn in the graph (2). You can adjust the graph style (3). The following parameters
are displayed in the information box (4):
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Min \sphinxhyphen{} minimum pixel value.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max \sphinxhyphen{} maximum pixel value

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Mean \sphinxhyphen{} mean pixel value of pixels in the profile.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
St. dev. \sphinxhyphen{} standard deviation of pixels in the profile.

\end{itemize}

\index{Histogram@\spxentry{Histogram}!tool@\spxentry{tool}}\index{tool@\spxentry{tool}!Histogram@\spxentry{Histogram}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Histogram tool}
\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:histogram-tool}}\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:index-3}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Histogram tool shows a histogram of pixel values and some related
statistics.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Histogram}
from the local menu. A new panel on the bottom of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{preview_couts4}.png}
\caption{Histogram tool}\label{\detokenize{image_file_window:id5}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The histogram is shown in the left part (1) of the tool. The following parameters
are displayed in the text area on its right side (2):
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Min \sphinxhyphen{} minimum pixel value

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max \sphinxhyphen{} maximum pixel value

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Mean \sphinxhyphen{} mean pixel value of all pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
St. dev. \sphinxhyphen{} standard deviation of all pixels

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{open_file_dialog:open-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Open file (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Import project settings@\spxentry{Import project settings}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Import project settings@\spxentry{Import project settings}}\index{project settings@\spxentry{project settings}!import@\spxentry{import}}\index{import@\spxentry{import}!project settings@\spxentry{project settings}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Import project settings (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{import_profile_dialog:import-project-settings-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{import_profile_dialog:import-profile-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{import_profile_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{import_profile_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Import project settings} dialog is used to copy settings from an existing project
to the current project. When you do this on regular basis, consider using {\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Profiles}}}}.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{import_profile_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be opened from the {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}, the root page, using
the \sphinxguilabel{Import from project} button.


\subsubsection{The dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{import_profile_dialog:the-dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{importprofile_couts}.png}
\caption{Import project settings dialog}\label{\detokenize{import_profile_dialog:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Specify a path to the project which the settings shall be imported from.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button to open a standard file selection dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) The table shows the most recetly used projects. When you select an item, the projest’s
path is filled in to the edit field.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (4) to confirm the dialog.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Import project@\spxentry{Import project}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Import project@\spxentry{Import project}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Import project (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{import_project_dialog:import-project-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{import_project_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{import_project_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{import_project_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Import project} dialog is used to enter a location of a directory containing files
to be imported into a new project. This tool allows one to transform a project from an old
version of C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack into a new one.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{import_project_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Import data from C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack 1.x}.

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{File browsing}
\label{\detokenize{import_project_dialog:file-browsing}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{importproject_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for making a project from files originating from an old C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software.}\label{\detokenize{import_project_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The button (1) shows and hides the \sphinxguilabel{Location} text box. The keyboard shortcut \sphinxkeyboard{\sphinxupquote{Ctrl+L}}
key combination does the same action.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the \sphinxguilabel{Location} text box (2) you can type a path to a file. If you don’t type any path, the name
of the selected file will be displayed. You can also type the first letters of the name: it will be
auto\sphinxhyphen{}completed and a list of file names beginning with these letters will be displayed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The path to the current folder is displayed at the top of the dialog (3). You can navigate along
this path by clicking on an element.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the \sphinxguilabel{Add} or the \sphinxguilabel{Add to Bookmarks} option
you get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The contents of the selected folder is displayed here (6). Change your current folder by double left
clicking on a folder in this panel. Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder name opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(7) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Apply” button (8) to continue; this dialog is followed by the {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}}.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{JD converter@\spxentry{JD converter}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!JD converter@\spxentry{JD converter}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{JD converter (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:jd-converter-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “JD converter” dialog allows an user to convert a Julian date into
a Gregorian calendar date (common date and time) and vice versa.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) JD converter}.

\end{enumerate}

\index{Gregorian calender@\spxentry{Gregorian calender}!date@\spxentry{date}}\index{date@\spxentry{date}!Gregorian calender@\spxentry{Gregorian calender}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Converting Gregorian calendar date to Julian date}
\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:converting-gregorian-calendar-date-to-julian-date}}\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{jdconv_couts1}.png}
\caption{Gregorian calendar date to Julian date}\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Select the direction of the conversion

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter the Gregorian calendar date to the text box (2) in the following form: year\sphinxhyphen{}month\sphinxhyphen{}day hour:minute:second.
The time part is optional. Seconds can contain a fractional part. As you type in the data, corresponding
Julian date is updated in the third text box (3).

\index{Julian@\spxentry{Julian}!date@\spxentry{date}}\index{date@\spxentry{date}!Julian@\spxentry{Julian}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Converting Julian date to Gregorian calendar date}
\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:converting-julian-date-to-gregorian-calendar-date}}\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:index-2}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{jdconv_couts2}.png}
\caption{Julian date to Gregorian calender date}\label{\detokenize{jd_converter_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(10) Select the direction of the conversion

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter the Julian date to the text box (11). As you type in the value, corresponding
Gregorian calender date is updated in the third text box (12).


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{heliocentric_correction_dialog:heliocentric-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Heliocentric correction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient_dialog:air-mass-coefficient-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Air mass coefficient (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Light curve@\spxentry{Light curve}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Light curve@\spxentry{Light curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Light curve (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Light curve” dialog is used to make a light curve of an object. The light curve is
common output of the reduction of CCD frame.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Light curve}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{lightcurve1}.png}

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Plot light curve” dialog appears. Check the options. Fill in the object coordinates and the
observer coordinates, if necessary. Confirm the dialog.


\subsubsection{Light curve dialog}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:id2}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{lightcurve_couts}.png}
\caption{Light curve}\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The actual data set is shown here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) You can switch the labels on the X axis between Julian date (JD) or date and time (UTC).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) It is also possible to switch between apertures.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) The list of available data sets is displayed here.


\subsubsection{Data sets}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:data-sets}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Depending on the type of the light curve and the status of the options, the following
data sets are available:
\subsubsection*{Differential magnitudes}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{V\sphinxhyphen{}C} \sphinxhyphen{} Differential magnitude of the variable star w.r.t. the comparison star

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{V\sphinxhyphen{}Kn} \sphinxhyphen{} Differential magnitude of the variable star w.r.t. the n\sphinxhyphen{}th check star

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{C\sphinxhyphen{}Kn} \sphinxhyphen{} Differential magnitude of the comparison star w.r.t. the n\sphinxhyphen{}th check star

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Ensemble photometry}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{V\sphinxhyphen{}C} \sphinxhyphen{} Differential magnitude of the variable star w.r.t. the artificial comparison star

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{V\sphinxhyphen{}Kn} \sphinxhyphen{} Differential magnitude of the variable star w.r.t. the n\sphinxhyphen{}th check star

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Cm\sphinxhyphen{}Kn} \sphinxhyphen{} Differential magnitude of the m\sphinxhyphen{}th comparison star w.r.t. the n\sphinxhyphen{}th check star

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Instrumental magnitudes}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{V} \sphinxhyphen{} Instrumental magnitude of the variable star

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{C} \sphinxhyphen{} Instrumental magnitude of the comparison star

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Kn} \sphinxhyphen{} Instrumental magnitude of the n\sphinxhyphen{}th check star

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{All stars (differential)}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{IDnnn\sphinxhyphen{}C} \sphinxhyphen{} Differential magnitude of the object with ID = \sphinxstyleemphasis{nnn} w.r.t. the comparison star

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{All stars (instrumental)}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{IDnnn} \sphinxhyphen{} Instrumental magnitude of the object with ID = \sphinxstyleemphasis{nnn}

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Auxilliary data sets}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The following data sets are optional:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{HELCOR} \sphinxhyphen{} The heliocentric correction; in days

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{AIRMASS} \sphinxhyphen{} The air mass coefficient

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{ALTITUDE} \sphinxhyphen{} The apparent altitude in degrees; positive values above the horizon, negative values below the horizon

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Context menu}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:context-menu}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
You can select an individual point by a right click, you can also
select more than one point by pressing a Shift key and left mouse button
and drawing a rectangle in the graph. Then, click the right mouse button
on a point in the selection to open the context menu. It provides following
functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show frame \sphinxhyphen{} it shows a preview to a selected frame. It is not allowed
when more than one frame is selected.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show properties \sphinxhyphen{} it opens a new dialog with properties of selected frame.
It is not allowed when more than one frame is selected.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Delete from data set \sphinxhyphen{} selected measurements are removed from the
current curve, the data will be shown again when you make a new curve
or \sphinxguilabel{Rebuild} the actual curve.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Remove from project \sphinxhyphen{} source frames corresponding to the selected
measurements are removed permanently from the list of input files and
such measurements won’t be included in any other output. It is not allowed
to remove a reference frame.

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Statistics}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:statistics}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Statistics is a tool that computes and shows the minimum, maximum, sample mean
and standard deviation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Statistics}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If no points are selected, all points in the data set are included in the computation.
To restrict the data for the statistics, press and hold the Shift key and draw a
rectangle in a graph while you keep the left mouse button pressed down.


\subsubsection{Measurement}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:measurement}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Measurement} tool displays two cursors in the graph. The cursors can be adjusted
by dragging them using the left mouse button. The position of each cursor, their distance
and statistics for the data between cursors is presented.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Measurement}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{measurement}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Measurement tool

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Choose the axis you want to measure.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Positions of the cursor 1 and 2 are displayed here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Distance between cursor 1 and 2.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) When cursors are defined on the independent (X) axis, number of points (frames) between
cursor 1 and 2 are displayed and also minimum, maximum, mean value and sample deviation
are presented.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{chart_dialog:chart-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Chart (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{aavso_format:aavso-format}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Export light curve in AAVSO format}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Load profile@\spxentry{Load profile}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Load profile@\spxentry{Load profile}}\index{project settings@\spxentry{project settings}!load@\spxentry{load}}\index{load@\spxentry{load}!project settings@\spxentry{project settings}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Load profile (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{load_profile_dialog:load-profile-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{load_profile_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{load_profile_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{load_profile_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog is used to load settings from a profile into the current project.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{load_profile_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be opened from the {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}, the root page, using
the \sphinxguilabel{Load from profile} button.


\subsubsection{The dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{load_profile_dialog:the-dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{loadprofile_couts}.png}
\caption{Load project settings dialog}\label{\detokenize{load_profile_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
List of existing profiles is shown in the table. The profiles are divided into two categories \sphinxhyphen{}
user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles (1) and predefined profiles (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the \sphinxguilabel{Edit profiles} button to open the {\hyperref[\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:edit-profiles-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Edit profiles (dialog)}}}}.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:edit-profiles-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Edit profiles (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{save_profile_dialog:save-profile-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Save project settings (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{main@\spxentry{main}!window@\spxentry{window}}\index{window@\spxentry{window}!main@\spxentry{main}}\index{main@\spxentry{main}!application window@\spxentry{application} \spxentry{window}}\index{application@\spxentry{application}!window, main@\spxentry{window}, \spxentry{main}}\index{window@\spxentry{window}!main application@\spxentry{main} \spxentry{application}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Main window}
\label{\detokenize{main_window:main-window}}\label{\detokenize{main_window:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{main_window:id1}}\label{\detokenize{main_window::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Muniwin” window is a main application window. The list of source files is presented in the table.
The {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_menu:main-menu}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main menu}}}} a {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_toolbar:main-toolbar}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main toolbar}}}} allow an user to access all features of the program.


\subsubsection{Browsing the source files}
\label{\detokenize{main_window:browsing-the-source-files}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{mainwindow_couts}.png}
\caption{Main window}\label{\detokenize{main_window:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The list of source frames are presented in the table. For each frame,
the icon on the left indicates its status. Next to the icon, there is the ordinal
number assigned to a frame. Most of the fields can be turned on and off in the
“Preferences” dialog.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Frame \# \sphinxhyphen{} assigned ordinal number of the frame

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Date and time \sphinxhyphen{} Gregorian calender date and time of the center of exposure

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Julian date \sphinxhyphen{} Julian date of the center of exposure

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Exposure \sphinxhyphen{} exposure duration in seconds

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Temperature \sphinxhyphen{} CCD temperature in centigrade degrees

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Filter \sphinxhyphen{} name of the color filter

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Stars \sphinxhyphen{} after the photometry, the number of detected stars is displayed here. After the
matching, two numbers are shown. The first value is a number of matched stars, the
second value is a number of detected stars.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Original file \sphinxhyphen{} full path to the original image file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Temporary file \sphinxhyphen{} name of the temporary image file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Status \sphinxhyphen{} the result of the last operation is displayed

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Double left\sphinxhyphen{}click on an item to open a preview to the selected frame in a separate window.
Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder name opens a context menu.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{add_individual_frames_dialog:add-individual-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add individual frames (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{add_frames_from_folder_dialog:add-frames-from-folder-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Add frames from folder (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{frame_preview_window:frame-preview-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Frame preview window}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{main_menu:main-menu}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main menu}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{main_toolbar:main-toolbar}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main toolbar}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Make catalog file@\spxentry{Make catalog file}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Make catalog file@\spxentry{Make catalog file}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Make catalog file (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:make-catalog-file-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Make catalog file” dialog allows an user to fill in the information that he wants
to save to a new catalog file.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Make catalog file}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{catalogfile}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{Filling up the form}
\label{\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:filling-up-the-form}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{makecatalog_couts}.png}
\caption{The “Make catalog file” dialog}\label{\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Enter a name of the catalogue file. The string can’t include the characters that are not
allowed in the file name, i.e. colon, slash, backslash, asterisk, question mark, etc.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) This field shows a path to the folder where the new catalog file will be saved to.
Click on the “Browse” button to change the folder.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) If you make light curves with heliocentric JD or air mass coefficients, you can
fill in the object’s position. The coordinates will be restored when you use the catalog file
as a reference file in the matching. Click on the button (4) to retrieve the coordinates
from a list of user\sphinxhyphen{}defined objects or a catalog of variable stars.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) If you make light curves air mass coefficients, you can fill in the observer’s
location. The coordinates will be restored when you use the catalog file as a reference
file in the matching. Click on the button (6) to retrieve the coordinates from a list
of user\sphinxhyphen{}defined locations.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(7) These fields are optional. There are no formatting rules for these fields.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(8) If you want to provide more information, you can write it here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(9) The preview area shows the default selection of objects. The variable star is
marked with red color, the comparison star is green and check stars are rendered in blue color.
Use the selection field (10) to review the defined selections. All the selections that
are presented here, will be saved to the catalog file. Click the \sphinxguilabel{Edit} button (11)
to edit the selections.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (12) to proceed.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Make find variables@\spxentry{Make find variables}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Make find variables@\spxentry{Make find variables}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Make find variables dialog}
\label{\detokenize{make_find_variables_dialog:make-find-variables-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{make_find_variables_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{make_find_variables_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{make_find_variables_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Make find variables” dialog is used to select the data source for the {\hyperref[\detokenize{find_variables_dialog:find-variables-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Find variables (dialog)}}}}.
Basically, there are two options \sphinxhyphen{} the data can be construed from the current project or
loaded from a varfind file.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{make_find_variables_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Find variables}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{varfind}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{make_find_variables_dialog:the-dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{makevarfind_couts}.png}
\caption{“Make find variables” dialog}\label{\detokenize{make_find_variables_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) To load the data from an external varfind file, check this option. The path to the
file must be specified into the edit field (3). Click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button to
open a standard file selection dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (4) to proceed.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{finding_variables:finding-variables}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Finding variables}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{find_variables_dialog:find-variables-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Find variables (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Master bias frame@\spxentry{Master bias frame}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Master bias frame@\spxentry{Master bias frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Master bias frame (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:master-bias-frame-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Master bias frame” dialog is used to enter a name and a directory for a new master bias
frame. You can find more information about bias frames in the chapter “Advanced calibration scheme”.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Make \(\rightarrow\) Master bias frame}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{masterbias}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The basic dialog}
\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:the-basic-dialog}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{masterbias_couts1}.png}
\caption{The “Make master bias frame” dialog (basic form)}\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In its basic form, as shown above, the dialog consists of a text box (1) to assign a name
to the file, and a drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list of bookmarks (2) to select a directory to save it in.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the directory you want is not in the list of bookmarks, click on “Browse for other
folders” button (3) to expand the dialog to its full form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files. By means of this option, it is possible to
make a master frame using a subset of source files only.


\subsubsection{Browsing the directories}
\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:browsing-the-directories}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{masterbias_couts2}.png}
\caption{The “Make master bias frame” dialog (with browser)}\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(11) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(12) The middle panel displays a list of the files in the current directory. Change your
current directory by double left\sphinxhyphen{}clicking on a directory in this panel. Select a file with
a single left click. You can then replace the file you have selected by clicking on the
Save button. Note that a double left click start the operation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(13) Above the middle panel, the path of the current directory is displayed. You can navigate
along this path by clicking on one of the buttons.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can right click on the middle panel to access the “Show Hidden Files” command.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(14) Enter the file name of the new image file here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(15) This drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list is only available in the basic form of the dialog. It provides
a list of bookmarks for selecting a directory in which to save your file. click on “Browse for
other folders” button (16) to shrink the dialog to its basic form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(17) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks”
option you get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(18) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to save the image into a folder that doesn’t yet exist, you can create it
by clicking on “Create Folder” button (19) and following the instructions.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(20) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files. By means of this option, it is possible to
make a master frame using a subset of source files only.

\index{Master bias frame@\spxentry{Master bias frame}!making@\spxentry{making}}\index{making@\spxentry{making}!Master bias frame@\spxentry{Master bias frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Making the master bias frame}
\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:making-the-master-bias-frame}}\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_dialog:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Save” button (5 or 21) to start the operation.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A working copy of source frame must be made before making a master bias frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Do not apply any calibration (bias, dark or flat corrections) to source frames.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Bias correction frame are used in the “Advanced calibration scheme” only.

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:bias-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Bias correction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{advanced_calibration:advanced-calibration-scheme}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Advanced calibration scheme}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Master dark frame@\spxentry{Master dark frame}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Master dark frame@\spxentry{Master dark frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Master dark frame (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:master-dark-frame-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Make master dark frame” dialog is used to enter a name and a directory for a new master dark
frame. You can find more information about dark frames in the chapter “Standard calibration scheme”.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Make \(\rightarrow\) Make master dark frame}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{masterdark}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The basic dialog}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:the-basic-dialog}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{masterdark_couts1}.png}
\caption{The “Make master dark frame” dialog (basic form)}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In its basic form, as shown above, the dialog consists of a text box (1) to assign a name
to the file, and a drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list of bookmarks (2) to select a directory to save it in.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the directory you want is not in the list of bookmarks, click on “Browse for other
folders” button (3) to expand the dialog to its full form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files. By means of this option, it is possible to
make a master frame using a subset of source files only.


\subsubsection{Browsing the directories}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:browsing-the-directories}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{masterdark_couts2}.png}
\caption{The “Make master dark frame” dialog (with browser)}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(11) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(12) The middle panel displays a list of the files in the current directory. Change your
current directory by double left\sphinxhyphen{}clicking on a directory in this panel. Select a file with
a single left click. You can then replace the file you have selected by clicking on the
Save button. Note that a double left click start the operation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(13) Above the middle panel, the path of the current directory is displayed. You can navigate
along this path by clicking on one of the buttons.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can right click on the middle panel to access the “Show Hidden Files” command.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(14) Enter the file name of the new image file here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(15) This drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list is only available in the basic form of the dialog. It provides
a list of bookmarks for selecting a directory in which to save your file. click on “Browse for
other folders” button (16) to shrink the dialog to its basic form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(17) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks”
option you get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(18) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to save the image into a folder that doesn’t yet exist, you can create it
by clicking on “Create Folder” button (19) and following the instructions.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(20) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files. By means of this option, it is possible to
make a master frame using a subset of source files only.

\index{Master dark frame@\spxentry{Master dark frame}!making@\spxentry{making}}\index{making@\spxentry{making}!Master dark frame@\spxentry{Master dark frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Making the master dark frame}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:making-the-master-dark-frame}}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_dialog:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Save” button (5 or 21) to start the operation.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A working copy of source frame must be made before making a master dark frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
In the \sphinxstyleemphasis{standard} calibration scheme, do not apply any calibration (bias, dark or flat
corrections) to source frames.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
In the \sphinxstyleemphasis{advanced} calibration scheme, the bias correction must be applied before
making a master dark frame, if necessary.

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:dark-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Dark correction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{advanced_calibration:advanced-calibration-scheme}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Advanced calibration scheme}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Master flat frame@\spxentry{Master flat frame}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Master flat frame@\spxentry{Master flat frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Master flat frame (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:master-flat-frame-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Master flat frame” dialog is used to enter a name and a directory for a new master flat
frame. You can find more information about flat frames in the chapter “Standard calibration scheme”.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Make \(\rightarrow\) Make master flat frame}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{masterflat}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The basic dialog}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:the-basic-dialog}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{masterflat_couts1}.png}
\caption{The “Master flat frame” dialog (basic form)}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In its basic form, as shown above, the dialog consists of a text box (1) to assign a name
to the file, and a drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list of bookmarks (2) to select a directory to save it in.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the directory you want is not in the list of bookmarks, click on “Browse for other
folders” button (3) to expand the dialog to its full form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files. By means of this option, it is possible to
make a master frame using a subset of source files only.


\subsubsection{Browsing the directories}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:browsing-the-directories}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{masterflat_couts2}.png}
\caption{The “Master flat frame” dialog (with browser)}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(11) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(12) The middle panel displays a list of the files in the current directory. Change your
current directory by double left\sphinxhyphen{}clicking on a directory in this panel. Select a file with
a single left click. You can then replace the file you have selected by clicking on the
Save button. Note that a double left click start the operation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(13) Above the middle panel, the path of the current directory is displayed. You can navigate
along this path by clicking on one of the buttons.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can right click on the middle panel to access the “Show Hidden Files” command.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(14) Enter the file name of the new image file here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(15) This drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list is only available in the basic form of the dialog. It provides
a list of bookmarks for selecting a directory in which to save your file. click on “Browse for
other folders” button (16) to shrink the dialog to its basic form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(17) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks”
option you get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(18) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to save the image into a folder that doesn’t yet exist, you can create it
by clicking on “Create Folder” button (19) and following the instructions.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(20) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files. By means of this option, it is possible to
make a master frame using a subset of source files only.

\index{Master flat frame@\spxentry{Master flat frame}!making@\spxentry{making}}\index{making@\spxentry{making}!Master flat frame@\spxentry{Master flat frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Making the master flat frame}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:making-the-master-flat-frame}}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_dialog:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Save” button (5 or 21) to start the operation.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A working copy of source frame must be made before making a master flat frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The bias and the dark correction must be applied before making a master flat frame,
if necessary.

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:flat-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Flat correction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{advanced_calibration:advanced-calibration-scheme}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Advanced calibration scheme}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Match stars@\spxentry{Match stars}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Match stars@\spxentry{Match stars}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Match stars (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Match stars” dialog is used to select a frame that shall be used during the matching process
as a reference. The matching process finds corresponding stars on each source frame with respect to
the reference frame.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Match stars}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{matchstars}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{Stationary vs. moving targets}
\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:stationary-vs-moving-targets}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The first choice is about the character of the object of interest:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Stationary target \sphinxhyphen{} choose this option for objects that do not move during the
observation with respect to the surrounding stars \sphinxhyphen{} variable star, exoplanet, etc.
The software will ask you to pick up one of the frames as a reference frame;
you can also use a catalog file that you prepared while processing a previous observation
of the same view field.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Moving target \sphinxhyphen{} choose this option for objects that changes significantly its position
during the observation with respect to the surrounding stars \sphinxhyphen{} minor Solar System body,
for example. The software will ask you to select at least three frames, called key frames,
and you will also need to mark the object on each of the key frames.

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{Reference frame vs. catalog file}
\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:reference-frame-vs-catalog-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If you process observation of a stationary object, you have also option what to use
as a reference for the matching process:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To pick one frame out of the source frame and use it as a reference. This frame is
then referred to as a reference frame. There is no simple rule which frame you shall choose,
selecting a frame with the greatest number of measured objects is usually a good starting
point, though. The important idea is that the program can deal with a situation when a measured
object is not present on all frames, but it must be present on a reference frame. Thus,
make sure that at least the variable star and the comparison star are present of a reference
frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To use a catalog file that has been made during processing of previous run of the
same field. When you observe a particular variable star on regular basis, it’s tedious
to manually select stars and enter the position for every run. Utilizing the catalog
files makes it simpler, because the application restores the information from a persistent
file.

\end{enumerate}

\index{Reference@\spxentry{Reference}!frame@\spxentry{frame}}\index{frame@\spxentry{frame}!Reference@\spxentry{Reference}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Stationary object \sphinxhyphen{} selecting a reference frame}
\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:stationary-object-selecting-a-reference-frame}}\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{matchstars_couts1}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting a reference frame}\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the option (1). The list of valid source frames is displayed here (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) When you select a frame, the preview and short info is displayed here. Double
click on the preview to show a larger preview in a separate dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select a frame.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Execute” button (4) to start the matching.

\index{Catalog@\spxentry{Catalog}!file@\spxentry{file}}\index{file@\spxentry{file}!Catalog@\spxentry{Catalog}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Stationary object \sphinxhyphen{} browsing the catalog files}
\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:stationary-object-browsing-the-catalog-files}}\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:index-2}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{matchstars_couts2}.png}
\caption{The dialog for selecting a catalog file}\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the option (10). The list of predefined catalog files is displayed here (11).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(12) You can change the folder in which the files are looked for.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(13) When you select a frame, the preview and short info is displayed here. Double
click on the preview to show a larger preview in a separate dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select a file. It is recommended to use a file that was carried out with the same color
filter as your source files, this is not required, though.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Execute” button (14) to start the matching.

\index{moving target@\spxentry{moving target}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Moving target \sphinxhyphen{} defining key frames}
\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:moving-target-defining-key-frames}}\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:index-3}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{matchstars_couts3}.png}
\caption{The Matching dialog in the moving target mode}\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the dialog, check the option \sphinxguilabel{Moving target} (20).

\sphinxAtStartPar
List of source frames is presented in the table (21).

\sphinxAtStartPar
When you select a frame, the preview is displayed in the preview area (22).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the \sphinxguilabel{Add key frame} button (23) to add the selected frame to the list of key frames.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Use the \sphinxguilabel{Set as a reference frame} button to define which key frame is used as
a reference frame. The reference frame is always marked with a red key icon (24), while
other key frames are marked with a white key icon (25).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the \sphinxguilabel{Remove key frame} to remove the selected frame from the list of key frames.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you need to change the marked object on one of the key frames, click the \sphinxguilabel{Change target object}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the \sphinxguilabel{Clear key frames} to clear the list of key frames and start again.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Execute” button (26) to start the matching.


\subsubsection{Executing the matching}
\label{\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:executing-the-matching}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Execute” button to start the matching.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The photometry must be applied before the matching.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The matching can be applied several times, the old cross\sphinxhyphen{}reference data are overwritten.

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:make-catalog-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Make catalog file (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_dialog:photometry-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Photometry dialog (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Merge frames@\spxentry{Merge frames}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Merge frames@\spxentry{Merge frames}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Merge frames (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:merge-frames-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Merge frames} dialog is used to start the process of merging CCD frames.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Make \(\rightarrow\) Merge frames}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{merge}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{Setting up the parameters}
\label{\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:setting-up-the-parameters}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{merge_couts}.png}
\caption{The “Merge frames” dialog}\label{\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files. By means of this option, it is possible to
split frames manually by processing a subset of source files at a time.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Check this option to let the program split source frames automatically. Next parameters
in the middle pane sets the merging rules. (3) Specify maximum number of source frames merged
into a single output frame. (4) Specify maximum time interval between any two frames that can
be combined     into a single frame. (5) Specify minimum number of source frames. If the there are
less frames than this value, the output frame won’t be made. This situation may happen if the
time interval is too short.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(6) Check this option to make a single output frame.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(7) Enter a path to the directory where output files shall be saved to. You can use the
ellipsis button to open a new dialog that allows you to browse the files and folders.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(8) Enter a string that the new files shall begin with. The prefix is followed by a dot,
ordinal number of a frame (see below), a dot and ‘fts’ extension.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(9) Enter an ordinal number of the first output frame. (10) Enter a step increment for
ordinal numbers of frames. The ordinal number is left\sphinxhyphen{}padded with zeroes to specified number
of digits (11).


\subsubsection{Merging frames}
\label{\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:merging-frames}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Execute” button (12) to start the operation.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
All calibration steps (bias, dark and flat correction), photometry and matching must be
made before merging frames.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxstepscope

\index{Message log@\spxentry{Message log}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Message log@\spxentry{Message log}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Message log (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{message_log_dialog:message-log-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{message_log_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{message_log_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{message_log_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Message log” shows all messages from the last process. You can check the result of
the last process (photometry, matching, …) here.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{message_log_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Show message log}.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxstepscope

\index{New project@\spxentry{New project}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!New project@\spxentry{New project}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{New project (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{new_project_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{new_project_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{new_project_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{New project} dialog is used to enter name, location and select a type of a new
project.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{new_project_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) New}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{newproject1}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{new_project_dialog:the-dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{newproject_couts}.png}
\caption{The “New project” dialog}\label{\detokenize{new_project_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Enter a project name. Because the name of the file that keeps track of the data related to the
project, the project file, is derived from the name, some characters cannot appear in the project name,
do not use: / ? \% * : | ” \textless{} and \textgreater{}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The entry (2) shows a path to the directory where a new project will be created. You can edit the path
directly in the entry field or you can also click the \sphinxguilabel{Browse} button (3) to select a directory
in a separate dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) List of existing profiles is shown in the table. The profiles are divided into two categories \sphinxhyphen{}
user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profiles and predefined profiles.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (5) to proceed.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Projects}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Profiles}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{load_profile_dialog:load-profile-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Load profile (dialog)}}}}.



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Object coordinates@\spxentry{Object coordinates}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Object coordinates@\spxentry{Object coordinates}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Object coordinates (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:object-coordinates-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Object coordinates” dialog is used to specify the celestial position of the observed
object. This information is necessary to compute the heliocentric correction and the air mass
coefficient.


\subsubsection{Sources of coordinates}
\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:sources-of-coordinates}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
There are several possibilities how to enter the object celestial position:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To enter equatorial coordinates manually to edit fields in the dialog.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To pick out an item from a table predefined positions. A user can add records to the table and edit them.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To search out the position in a catalog of variable stars. The GCVS, NSV, NSVS and BRKA
catalogs are supported. They are not included in the installation and must be installed and
configured separately.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To get the position from the reference frame, i. e. a source frame or a catalog file that
has been used for the matching.

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Specifying the position manually}
\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:specifying-the-position-manually}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{objcoords_couts1}.png}
\caption{Specifying the object position manually}\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select the source of coordinates (1).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Enter object designation here. Although this field is not required, it is recommended
to fill in a meaningful object identification.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter object right ascension to the text box (3) in hours. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter object declination to the text box (4) in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Source and Remarks are optional fields. You can enter any information that you find useful.
There are no formatting rules for these fields.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Add” button (6) to add an object into the table of predefined objects (7).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “OK” button (8) to save the coordinates.


\subsubsection{Using the table of predefined position}
\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:using-the-table-of-predefined-position}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{objcoords_couts2}.png}
\caption{Getting the object coordinates from the table of predefined positions}\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select the source of coordinates (10).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The table of predefined positions is displayed in the table (11).
Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a table opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select an item in the table with a single left click to recall the data.
The data are shown in the text boxes above the table (12).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Add” button (13) to make a new item to the table with data
filled in the text boxes. Click the “Save” (14) button to update selected record.
Click the “Remove” button (15) to remove the selected record from the table.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “OK” button (16) to confirm the dialog.


\subsubsection{Searching in a catalog of variable stars}
\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:searching-in-a-catalog-of-variable-stars}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The catalog files are not included in the program’s installation package.
You have to download and install them separately.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{objcoords_couts3}.png}
\caption{Searching the variable star catalogs}\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select the source of coordinates (20).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter the variable star designation into the text box (21). The search is
not case sensitive.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Search” button (22) to start the search. The records that match
are displayed in the table below (23).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select an item in the table with a single left click. Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a table
opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “OK” button (24) to save the coordinates.


\subsubsection{Using position from the reference frame}
\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:using-position-from-the-reference-frame}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This option is available only when the reference frame includes the information
about the position of the object.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{objcoords_couts4}.png}
\caption{Object coordinates from the reference frame}\label{\detokenize{object_coordinates_dialog:id5}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select the source of coordinates (30).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(31) The equatorial coordinates of the object is displayed in the text boxes.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “OK” button (32) to save the coordinates.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:make-catalog-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Make catalog file (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Object properties@\spxentry{Object properties}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Object properties@\spxentry{Object properties}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Object properties (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:object-properties-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Object properties” dialog is used to display a table or a plot of various object properties as a
function of time.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Object properties}.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Plot object properties” dialog appears. Confirm the dialog.


\subsubsection{Object properties dialog}
\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:id2}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{objectproperties_couts}.png}
\caption{Object properties}\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The actual data set is shown here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) You can switch the labels on the X axis between Julian date (JD) or date and time (UTC).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) The list of available data sets is displayed here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) The ID of the selected object is shown here. Click the ellipsis button (…) to check
the chart or select another object.


\subsubsection{Data sets}
\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:data-sets}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The following data sets are available:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{X} \sphinxhyphen{} The horizontal position of the object’s center w.r.t. the frame border; in pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Y} \sphinxhyphen{} The vertical position of the object’s center w.r.t. the frame border; in pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{SKY} \sphinxhyphen{} The mean local background level computed in the “sky annulus”; in ADU

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{FWHM} \sphinxhyphen{} The estimated de\sphinxhyphen{}focus of the object expressed as the Full Width at Half Maximum value;
average from the two values measured in the horizontal and the vertical direction; in pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{MAG} \sphinxhyphen{} Absolute instrumental brightness of the object; in magnitudes

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Context menu}
\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:context-menu}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
You can select an individual point by a right click, you can also
select more than one point by pressing a Shift key and left mouse button
and drawing a rectangle in the graph. Then, click the right mouse button
on a point in the selection to open the context menu. It provides following
functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show frame \sphinxhyphen{} it shows a preview to a selected frame. It is not allowed
when more than one frame is selected.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show properties \sphinxhyphen{} it opens a new dialog with properties of selected frame.
It is not allowed when more than one frame is selected.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Delete from data set \sphinxhyphen{} selected measurements are removed from the
current curve, the data will be shown again when you make a new curve
or \sphinxguilabel{Rebuild} the actual curve.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Remove from project \sphinxhyphen{} source frames corresponding to the selected
measurements are removed permanently from the list of input files and
such measurements won’t be included in any other output. It is not allowed
to remove a reference frame.

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Statistics}
\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:statistics}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Statistics} is a tool that computes and shows the minimum, maximum, sample mean
and standard deviation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Statistics}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If no points are selected, all points in the data set are included in the computation.
To restrict the data for the statistics, press and hold the Shift key and draw a
rectangle in a graph while you keep the left mouse button pressed down.


\subsubsection{Measurement}
\label{\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:measurement}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Measurement} tool displays two cursors in the graph. The cursors can be adjusted
by dragging them using the left mouse button. The position of each cursor, their distance
and statistics for the data between cursors is presented.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Measurement}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{measurement}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Measurement tool

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Choose the axis you want to measure.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Positions of the cursor 1 and 2 are displayed here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Distance between cursor 1 and 2.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) When cursors are defined on the independent (X) axis, number of points (frames) between
cursor 1 and 2 are displayed and also minimum, maximum, mean value and sample deviation
are presented.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:air-mass-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Air mass curve (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:ccd-temperature-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{CCD temperature (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:track-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Track curve (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Observer coordinates@\spxentry{Observer coordinates}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Observer coordinates@\spxentry{Observer coordinates}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Observer coordinates (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:observer-coordinates-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Observer coordinates” dialog is used to specify the geographic coordinates
of the observed object. This information is necessary to compute the air mass coefficient.


\subsubsection{Sources of coordinates}
\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:sources-of-coordinates}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
There are several possibilities how to enter the observer geographic location:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To enter geographic coordinates manually to the edit fields in the dialog.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To pick out an item from a table predefined locations. A user can add records to the table and edit them.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To use the default location. The default location can be changed in the “Preferences” dialog.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To get the location from the reference frame, i. e. a source frame or a catalog file that
has been used for the matching.

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Specifying the location manually}
\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:specifying-the-location-manually}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{obscoords_couts1}.png}
\caption{Specifying the observer location manually}\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select the source of coordinates (1).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Enter location designation here. Although this field is not required, it is recommended
to fill in a meaningful object identification.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter observer longitude to the text box (3) in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character. Enter ‘E’ character at the first position in a string to indicate
that the location is on the eastern hemisphere or ‘W’ character for locations on a western hemisphere.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Enter observer latitude to the text box (4) in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate
the fields by a space character. Enter ‘N’ character at the first position in s string to indicate
that the location is on the north hemisphere or ‘S’ character for locations on a southern hemisphere.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Remarks is an optional field. You can enter any information that you find useful.
There are no formatting rules for this field.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Add” button (6) to add an object into the table of predefined objects (7).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “OK” button (8) to save the coordinates.


\subsubsection{Using the table of predefined locations}
\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:using-the-table-of-predefined-locations}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{obscoords_couts2}.png}
\caption{Getting the observer coordinates from the table of predefined locations}\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select the source of coordinates (10).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The table of predefined locations is displayed in the table (11).
Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a table opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select an item in the table with a single left click to recall the data.
The data are shown in the text boxes above the table (12).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Add” button (13) to make a new item to the table with data
filled in the text boxes. Click the “Save” (14) button to update selected record.
Click the “Remove” button (15) to remove the selected record from the table.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “OK” button (16) to confirm the dialog.


\subsubsection{Using the default location}
\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:using-the-default-location}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The default geographic coordinates can be adjusted in the “Preferences” dialog.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{obscoords_couts3}.png}
\caption{Using the default geographic location}\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select the source of coordinates (20).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(21) The default geographic coordinates are displayed in the text boxes.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “OK” button (22) to save the coordinates.


\subsubsection{Using location from the reference frame}
\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:using-location-from-the-reference-frame}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This option is available only when the reference frame includes the information
about the location of the observer.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{obscoords_couts4}.png}
\caption{Observer coordinates from the reference frame}\label{\detokenize{observer_coordinates_dialog:id5}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Select the source of coordinates (30).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(31) The geographic coordinates of the observer is displayed in the text boxes.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “OK” button (32) to save the coordinates.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{make_catalog_file_dialog:make-catalog-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Make catalog file (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Open file@\spxentry{Open file}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Open file@\spxentry{Open file}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Open file (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{open_file_dialog:open-file-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{open_file_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{open_file_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{open_file_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Open file” dialog is used to show content of an external file. A file is displayed
in a separate preview window.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{open_file_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Open file}.

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{File browsing}
\label{\detokenize{open_file_dialog:file-browsing}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{openfile_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for browsing files}\label{\detokenize{open_file_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The button “Type a file name” (1) shows and hides the “Location” text box. The keyboard shortcut
Ctrl+L key combination does the same action.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the “Location” text box (2) you can type a path to a file. If you don’t type any path, the name
of the selected file will be displayed. You can also type the first letters of the name: it will be
auto\sphinxhyphen{}completed and a list of file names beginning with these letters will be displayed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The path to the current folder is displayed at the top of the dialog (3). You can navigate along
this path by clicking on an element.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks” option you
get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The contents of the selected folder is displayed here (6). Change your current folder by double left
clicking on a folder in this panel. Select a file with a single left click. Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder name
opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the selected file is a file recognized by the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack, the preview and short info is displayed
in the right part of the dialog (7). Double click on the preview to show a larger preview in a separate
dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(8) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Open” button (9) to open a file in a separate window.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{image_file_window:image-file-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Image file (window)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_file_window:photometry-file-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Photometry file (window)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{catalog_file_window:catalog-file-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Catalog file (window)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{graph_window:graph-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Graph (window)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Open project@\spxentry{Open project}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Open project@\spxentry{Open project}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Open project (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{open_project_dialog:open-project-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{open_project_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{open_project_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{open_project_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Open project” dialog is used to load an existing project into the \sphinxtitleref{Muniwin} program.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{open_project_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) Open \(\rightarrow\) Project}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{openproject}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{File browsing}
\label{\detokenize{open_project_dialog:file-browsing}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{openproject_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for loading an existing project}\label{\detokenize{open_project_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The button (1) shows and hides the \sphinxtitleref{Location} text box. The keyboard shortcut
Ctrl+L key combination does the same action.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the “Location” text box (2) you can type a path to a file. If you don’t type any path, the name
of the selected file will be displayed. You can also type the first letters of the name: it will be
auto\sphinxhyphen{}completed and a list of file names beginning with these letters will be displayed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The path to the current folder is displayed at the top of the dialog (3). You can navigate along
this path by clicking on an element.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks” option you
get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The contents of the selected folder is displayed here (6). Change your current folder by double left
clicking on a folder in this panel. Select a file with a single left click. You can use Shift and Ctrl
modifiers to select multiple files. Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder name opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the selected file is a file recognized by the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack, the preview and short info is displayed
in the right part of the dialog (7). Double click on the preview to show a larger preview in a separate
dialog.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(8) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Projects}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{open_file_dialog:open-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Open file (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{export_project_dialog:export-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Export project (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Photometry@\spxentry{Photometry}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Photometry@\spxentry{Photometry}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Photometry dialog (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{photometry_dialog:photometry-dialog-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{photometry_dialog:photometry-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{photometry_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{photometry_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Photometry” dialog is used to start the photometry process. The photometry takes the calibrated
working copy of the source frames, detects the objects and measures their brightness and other parameters.
Results are stored to separate files, which are called photometry files.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{photometry_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Photometry}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{photometry}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{Running photometry}
\label{\detokenize{photometry_dialog:running-photometry}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Any frame calibration steps (bias, dark, flat and time correction) must be applied before the photometry.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{photometry_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for starting the photometry}\label{\detokenize{photometry_dialog:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) It is possible to apply the operation either on all source files in the project or
on the files that are currently selected in the table of input files. This option is useful
when you are finding the ideal values of the photometry settings. It is strongly recommended
to use a single set of settings for all frames in a set.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Execute” button (2) to start the operation.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
All calibrations (bias, dark, flat and time correction) must be applied before the photometry.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The photometry can be applied several times, the old photometry files are overwritten.

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Photometry on aligned frames}
\label{\detokenize{photometry_dialog:photometry-on-aligned-frames}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the source frames have been already aligned, for example when they were creating by merging frames,
you can alternatively use a {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry2_dialog:photometry2-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{special photometry and matching mode}}}}.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry2_dialog:photometry2-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Photometry dialog (aligned frames)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Photometry@\spxentry{Photometry}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Photometry@\spxentry{Photometry}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Photometry dialog (aligned frames)}
\label{\detokenize{photometry2_dialog:photometry-dialog-aligned-frames}}\label{\detokenize{photometry2_dialog:photometry2-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{photometry2_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{photometry2_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Photometry” dialog is used to start the photometry process. Unlike the {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_dialog:photometry-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Standard photometry dialog}}}},
this dialog is shown when the project type is set to “Light curve (aligned frames)”. In this mode, the input frames needs to
be aligned. For example, thay can be created by {\hyperref[\detokenize{merge_frames_dialog:merge-frames-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{merging frames}}}}. The user is expected to mark
objects on interest manually. The software skips the object detection phase and continues with measuring brightness of
specified objects. Results are stored to separate files, which are called photometry files. The user does not need to run
the {\hyperref[\detokenize{matching:frame-matching}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{matching process}}}}.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{photometry2_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
You have to set the project type to “Light curve (aligned frames)” \sphinxhyphen{} see {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{here}}}}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Photometry}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{photometry}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{Running photometry}
\label{\detokenize{photometry2_dialog:running-photometry}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Usually, it is not neccessary to perform any frame calibration steps (bias, dark, flat and time correction) in this mode.
The calibration takes places before frame merging.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{photometry2_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for the photometry of aligned frames}\label{\detokenize{photometry2_dialog:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Choose one of the source frames

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Right click on an image to create an object on a place of mouse cursor. From the menu, select object type. Right click
on an object to change its type or remove it.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Execute” button (3) to start the operation.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The photometry can be applied several times, the old photometry files are overwritten.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
No frame matching is needed, you can proceed to making a light curve.

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Known variable stars}
\label{\detokenize{photometry2_dialog:known-variable-stars}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the source frames contain World Coordinate System (WCS) data, the software can show positions
of known variables on the frame. You have to specify paths to the catalog files in the program
settings (see {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options (dialog)}}}}). For each catalog, the toobar contains one
check box that turns the catalog on and off. By clicking on the icon, a standard color selection
dialog appears.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_dialog:photometry-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Photometry dialog (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Photometry file@\spxentry{Photometry file}!window@\spxentry{window}}\index{window@\spxentry{window}!Photometry file@\spxentry{Photometry file}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Photometry file (window)}
\label{\detokenize{photometry_file_window:photometry-file-window}}\label{\detokenize{photometry_file_window:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{photometry_file_window:id1}}\label{\detokenize{photometry_file_window::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This preview window is used to display the content of a photometry file.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{photometry_file_window:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Open file}.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When a file is opened, the program checks its content and decides which kind of
preview window will be activated. Each file is presented in a separate window.


\subsubsection{Dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{photometry_file_window:dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{phtfile_couts1}.png}
\caption{Preview window for photometry files}\label{\detokenize{photometry_file_window:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The chart is displayed in the preview area. It is possible to switch between
two rendering modes \sphinxhyphen{} displying file as a chart or as a table of objects.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) When you place a cursor over an object, the position and brightness (if available)
is displayed in the status bar.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) You can zoom the preview in and out by means of the zoom icons on the toolbar.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) You can change the aperture for which brightness of objects are rendered.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) The local menu bar provides following functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu File:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Open \sphinxhyphen{} open another file, this is an equivalent to selection \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Open file}
from the main window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Export \sphinxhyphen{} depending on the current display mode:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a chart is shown, the function export the chart or image to a file in the PNG or JPEG format.
The save dialog provides several options, that allows adjusting the size of the resulting image.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a table is shown, the function export the table to a file in the CSV or TEXT format.
The save dialog provides several options, that allows adjusting the content of the file.

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show properties \sphinxhyphen{} display the further details about the file. Full header preview
is available in separate window.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Close \sphinxhyphen{} close this window

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu View:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Chart \sphinxhyphen{} show the objects as a chart

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table \sphinxhyphen{} show the table of objects

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Rulers \sphinxhyphen{} turn on/off the rules that are shown on the top and left side of the preview area

\end{itemize}

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Menu Tools:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} \begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{Object inspector \sphinxhyphen{} if this tool is activated, left\sphinxhyphen{}click an object to display}
\sphinxAtStartPar
its properties. The information is presented in the right part of the dialog.

\end{description}

\end{itemize}

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Object inspector tool}
\label{\detokenize{photometry_file_window:object-inspector-tool}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Object inspector tool is a tool which displays that the program registers about
an object on a frame. The main purpose of this tool is for testing and debugging. Unlike the
Quick Photometry, the Object Inspector shows results, that has been obtained during the “full”
photometry. Because of this, calibration and photometry must be performed first. The results
are more relevant.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{View \(\rightarrow\) Chart only}
or \sphinxguilabel{Image and chart} to show the objects.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Object inspector}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\end{enumerate}

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{phtfile_couts2}.png}
\caption{Object Inspector tool}\label{\detokenize{photometry_file_window:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Using the left mouse button, click on the image (1), to select an object. The object is
highlighted and its properties are displayed in the right panel (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The following object parameters are presented:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object \# \sphinxhyphen{} object’s ordinal number on the current frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Reference ID \sphinxhyphen{} object’s ordinal number on a reference frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Center \sphinxhyphen{} coordinates of the object’s centroid

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Brightness \sphinxhyphen{} instrumental brightness of the object in magnitudes.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Error \sphinxhyphen{} error estimation of brightness in magnitudes.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Several dimensions are presented in the image area (3):
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Two blue circles show the annulus which is used to estimate the background properties.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A green circle shows the size of the aperture.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Here, you can change the current aperture.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{open_file_dialog:open-file-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Open file (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Plot air mass@\spxentry{Plot air mass}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Plot air mass@\spxentry{Plot air mass}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Plot air mass (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{plot_air_mass_dialog:plot-air-mass-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{plot_air_mass_dialog:make-air-mass-curve-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{plot_air_mass_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{plot_air_mass_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Plot air mass” dialog is used to create a curve of air mass coefficients and altitudes as a
function of time. These values to useful in data post\sphinxhyphen{}processing to compute the extinction coefficients.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{plot_air_mass_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Air mass}.

\end{enumerate}

\index{air mass@\spxentry{air mass}!plot@\spxentry{plot}}\index{plot@\spxentry{plot}!air mass@\spxentry{air mass}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Making a plot of air mass}
\label{\detokenize{plot_air_mass_dialog:making-a-plot-of-air-mass}}\label{\detokenize{plot_air_mass_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{plotairmass_couts}.png}
\caption{Plot air mass (dialog)}\label{\detokenize{plot_air_mass_dialog:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Specify object’s designation and object coordinates into the edit fields. Enter object’s right
ascension in hours. Use the hexagesimal format, separate the fields by a space character. Enter
object’s declination in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate the fields by a space character.
Click the button (3) to retrieve object’s coordinates from a table of predefined objects or a catalog
of variable stars.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Specify observer’s geographic coordinates into the edit fields. Enter observing location designation
(i.e. city name). Enter the longitude in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate the fields by a
space character. Enter ‘E’ character at the first position in a string to indicate that the location
is on the eastern hemisphere or ‘W’ character for locations on a western hemisphere. Enter observer’s
latitude in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate the fields by a space character. Enter ‘N’
character at the first position in s string to indicate that the location is on the north hemisphere
or ‘S’ character for locations on a southern hemisphere. Click the button (5) to retrieve observer’s
coordinates from a table of predefined locations.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (6) to proceed.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{air_mass_curve_dialog:air-mass-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Air mass curve (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Plot CCD temperature@\spxentry{Plot CCD temperature}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Plot CCD temperature@\spxentry{Plot CCD temperature}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Plot CCD temperature (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{plot_ccd_temperature_dialog:plot-ccd-temperature-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{plot_ccd_temperature_dialog:make-ccd-temperature-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{plot_ccd_temperature_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{plot_ccd_temperature_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Plot CCD temperature” dialog is used to set up the initial parameters
for a new plot of CCD temperature.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{plot_ccd_temperature_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) CCD temperature}.

\end{enumerate}

\index{CCD temperature@\spxentry{CCD temperature}!plot@\spxentry{plot}}\index{plot@\spxentry{plot}!CCD temperature@\spxentry{CCD temperature}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Making a plot of CCD temperature}
\label{\detokenize{plot_ccd_temperature_dialog:making-a-plot-of-ccd-temperature}}\label{\detokenize{plot_ccd_temperature_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{plotccdtemperature_couts}.png}
\caption{Plot CCD temperature (dialog)}\label{\detokenize{plot_ccd_temperature_dialog:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (2) to proceed.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{ccd_temperature_dialog:ccd-temperature-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{CCD temperature (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Plot light curve@\spxentry{Plot light curve}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Plot light curve@\spxentry{Plot light curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Plot light curve (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:plot-light-curve-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:make-light-curve-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Plot light curve” dialog is used to set up the initial parameters
for a new light curve.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Light curve}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{lightcurve1}.png}

\end{itemize}

\index{light curve@\spxentry{light curve}!plot@\spxentry{plot}}\index{plot@\spxentry{plot}!light curve@\spxentry{light curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Making a light curve}
\label{\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:making-a-light-curve}}\label{\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{makelightcurve_couts}.png}
\caption{Plot light curve (dialog)}\label{\detokenize{plot_light_curve_dialog:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Set up the light curve options:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Compute heliocentric correction} \sphinxhyphen{} is option if you want to include the heliocentric Julian date and heliocentric
correction of the observed object to the resulting data. If so, you have to fill in the
object’s coordinates below.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Compute air mass coefficients} \sphinxhyphen{} check this option if you want to include the air mass coefficient and apparent altitude
of observed object to the resulting data. If so, you have to fill in the object’s celestial
coordinates and observer’s geographic coordinates below.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Ensemble photometry} \sphinxhyphen{} if this option is enabled the {\hyperref[\detokenize{ensemble_photometry:ensemble-photometry}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Ensemble photometry}}}} method is used to reduce the random
errors of the resulting light curve by combining measurement from multiple comparison (constant) stars.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Show raw instrumental magnitudes} \sphinxhyphen{} by default the light curve consists of differential magnitudes (differences between two
objects). If this option is checked, the light curve will consists of raw instrumental magnitudes,
as they were determined in the aperture photometry. Please note, that the instrumental magnitudes
does not correspond to absolute magnitude of objects and without further processing, these values
are meaningless.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Select all stars on the reference frame} \sphinxhyphen{} check this option to create a light curves for all objects
on the reference frame. If the differential magnitudes shall be computed, you will have to select at least
one comparison star. This option is useful if you want to export complete photometry data for further
processing.

\end{itemize}

\begin{sphinxadmonition}{note}{Note:}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to save your data in AAVSO extended format, make a light curve with differential magnitudes
for one variable star \sphinxhyphen{} in simple way: do \sphinxstyleemphasis{not} check the last two options.
\end{sphinxadmonition}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Specify object’s designation and object coordinates into the edit fields. Enter object’s right
ascension in hours. Use the hexagesimal format, separate the fields by a space character. Enter
object’s declination in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate the fields by a space character.
Click the button (4) to retrieve object’s coordinates from a table of predefined objects or a catalog
of variable stars.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Specify observer’s geographic coordinates into the edit fields. Enter observing location designation
(i.e. city name). Enter the longitude in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate the fields by a
space character. Enter ‘E’ character at the first position in a string to indicate that the location
is on the eastern hemisphere or ‘W’ character for locations on a western hemisphere. Enter observer’s
latitude in degrees. Use the hexagesimal format, separate the fields by a space character. Enter ‘N’
character at the first position in s string to indicate that the location is on the north hemisphere
or ‘S’ character for locations on a southern hemisphere. Click the button (6) to retrieve observer’s
coordinates from a table of predefined locations.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (7) to proceed.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Plot object properties@\spxentry{Plot object properties}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Plot object properties@\spxentry{Plot object properties}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Plot object properties (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{plot_object_properties_dialog:plot-object-properties-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{plot_object_properties_dialog:make-object-properties-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{plot_object_properties_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{plot_object_properties_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Plot object properties” dialog is used to set up the initial parameters
for a new plot of object properties.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{plot_object_properties_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Object properties}.

\end{enumerate}

\index{object properties@\spxentry{object properties}!plot@\spxentry{plot}}\index{plot@\spxentry{plot}!object properties@\spxentry{object properties}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Making a plot of object properties}
\label{\detokenize{plot_object_properties_dialog:making-a-plot-of-object-properties}}\label{\detokenize{plot_object_properties_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{plotobjectproperties_couts}.png}
\caption{Plot object properties (dialog)}\label{\detokenize{plot_object_properties_dialog:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (2) to proceed.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{object_properties_dialog:object-properties-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Object properties (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Plot track curve@\spxentry{Plot track curve}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Plot track curve@\spxentry{Plot track curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Plot track curve (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{plot_track_curve_dialog:plot-track-curve-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{plot_track_curve_dialog:make-track-curve-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{plot_track_curve_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{plot_track_curve_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Plot track curve” dialog is used to set up the initial parameters
for a new track curve.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{plot_track_curve_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Track curve}.

\end{enumerate}

\index{track curve@\spxentry{track curve}!plot@\spxentry{plot}}\index{plot@\spxentry{plot}!track curve@\spxentry{track curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Making a plot of track curve}
\label{\detokenize{plot_track_curve_dialog:making-a-plot-of-track-curve}}\label{\detokenize{plot_track_curve_dialog:index-1}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{maketrackcurve_couts}.png}
\caption{Plot track curve}\label{\detokenize{plot_track_curve_dialog:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) It is possible to include all source files in the project or the files that are
currently selected in the table of input files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (2) to proceed.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:track-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Track curve (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Process new frames@\spxentry{Process new frames}!window@\spxentry{window}}\index{window@\spxentry{window}!Process new frames@\spxentry{Process new frames}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Process new frames (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{process_new_frames_dialog:process-new-frames-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{process_new_frames_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{process_new_frames_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{process_new_frames_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Process new frames” dialog is used in the incremental processing. This feature allows
an user to reduce a small set of frames and when this set is enlarged by adding a new files into
the project, the same rules can be applied to the new files without much user interaction.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{process_new_frames_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Process new files}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{newfiles}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{process_new_frames_dialog:the-dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{newfiles_couts}.png}
\caption{The “Process new files” dialog}\label{\detokenize{process_new_frames_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Check the option (1) if the new files has been already added to the project.
If the second option is checked (2), the program will search for new frames in
a directory and add them to the project.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Enter path to the directory where the program shall search for new files.
You can use the ellipsis button to open a new dialog that allows you to browse the
files and folders.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) Check this option to include all subdirectories when searching for new files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can also specify the constraints, which files must meet:

\sphinxAtStartPar
(5) Check this option to include files whose names start with a certain string.
Enter the file name prefix to the text box. Files that begin with the string are processed.
The replacement characters “*” and “?” are not supported here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(6) Check this option to include frames which has been carried out with specified
color filter. Enter the filter name to the text box, search is not case sensitive.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(7) Check this option to include frames with ‘object name’ field equal to specified
string. Enter the object name to the text box, search is not case sensitive.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(8) Check this option to start a background process that periodically checks
the specified path and processes new files that turn up in the path.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “OK” button (9) to start the operation.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{bias_correction_dialog:bias-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Bias correction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{dark_correction_dialog:dark-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Dark correction (dialog)}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{flat_correction_dialog:flat-correction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Flat correction (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_dialog:photometry-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Photometry dialog (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{match_stars_dialog:match-stars-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Match stars (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Project settings@\spxentry{Project settings}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Project settings@\spxentry{Project settings}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Project settings (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{project_settings_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Project settings” dialog is used to set up the parameters of
the data processing and output. User interface options that do not affect
the data processing are places in the separate dialog “Environment options”.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Among many parameters of the aperture photometry procedure a special attention
should be payed to the following: Filter width and the Detection threshold. These parameters
control mainly the detection of stars on the CCD frames. By decreasing the Filter width value
the fainter stars will be found. It is to be pointed out, that too small value may take the
artefacts on the background as regular stars. The Detection threshold value sets the distance
between the finest stars detected and the background sky noise. The value is entered in
multiplies of background standard deviations.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The description of the individual parameters can be found in {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings:project-settings}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{this chaper}}}}.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Project \(\rightarrow\) Edit properties}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{preferences}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:the-dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{editproject_couts}.png}
\caption{The “Project options” dialog}\label{\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Select a category.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Parameters in the selected category are shown on the right pane (2).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click “Set defaults” button (3) to set the parameters in the selected
category to the default values.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the button (4) to save the settings as current configuration.


\subsubsection{Configuration profiles}
\label{\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:configuration-profiles}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If you process the data from multiple cameras or telescopes,
you will need to adjust the project options for each setup. The program
allows to store the configuration to a file and then load it back.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To save the current settings to as a user\sphinxhyphen{}defined {\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{profile}}}}, click on the “Save as profile”
button. A new dialog appears. Enter a name of the file. Confirm the dialog.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To restore the settings from a profile, click on the \sphinxguilabel{Load from profile} button. A new dialog appears.
Select one the displayed profiles and confirm the dialog. Please note, that your current project
settings will be overwritten by this action.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
To copy the settings from another project, click on the \sphinxguilabel{Import from project} button. A standard
open dialog appears. Look up the project that the settings shall be imported from and confirm the dialog.

\end{itemize}


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{projects:projects}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Projects}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Profiles}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings:project-settings}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{environment_options_dialog:environment-options-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Environment options (dialog)}}}},
{\hyperref[\detokenize{load_profile_dialog:load-profile-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Load profile (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{save_profile_dialog:save-profile-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Save project settings (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{import_profile_dialog:import-profile-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Import project settings (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Save chart@\spxentry{Save chart}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Save chart@\spxentry{Save chart}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Save chart (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{save_chart_dialog:save-chart-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{save_chart_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{save_chart_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{save_chart_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Save chart” dialog is used to enter a name and a directory for a new image file.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{save_chart_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the “Chart” dialog: button “Save”.

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The basic dialog}
\label{\detokenize{save_chart_dialog:the-basic-dialog}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{savechart_couts1}.png}
\caption{The “Save chart dialog” dialog (basic form)}\label{\detokenize{save_chart_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In its basic form, as shown above, the dialog consists of a text box (1) to assign a name
to the file, and a drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list of bookmarks (2) to select a directory to save it in.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the directory you want is not in the list of bookmarks, click on “Browse for other
folders” button (3) to expand the dialog to its full form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) You can specify the size of the new image. You can either specify the size as a
percentage of the original CCD image (5) or you can specify the width (6) and height (7) of
the new image in pixels.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Save” button (8) to make an image file.


\subsubsection{Browsing the directories}
\label{\detokenize{save_chart_dialog:browsing-the-directories}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{savechart_couts2}.png}
\caption{The “Save chart dialog” dialog (with browser)}\label{\detokenize{save_chart_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(10) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(11) The middle panel displays a list of the files in the current directory. Change your
current directory by double left\sphinxhyphen{}clicking on a directory in this panel. Select a file with
a single left click. You can then replace the file you have selected by clicking on the
Save button. Note that a double left click start the operation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(12) Above the middle panel, the path of the current directory is displayed. You can navigate
along this path by clicking on one of the buttons.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can right click on the middle panel to access the “Show Hidden Files” command.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(13) Enter the file name of the new image file here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(14) This drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list is only available in the basic form of the dialog. It provides
a list of bookmarks for selecting a directory in which to save your file. click on “Browse for
other folders” button (15) to shrink the dialog to its basic form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(16) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks”
option you get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(17) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to save the image into a folder that doesn’t yet exist, you can create it
by clicking on “Create Folder” button (18) and following the instructions.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(20) You can specify the size of the new image. You can either specify the size as a
percentage of the original CCD image (21) or you can specify the width (22) and height (23) of
the new image in pixels.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Save” button (24) to make an image file.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{Save graph@\spxentry{Save graph}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Save graph@\spxentry{Save graph}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Save graph (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{save_graph_dialog:save-graph-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{save_graph_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{save_graph_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{save_graph_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Save graph” dialog is used to enter a name and a directory for an exported graph.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{save_graph_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the “Air mass curve” dialog: menu \sphinxmenuselection{File \(\rightarrow\) Export}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the “Light curve” dialog: menu \sphinxmenuselection{File \(\rightarrow\) Export}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the “Track curve” dialog: menu \sphinxmenuselection{File \(\rightarrow\) Export}.

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{The basic dialog}
\label{\detokenize{save_graph_dialog:the-basic-dialog}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{savegraph_couts1}.png}
\caption{The “Save graph dialog” dialog (basic form)}\label{\detokenize{save_graph_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In its basic form, as shown above, the dialog consists of a text box (1) to assign a name
to the file, and a drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list of bookmarks (2) to select a directory to save it in.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the directory you want is not in the list of bookmarks, click on “Browse for other
folders” button (3) to expand the dialog to its full form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Save” button (4) to continue.


\subsubsection{Browsing the directories}
\label{\detokenize{save_graph_dialog:browsing-the-directories}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{savetable_couts2}.png}
\caption{The “Save graph dialog” dialog (with browser)}\label{\detokenize{save_graph_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(10) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(11) The middle panel displays a list of the files in the current directory. Change your
current directory by double left\sphinxhyphen{}clicking on a directory in this panel. Select a file with
a single left click. You can then replace the file you have selected by clicking on the
Save button. Note that a double left click start the operation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(12) Above the middle panel, the path of the current directory is displayed. You can navigate
along this path by clicking on one of the buttons.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can right click on the middle panel to access the “Show Hidden Files” command.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(13) Enter the file name of the new image file here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(14) This drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list is only available in the basic form of the dialog. It provides
a list of bookmarks for selecting a directory in which to save your file. click on “Browse for
other folders” button (15) to shrink the dialog to its basic form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(16) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks”
option you get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(17) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to save the image into a folder that doesn’t yet exist, you can create it
by clicking on “Create Folder” button (18) and following the instructions.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Save” button (19) to continue.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{Save project settings@\spxentry{Save project settings}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Save project settings@\spxentry{Save project settings}}\index{project settings@\spxentry{project settings}!save@\spxentry{save}}\index{save@\spxentry{save}!project settings@\spxentry{project settings}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Save project settings (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{save_profile_dialog:save-project-settings-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{save_profile_dialog:save-profile-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{save_profile_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{save_profile_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog is used to save settings from the current profile as a user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profile.
The profile is used to define an initial settings for a new project, see {\hyperref[\detokenize{profiles:profiles}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Profiles}}}}
for more details.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{save_profile_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be opened from the {\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}, the root page, using
the \sphinxguilabel{Save as profile} button.


\subsubsection{The dialog controls}
\label{\detokenize{save_profile_dialog:the-dialog-controls}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{saveprofile_couts}.png}
\caption{Save project settings dialog}\label{\detokenize{save_profile_dialog:id1}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) If you want to create a new user\sphinxhyphen{}defined profile, enter its name to the edit field.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) To update an existing profile, select it in the table.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Click the \sphinxguilabel{Edit profiles} button to open the {\hyperref[\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:edit-profiles-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Edit profiles (dialog)}}}}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Confirm the dialog using the button (4) to continue.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{project_settings_dialog:project-settings-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Project settings (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{edit_profiles_dialog:edit-profiles-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Edit profiles (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Save table@\spxentry{Save table}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Save table@\spxentry{Save table}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Save table (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{save_table_dialog:save-table-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{save_table_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{save_table_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{save_table_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Save table” dialog is used to enter a name and a directory for an exported table.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{save_table_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated from various dialogs that provides the data that can be
exported in tabular form, for example a light curve, table of objects, etc.


\subsubsection{The basic dialog}
\label{\detokenize{save_table_dialog:the-basic-dialog}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{savetable_couts1}.png}
\caption{The “Save table dialog” dialog (basic form)}\label{\detokenize{save_table_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In its basic form, as shown above, the dialog consists of a text box (1) to assign a name
to the file, a drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list of bookmarks (2) to select a directory to save it in and a group
of export options (3).

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the directory you want is not in the list of bookmarks, click on “Browse for other
folders” button (4) to expand the dialog to its full form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Save” button (5) to continue.


\subsubsection{Browsing the directories}
\label{\detokenize{save_table_dialog:browsing-the-directories}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{savetable_couts2}.png}
\caption{The “Save table dialog” dialog (with browser)}\label{\detokenize{save_table_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(10) Here, you can access to your main folders and to your store devices.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(11) The middle panel displays a list of the files in the current directory. Change your
current directory by double left\sphinxhyphen{}clicking on a directory in this panel. Select a file with
a single left click. You can then replace the file you have selected by clicking on the
Save button. Note that a double left click start the operation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(12) Above the middle panel, the path of the current directory is displayed. You can navigate
along this path by clicking on one of the buttons.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can right click on the middle panel to access the “Show Hidden Files” command.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(13) Enter the file name of the new image file here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(14) This drop\sphinxhyphen{}down list is only available in the basic form of the dialog. It provides
a list of bookmarks for selecting a directory in which to save your file. click on “Browse for
other folders” button (15) to shrink the dialog to its basic form.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(16) Here, you can add bookmarks to folders, by using the “Add” or the “Add to Bookmarks”
option you get by right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder in the central panel, and also remove them.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(17) By clicking the Add button, you add the selected folder to bookmarks. By clicking the Remove,
you remove the selected bookmark from the list.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you want to save the image into a folder that doesn’t yet exist, you can create it
by clicking on “Create Folder” button (18) and following the instructions.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Save” button (19) to continue.


\subsubsection{Export options}
\label{\detokenize{save_table_dialog:export-options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The current version of the software supports the following export formats. Please note, that in some
situations not all format are available.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack \sphinxhyphen{} this is the default format for saving tables using the Muniwin software. It is also
supported by some other astrophotometry programs, i.e. (original) Munipack, Munidos, etc. Basically,
it is a text file with two\sphinxhyphen{}line header and fields separated by a single space.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
AVE compatible \sphinxhyphen{} a format for exporting light curves that can be processed by the AVE software. Basically,
it is a text file without a headers and two columns \sphinxhyphen{} JD and differential magnitude of a variable.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
MCV compatible \sphinxhyphen{} a format for exporting light curves that can be processed by the MCV software. Basically,
it is a text file without a headers and two columns \sphinxhyphen{} JD and instrumental absolute magnitude of a variable.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Text \sphinxhyphen{} a common format for exporting tabular data. It is a text file, each row is stored on a separate line.
The file may include a header, which consists of a single line with column names. The optional header is immediately
followed by table data, individual fields are separated by a single space. Such files can be processed by
common plotting tools, i.e. gnuplot.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
CSV \sphinxhyphen{} a common format for exporting tabular data. It is a text file, each row is stored on a separate line.
The file may include a header, which consists of a single line with column names. The optional header is immediately
followed by table data, unlike the Text format, the individual fields are separated by a single comma character.
Such files can be easily imported into common spreadsheet processors, i.e. Apache OpenOffice Calc.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The selection of other export options that are available in a particular situation depends on the type of
the data being exported as well as on the selected file format. The options are self\sphinxhyphen{}explanatory.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{Thumbnails@\spxentry{Thumbnails}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Thumbnails@\spxentry{Thumbnails}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Thumbnails (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{thumbnails_dialog:thumbnails-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{thumbnails_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{thumbnails_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{thumbnails_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Thumbnails” dialog is used to conveniently review all frames that
are included in the project. The dialog allows an user to manually check the source
frames and remove bogus ones from the further processing.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{thumbnails_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Show thumbnails}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{iconview}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{Browsing the frames}
\label{\detokenize{thumbnails_dialog:browsing-the-frames}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{thumbnails_couts}.png}
\caption{The “Thumbnails dialog}\label{\detokenize{thumbnails_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The source frames are displayed here. The caption corresponds to the ordinal number of
a frame. Select a file with a single left click. You can use Shift and Ctrl
modifiers to select multiple files. Right\sphinxhyphen{}clicking a folder name opens a context menu.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Remove from Project” button (3) to remove selected frame from the table
of source frames.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Click on the “Show Properties” button (2) to show further details about a selected frame.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Time correction@\spxentry{Time correction}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Time correction@\spxentry{Time correction}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Time correction (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{time_correction_dialog:time-correction-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{time_correction_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{time_correction_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{time_correction_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Time correction” dialog is used to fix the date and time observation of the source files
in case the computer time was misaligned to the real time during the observation.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{time_correction_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Reduce \(\rightarrow\) Time correction}.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main toolbar: \sphinxincludegraphics{{timecorr}.png}

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{Specifying the time shift}
\label{\detokenize{time_correction_dialog:specifying-the-time-shift}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{timecorr_couts}.png}
\caption{The dialog for specifying the time shift}\label{\detokenize{time_correction_dialog:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
There are three possibilities how to specify the time shift: constant number of seconds, days
or difference between two dates.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To change time of observation by a constant number of second, check the first option (1)
and enter the number of seconds to the text box (2). The value should be always positive, here (3)
you can specify if the time shall be shifted either to the future or to the past.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To change date of observation by a constant number of days, check on the second option (4)
and enter the number of seconds to the text box (5). The value should be always positive, here (3)
you can specify if the date shall be shifted either to the future or to the past.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The third option (6) provides more elaborate control over the time shift. You are expected
to specify a pair of dates. The first one is the original (bad) date (7), the second one is the new
(correct) date (8). The difference between these two dates gives a time shift, that will be applied
to all frames. It is not required that the specified original date corresponds to a source frame.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(9) It is possible to apply the operation on all source files in the project or
on the files that are currently selected in the table of input files. By means of this option,
it is possible to apply a correction to a subset of source files only.

\index{time correction@\spxentry{time correction}!applying@\spxentry{applying}}\index{applying@\spxentry{applying}!time correction@\spxentry{time correction}}\ignorespaces 

\subsubsection{Applying the time correction}
\label{\detokenize{time_correction_dialog:applying-the-time-correction}}\label{\detokenize{time_correction_dialog:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Click the “Execute” button (10) to start the operation. The time correction is applied to a working
copy of source files.
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
A working copy of source frame must be made before the time correction.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The time correction can be applied several times to a frame, effect of this function is cumulative.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The time correction must be applied before the photometry.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you make a mistake, you can revoke the step by making a fresh copy of source frames
by means of the “Fetch/convert files” function.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{main_window:main-window}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Main window}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{express_reduction_dialog:express-reduction-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Express reduction (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{Track curve@\spxentry{Track curve}!dialog@\spxentry{dialog}}\index{dialog@\spxentry{dialog}!Track curve@\spxentry{Track curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Track curve (dialog)}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:track-curve-dialog}}\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:id1}}\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The “Track curve” dialog is used to display spatial offsets of the source frames as
a function of time. This curve is used to check the precision of a telescope mount. The
offsets are relative to the reference frame, they are computed separately in X and Y
direction.


\subsubsection{Activating the dialog}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:activating-the-dialog}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dialog can be activated:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
from the main menu: \sphinxmenuselection{Plot \(\rightarrow\) Track curve}.

\end{enumerate}


\subsubsection{Track curve dialog}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:id2}}
\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{tracklist_couts}.png}
\caption{Track curve dialog}\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) The actual data set is shown here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) You can switch the labels on the X axis between Julian date (JD) or date and time (UTC).

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) The list of available data sets is displayed here.


\subsubsection{Data sets}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:data-sets}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The following data sets are available:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{OFFSETX} \sphinxhyphen{} The horizontal offset of the frame w.r.t. the reference frame or the catalogue file; in pixels

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{OFFSETY} \sphinxhyphen{} The vertical offset of the frame w.r.t. the reference frame or the catalogue file; in pixels

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Context menu}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:context-menu}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
You can select an individual point by a right click, you can also
select more than one point by pressing a Shift key and left mouse button
and drawing a rectangle in the graph. Then, click the right mouse button
on a point in the selection to open the context menu. It provides following
functions:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show frame \sphinxhyphen{} it shows a preview to a selected frame. It is not allowed
when more than one frame is selected.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show properties \sphinxhyphen{} it opens a new dialog with properties of selected frame.
It is not allowed when more than one frame is selected.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Delete from data set \sphinxhyphen{} selected measurements are removed from the
current curve, the data will be shown again when you make a new curve
or \sphinxguilabel{Rebuild} the actual curve.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Remove from project \sphinxhyphen{} source frames corresponding to the selected
measurements are removed permanently from the list of input files and
such measurements won’t be included in any other output. It is not allowed
to remove a reference frame.

\end{itemize}


\subsubsection{Statistics}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:statistics}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Statistics is a tool that computes and shows the minimum, maximum, sample mean
and standard deviation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Statistics}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If no points are selected, all points in the data set are included in the computation.
To restrict the data for the statistics, press and hold the Shift key and draw a
rectangle in a graph while you keep the left mouse button pressed down.


\subsubsection{Measurement}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve_dialog:measurement}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxtitleref{Measurement} tool displays two cursors in the graph. The cursors can be adjusted
by dragging them using the left mouse button. The position of each cursor, their distance
and statistics for the data between cursors is presented.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To activate the tool:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
From the local menu, select \sphinxmenuselection{Tools \(\rightarrow\) Measurement}.
A new panel on the right side of the preview window appears.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{measurement}.png}
\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Measurement tool

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(1) Choose the axis you want to measure.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(2) Positions of the cursor 1 and 2 are displayed here.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(3) Distance between cursor 1 and 2.

\sphinxAtStartPar
(4) When cursors are defined on the independent (X) axis, number of points (frames) between
cursor 1 and 2 are displayed and also minimum, maximum, mean value and sample deviation
are presented.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{command line@\spxentry{command line}!tools@\spxentry{tools}}\index{tools@\spxentry{tools}!command line@\spxentry{command line}}\index{toolkit@\spxentry{toolkit}}\ignorespaces 

\chapter{Command line tools (toolkit)}
\label{\detokenize{command_line_tools:command-line-tools-toolkit}}\label{\detokenize{command_line_tools:toolkit}}\label{\detokenize{command_line_tools:command-line-tools}}\label{\detokenize{command_line_tools:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{command_line_tools::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack toolkit provides a complete set of tools for reduction of images
carried out by a CCD camera, aimed at the observation of variable stars. It provides a
powerful set of commands called directly from a shell or a command\sphinxhyphen{}line interpreter.
They are ready for use in custom\sphinxhyphen{}built shell scripts or batch files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The toolkit has been developed as a part of the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack project. See the project’s
home page for more information about the project and other interfaces.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{program@\spxentry{program}!using@\spxentry{using}}\index{using@\spxentry{using}!program@\spxentry{program}}\index{triple@\spxentry{triple}!command; line; using@\spxentry{command; line; using}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Using command\sphinxhyphen{}line tools}
\label{\detokenize{using_command_line_tools:using-command-line-tools}}\label{\detokenize{using_command_line_tools::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The following text describes the basic procedure for processing an observation of a
short\sphinxhyphen{}periodic variable star by means of the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack toolkit.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The package with demo data used here is available on the project’s web pages. Unzip
the archive to an empty folder at your hard disk (e.g. \textasciitilde{}/c\sphinxhyphen{}munipack/sample), open a shell
or command\sphinxhyphen{}line window and make the folder your current working directory. The archive
has got the following structure:


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{dark / 20s / masterdark.fts}}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frame (20 seconds exposure)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{dark / 20s / raw / dark*.fts}}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
set of raw dark frames (20 seconds exposure)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{flat / v / masterflat.fts}}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frame (optical filter V)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{flat / raw / flat\sphinxhyphen{}v*.fts}}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
set of raw flat frames (optical filter V)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{data / v / frame*.fts}}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
sample CCD frames (optical filter V)
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The reduction of CCD data has the following general scheme:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Conversion of input files to a working format

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Calibration

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Photometry and matching

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Making output

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Most of widely used CCD camera controlling software save the data in FITS format,
which has virtually became the standard in this field. This is also a working format
for all tools from the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack project \sphinxhyphen{} it means, that they expect the FITS files
on their input and saves the output in this format, too. There is one exception to this
rule, the \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{konve}} command, which reads several different formats and
convert them to FITS. See the documentation for the \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{konve}} command
for the list of supported formats. If your files are not in FITS format, use this
command to convert your source files to the FITS format.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
mkdir tmp
konve \PYGZhy{}o tmp/frame???.fts your\PYGZhy{}files/\PYGZbs{}*.st7
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Even if your input files are saved in the FITS format, I would suggest you to
make a local copy, because it’s always advisory to play safe and make sure you don’t
tamper your original data with a misprint in a command. You can use the \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{konve}}
command or just simple \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{cp}} command for this job, but I will use the former
to demonstrate its use.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
mkdir tmp
konve \PYGZhy{}o tmp/frame???.fts data/v/\PYGZbs{}*.fts
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
First command makes a new folder, that we will use for storing all temporary files hereafter.
The second line makes a copy of all sample frames to it.

\sphinxAtStartPar
A raw CCD frame consists of several components. By the calibration process, we get rid of those
which affect the result of the photometry. In some literature, the calibration is depicted as the
peeling of an onion. There are three major components which a raw frame consists of \sphinxhyphen{} the current
made by incident light, current made thermal drift of electrons (so\sphinxhyphen{}called dark current) and
constant bias level. In standard calibration scheme, which we will demonstrate here, the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction subtracts the dark current and the also the bias. Because of the nature of the dark current,
it is necessary to use a correction frame of the same exposure duration as source files and it must
be carried out on the same CCD temperature, too. Thus, the properly working temperature regulation
on your CCD camera is vital. The dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame calibration is made by means of the \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{darkbat}}
command.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
darkbat \PYGZhy{}o tmp/dark???.fts dark/20s/masterdark.fts tmp/frame*.fts
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Then, we have to compensate the spatial non\sphinxhyphen{}uniformity of a detector and whole optical
system. These non\sphinxhyphen{}uniformities are due to the fabrication process of a CCD chip and they are
also natural properties of all real optical components, lenses in particular. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction uses a flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame to smooth them away. The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame is a frame carried out
while the telescope is pointed to uniformly luminous area. In practice, this condition is
very difficult to achieve, the clear sky before dusk is usually used instead. The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{flatbat}}
has very similar syntax to the previous one.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
flatbat \PYGZhy{}o tmp/flat???.fts flat/v/masterflat.fts tmp/dark*.fts
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The source files are calibrated now. We are ready to detect a stars on each frames and measure
their brightness. This process is called the photometry and unlike the previous commands, the result
is saved to a XML based file, so\sphinxhyphen{}called photometry file. There are a lot of parameters which affect
the star detection and also the brightness computation. In this example, the default values work fine,
but I would suggest you to become familiar with at least two of them \sphinxhyphen{} FWHM and Threshold \sphinxhyphen{} before
you start a real work.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
muniphot \PYGZhy{}o tmp/frame???.pht tmp/flat*.fts
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The previous command treated all source files independently. As a result of this, a star \#1
in one file is not necessarily the same as a star \#1 in another file. The process called matching
finds correspondences between them and a unique identifier is assigned to each star. Before we do
so, we have to choose one frame, which shall be used as a reference frame. In my experience, the
frame with the greatest number of stars works the best. For our example, let’s pick up the third
frame \sphinxhyphen{} \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{frame003.pht}}.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
munimatch \PYGZhy{}o tmp/match???.pht tmp/frame003.pht tmp/frame*.pht
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The sample data is the observation of an eclipsing binary star. For most of such observers,
the goal is to make a light curve. A light curve is a table, which consists of at least two
columns \sphinxhyphen{} time stamp expressed as a Julian date and difference between two stars \sphinxhyphen{} a variable star
and a comparison star. A variable star is a star that is subject of brightness variation and
a comparison star is supposed to be constant. Before we go on, we have to find out the identifiers
of at the variable star and the comparison star. This task is very difficult to perform on a
command\sphinxhyphen{}line, so I will skip it for the present. If you followed the previous step, the variable
star is \#1 and the comparison is \#2.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Now, we have got all information we need to make a light curve. This is done by means of
the \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{munilist}} command.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{munilist} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{v} \PYG{l+m+mi}{1} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{c} \PYG{l+m+mi}{2} \PYG{n}{output}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{txt} \PYG{n}{tmp}\PYG{o}{/}\PYG{n}{match}\PYG{o}{*}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{pht}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Let’s have a look on the output file. The first several line should look like this:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{JD} \PYG{n}{V}\PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{C} \PYG{n}{s1}
\PYG{n}{ApertureIndex} \PYG{o}{=} \PYG{l+m+mi}{1}
\PYG{n}{ApertureRadius} \PYG{o}{=} \PYG{l+m+mf}{2.0000}
\PYG{n}{Filter} \PYG{o}{=}  \PYG{n}{V}

\PYG{l+m+mf}{2453614.46632} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{l+m+mf}{0.1058} \PYG{l+m+mf}{0.0110}
\PYG{l+m+mf}{2453614.47054} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{l+m+mf}{0.0952} \PYG{l+m+mf}{0.0108}
\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{o}{.}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The first line is a table header. It consists of names of table columns separated by a space.
The following lines up to the single empty line form the file header. They provide the
descriptive information about the data stored in the file. Each line consists of a keyword,
the equal sign an the value. After an empty line, the table data follows. Each row is written
on a separate line and columns are divided by a space.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{program@\spxentry{program}!arguments@\spxentry{arguments}}\index{arguments@\spxentry{arguments}!program@\spxentry{program}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!line arguments@\spxentry{line} \spxentry{arguments}}\index{line@\spxentry{line}!arguments, command@\spxentry{arguments}, \spxentry{command}}\index{arguments@\spxentry{arguments}!command line@\spxentry{command} \spxentry{line}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Program arguments}
\label{\detokenize{program_arguments:program-arguments}}\label{\detokenize{program_arguments::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The user command accept a list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line arguments, that provides requisite
information for its execution. They are used to specify names of input files, values of
configuration parameters etc. Some arguments are obligatory, others are optional only.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The syntax of command\sphinxhyphen{}line arguments follows in general the GNU/POSIX conventions.
The arguments are separated by a single space character, in case an argument itself contain
a space, it must be enclosed in double\sphinxhyphen{}quotes. Refer to the documentation of your shell for
more details.

\sphinxAtStartPar
There are two types of command\sphinxhyphen{}line arguments \sphinxhyphen{} options and positional parameters.
Options are optional, while positional parameters are always obligatory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution
of a command. Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short
form starting with one dash only. Options are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to
merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is
used, an option and its value can also be separated by an equal sign. When a
short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option. Whenever there is a
conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning,
the option always take precedence.

\sphinxAtStartPar
All arguments that are not options nor option values are regarded as positional
parameters. First such argument specify value of the first positional parameter and so on.
Some parameters take variable number of arguments, usually list of input files. This case
is indicated in the synopsis by an ellipsis (…) following the parameter name. It means
that it takes all following positional parameters.

\sphinxAtStartPar
All following user commands are equivalent:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{prog} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{option}\PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{a} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{option}\PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{b} \PYG{n}{xyz} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{option}\PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{c}\PYG{o}{=}\PYG{l+m+mi}{123} \PYG{n}{file1} \PYG{n}{file2}
\PYG{n}{prog} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{a} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{b} \PYG{n}{xyz} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{c123} \PYG{n}{file1} \PYG{n}{file2}
\PYG{n}{prog} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{abxyz} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{c123} \PYG{n}{file1} \PYG{n}{file2}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxstepscope

\index{configuration@\spxentry{configuration}!file@\spxentry{file}}\index{file@\spxentry{file}!configuration@\spxentry{configuration}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Using configuration files}
\label{\detokenize{using_configuration_files:using-configuration-files}}\label{\detokenize{using_configuration_files:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{using_configuration_files:id1}}\label{\detokenize{using_configuration_files::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration files provide extra information to customize the execution
of a command. Unlike the command\sphinxhyphen{}line options, they can be prepared once and
reused repeatedly. By means of them, the number of command\sphinxhyphen{}line arguments can be
significantly reduced.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text
file. Each parameter is stored on a separate line in the following form:
\textless{}replaceable\textgreater{}name\textless{}/replaceable\textgreater{} = \textless{}replaceable\textgreater{}value\textless{}/replaceable\textgreater{}, all other
lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are always case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. A hash
character starts a comment string, all following content is ignored up to the end
of the present line.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}} option must be used to instruct the program to read
and process the configuration file. Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration
file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option always take precedence.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Example of configuration file:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYGZsh{} Sample configuration file
right\PYGZhy{}ascension = `23.0253`        \PYGZsh{} GSC 2750 854
declination     = `30.7408`
longitude       = `16.6667`        \PYGZsh{} Brno
latitude        = `49.2167`
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxstepscope

\index{batch@\spxentry{batch}!processing@\spxentry{processing}}\index{processing@\spxentry{processing}!batch@\spxentry{batch}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Batch processing}
\label{\detokenize{batch_processing:batch-processing}}\label{\detokenize{batch_processing::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Repetitive challenge with reduction of CCD observation is in treating
a large number of files. To do this job effectively, it is necessary to
execute each reduction step for all frames in subsequent manner. This issue
is inconsiderable namely for calibration of CCD frames \sphinxhyphen{} the calibration data
should be fetched into the memory only once and then applied to all frames.
Thus one need to execute an user command for a large set of input files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
One straightforward way in processing large batch of frames is writing
the names of input files as separate command\sphinxhyphen{}line arguments. More shrewd users
would use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation, but it doesn’t work in more complicated situation.
There is yet another way \sphinxhyphen{} using directory files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The directory file is a simple text file. Each line consists of a file
path or name. Such file can be obtained using simple command.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On GNU/Linux:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
ls ??? \PYGZam{}gt; dirfile.txt
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
On Windows:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n+nb}{dir} \PYG{o}{/}\PYG{n}{b} \PYG{o}{*}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{st7} \PYG{o}{\PYGZam{}}\PYG{n}{gt}\PYG{p}{;} \PYG{n}{dirfile}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{txt}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the files are placed not in the current working directory, you have to
specify the proper path in full or shortened form relative to the current working
directory. It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}
option to instruct the program to read the file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When a program produces a number of files, it is also necessary to assign
a distinct name for each output file. By default, the output files are stored to
the current working directory. Their names are derived from the command name followed
by a sequential number starting by 1. By means of the command\sphinxhyphen{}line options, it is
possible to override this behavior.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}o}} option sets the format string; it may contain a path where
the files shall be stored to. Special meaning has a sequence of question marks, it
is replaced by the ordinal number of a file     indented by leading zeros to at least the
same number of decimal places as the number of the question marks. By means of the
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}} option, you can modify the ordinal number of the first frame.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The following command writes its output to files \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out010.fts}},
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out011.fts}} and \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out012.fts}}:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
darkbat \PYGZhy{}o out???.fts \PYGZhy{}i 10 dark.fts in001.fts in002.fts in003.fts
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If you are going to use the files produced by one command as the input files
of the subsequent operation, you can ask the former to make a directory file for you
by including the \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}g}} option followed by a file name.

\sphinxstepscope


\chapter{Toolkit reference}
\label{\detokenize{toolkit_reference:toolkit-reference}}\label{\detokenize{toolkit_reference:id1}}\label{\detokenize{toolkit_reference::doc}}
\sphinxstepscope


\section{Commands}
\label{\detokenize{toolkit_commands:commands}}\label{\detokenize{toolkit_commands:toolkit-commands}}\label{\detokenize{toolkit_commands::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The following command line programs are installed as a part of the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software:

\sphinxstepscope

\index{airmass@\spxentry{airmass}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!airmass@\spxentry{airmass}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{airmass (command)}
\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:airmass-command}}\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{airmass_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for computing air mass coefficient


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
airmass {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …

\sphinxAtStartPar
airmass {[} options {]} \sphinxhyphen{}j \sphinxstyleemphasis{julian\sphinxhyphen{}date}


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{airmass}} command computes value of air mass coefficient (X) for given Julian date,
object’s coordinates and observer’s coordinates. It may also append the values to a set of measurements stored
in a text file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When the  \sphinxhyphen{}j option is present on the command line, the value of air mass coefficient is printed
to the standard output stream.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If one or more file names are present on the command line, each source file given is processed line by line,
the program expects the JD value in the first column, which must be divided at least one of common used dividers
(semicolon, comma, space, tab char, …). The JD value can be in full (2453xxx.x) or short (53xxx.x) form. Decimal
places must be separated by point, not comma. The value of air mass coefficient is computed and appended to the end
of the line. If the line starts with the text \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{JD}}, it is considered to be a table header and the text
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{AIRMASS}} is appended to the end of the line. All other lines which do not fit to any of previous rules
are copied to the output file without modification.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:airmass-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Output files}
\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:output-files}}\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:airmass-output-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
By default, output files are stored to the current working directory. Their names
are derived from the command name followed by a sequential number starting by 1.
Command options allows a caller to modify the default naming of output files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxhyphen{}o option sets the format string; it may contain a path where
the files shall be stored to. Special meaning has a sequence of question marks, it
is replaced by the ordinal number of a file     indented by leading zeros to the same
number of decimal places as the number of the question marks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By means of the \sphinxhyphen{}i option, you can modify the initial value of a counter.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On request, the program can write a list of output files to a text file, use the \sphinxhyphen{}g option
to specify a file name.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}j@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}j}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}j@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}j}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}julian\sphinxhyphen{}date@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}julian\sphinxhyphen{}date}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}julian\sphinxhyphen{}date@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}julian\sphinxhyphen{}date}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-j}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-julian-date}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}j}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}julian\sphinxhyphen{}date}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}jd\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
compute and print air mass coefficient for given Julian date. Do not combine this option
with input file names.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}a@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}a}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}a@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}a}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-a}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-right-ascension}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}a}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}hhmmss\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
right ascension of object in hours, minutes and seconds

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}d@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}d}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}d@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}d}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}declination@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}declination}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}declination@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}declination}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-d}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-declination}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}d}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}declination}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}ddmmss\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
declination of object in degrees, minutes and seconds

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}l@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}l}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}l@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}l}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}longitude@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}longitude}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}longitude@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}longitude}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-l}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-longitude}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}l}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}longitude}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}dddmmss\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
longitude of observer in degrees, minutes and seconds; positive values for a location to the
east of the Greenwich meridian, negative values for a location to the west of the Greenwich meridian.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}b@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}b}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}b@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}b}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}latitude@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}latitude}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}latitude@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}latitude}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-b}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-latitude}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}b}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}latitude}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~~\textless{}ddmmss\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
latitude of observer in degrees, minutes and seconds; positive values for a location to the
north of equator, negative values for a location to the south of equator.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}altitude@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}altitude}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}altitude@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}altitude}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-altitude}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}altitude}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
compute and print also the altitude of the object in degrees.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{airmass_command:airmass-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-g}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-make-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
save list of output files to specified file, existing content of the file will be overwritten;
see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{airmass_command:airmass-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-o}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-output-mask}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}mask\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set output file mask (default=:file:\sphinxtitleref{amass????.dat}), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{airmass_command:airmass-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-counter}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set initial counter value (default=1), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{airmass_command:airmass-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{airmass_command:airmass-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!airmass command line option@\spxentry{airmass command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:cmdoption-airmass-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:airmass-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension = hhmmss@\spxentry{right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension = hhmmss}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension = hhmmss@\spxentry{right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension = hhmmss}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:confval-right-ascension-hhmmss}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension~=~hhmmss}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
right ascension of object in hours, minutes and seconds

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{declination = ddmmss@\spxentry{declination = ddmmss}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!declination = ddmmss@\spxentry{declination = ddmmss}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:confval-declination-ddmmss}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{declination~=~ddmmss}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
declination of object in degrees, minutes and seconds

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{longitude = dddmmss@\spxentry{longitude = dddmmss}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!longitude = dddmmss@\spxentry{longitude = dddmmss}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:confval-longitude-dddmmss}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{longitude~=~dddmmss}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
longitude of observer in degrees, minutes and seconds; positive values for a location to the
east of the Greenwich meridian, negative values for a location to the west of the Greenwich meridian.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{latitude = ddmmss@\spxentry{latitude = ddmmss}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!latitude = ddmmss@\spxentry{latitude = ddmmss}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:confval-latitude-ddmmss}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{latitude~=~ddmmss}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
latitude of observer in degrees, minutes and seconds; positive values for a location to the
north of equator, negative values for a location to the south of equator.

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{airmass} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{l164000} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{b491300} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{a182932} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{d223424} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{j2452763}\PYG{l+m+mf}{.5670}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command computes and prints value of air mass coefficient to the standard output.
The object’s coordinates are R.A. = 18h 29m 32s, DEC. = +22d 34m 24s, the observer’s
coordinates are LON. = 16d 40m to the east of the Greenwich meridian and LAT. = 49d 13m to
the north of the equator. Julian date of observation is 2452763.5670.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{airmass} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{l164000} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{b491300} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{a182932} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{d223424} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{oamass}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{dat} \PYG{n}{table}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{dat}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command adds values of air mass coefficient to the table stored in \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{table.dat}}
file and the resulting table stores in \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{amass.dat}} file. The object’s and observer’s coordinates are
the same as in previous example.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{airmass_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{autoflat@\spxentry{autoflat}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!autoflat@\spxentry{autoflat}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{autoflat (command)}
\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:autoflat-command}}\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for making master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frames


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
autoflat {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{output\sphinxhyphen{}file} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{autoflat}} command compose a set of flat frames and makes one
flat frame called ‘master\sphinxhyphen{}flat’. Applying this function, you can achieve high quality correction frame
and     thus reducing the noise of a result.

\sphinxAtStartPar
All source frames must be in the FITS format and of same dimensions. Frames of the same exposition
duration and color filter should be used, avoid eventual camera rotation on its mount. The output file is
written in the FITS format too.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:autoflat-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{autoflat_command:autoflat-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{autoflat_command:autoflat-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!autoflat command line option@\spxentry{autoflat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:cmdoption-autoflat-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:autoflat-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{bitpix = value@\spxentry{bitpix = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!bitpix = value@\spxentry{bitpix = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:confval-bitpix-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{bitpix~=~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
output data format (0=Auto)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{level = value@\spxentry{level = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!level = value@\spxentry{level = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:confval-level-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{level~=~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
average level of output frame in ADU

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{autoflat} \PYG{n}{out}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{in1}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{in2}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{in3}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command computes the master\sphinxhyphen{}flat frame from the input files \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in1.fts}},
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in2.fts}} a \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in3.fts}}; the resulting frame is stored to
output file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out.fts}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{autoflat_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{biasbat@\spxentry{biasbat}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!biasbat@\spxentry{biasbat}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{biasbat (command)}
\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:biasbat-command}}\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for bias correction


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
biasbat {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{bias\sphinxhyphen{}file} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{biasbat}} command applies bias correction to a set of source frames.
The bias correction is applied in advanced calibration scheme only, please refer to documentation about
the calibration of CCD frames.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The source frames and the bias frame must be in the FITS format and of same dimensions. The output
file is written in the FITS format too.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:biasbat-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Output files}
\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:output-files}}\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:biasbat-output-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
By default, output files are stored to the current working directory. Their names
are derived from the command name followed by a sequential number starting by 1.
Command options allows a caller to modify the default naming of output files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxhyphen{}o option sets the format string; it may contain a path where
the files shall be stored to. Special meaning has a sequence of question marks, it
is replaced by the ordinal number of a file     indented by leading zeros to the same
number of decimal places as the number of the question marks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By means of the \sphinxhyphen{}i option, you can modify the initial value of a counter.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On request, the program can write a list of output files to a text file, use the \sphinxhyphen{}g option
to specify a file name.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{biasbat_command:biasbat-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-g}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-make-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
save list of output files to specified file, existing content of the file will be overwritten;
see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{biasbat_command:biasbat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-o}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-output-mask}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}mask\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set output file mask (default=:file:\sphinxtitleref{bout????.fts}), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{biasbat_command:biasbat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-counter}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set initial counter value (default=1), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{biasbat_command:biasbat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!biasbat command line option@\spxentry{biasbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:cmdoption-biasbat-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{biasbat} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{oout}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{bias}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{o+ow}{in}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command applies the bias correction to the input file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in.fts}} using
the file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{bias.fts}} as a correction frame. The output is written to the output
file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out.fts}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{biasbat_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{darkbat@\spxentry{darkbat}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!darkbat@\spxentry{darkbat}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{darkbat (command)}
\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:darkbat-command}}\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
uility for dark correction


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
darkbat {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{dark\sphinxhyphen{}file} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{darkbat}} command applies dark correction to a set of source frames.
The source frames and the dark frame must be in the FITS format and of same dimensions. The output
file is written in the FITS format too.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:darkbat-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Output files}
\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:output-files}}\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:darkbat-output-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
By default, output files are stored to the current working directory. Their names
are derived from the command name followed by a sequential number starting by 1.
Command options allows a caller to modify the default naming of output files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxhyphen{}o option sets the format string; it may contain a path where
the files shall be stored to. Special meaning has a sequence of question marks, it
is replaced by the ordinal number of a file     indented by leading zeros to the same
number of decimal places as the number of the question marks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By means of the \sphinxhyphen{}i option, you can modify the initial value of a counter.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On request, the program can write a list of output files to a text file, use the \sphinxhyphen{}g option
to specify a file name.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{darkbat_command:darkbat-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-g}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-make-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
save list of output files to specified file, existing content of the file will be overwritten;
see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{darkbat_command:darkbat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-o}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-output-mask}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}mask\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set output file mask (default=:file:\sphinxtitleref{dout????.fts}), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{darkbat_command:darkbat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-counter}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set initial counter value (default=1), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{darkbat_command:darkbat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{darkbat_command:darkbat-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!darkbat command line option@\spxentry{darkbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:cmdoption-darkbat-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:darkbat-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{scaling = value@\spxentry{scaling = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!scaling = value@\spxentry{scaling = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:confval-scaling-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{scaling~=~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame scaling (0=disabled, 1=enabled)

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{darkbat} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{oout}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{dark}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{o+ow}{in}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command applies the dark correction to the input file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in.fts}} using
the file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{dark.fts}} as a correction frame. The output is written to the output
file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out.fts}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{darkbat_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{flatbat@\spxentry{flatbat}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!flatbat@\spxentry{flatbat}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{flatbat (command)}
\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:flatbat-command}}\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
flatbat {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{flat\sphinxhyphen{}file} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{flatbat}} command applies flat\sphinxhyphen{}field correction to a set of source frames.
It means, that it divides the source frames by the flat frame pixel\sphinxhyphen{}by\sphinxhyphen{}pixel and the result is multiplied by
median value of the flat frame. The resulting image is written to output file.
The source frames and also flat frame must be in FITS format and of same dimensions. The output
file is in FITS format too.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:flatbat-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Output files}
\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:output-files}}\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:flatbat-output-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
By default, output files are stored to the current working directory. Their names
are derived from the command name followed by a sequential number starting by 1.
Command options allows a caller to modify the default naming of output files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxhyphen{}o option sets the format string; it may contain a path where
the files shall be stored to. Special meaning has a sequence of question marks, it
is replaced by the ordinal number of a file     indented by leading zeros to the same
number of decimal places as the number of the question marks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By means of the \sphinxhyphen{}i option, you can modify the initial value of a counter.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On request, the program can write a list of output files to a text file, use the \sphinxhyphen{}g option
to specify a file name.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{flatbat_command:flatbat-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-g}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-make-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
save list of output files to specified file, existing content of the file will be overwritten;
see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{flatbat_command:flatbat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-o}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-output-mask}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}mask\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set output file mask (default=:file:\sphinxtitleref{fout????.fts}), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{flatbat_command:flatbat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-counter}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set initial counter value (default=1), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{flatbat_command:flatbat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!flatbat command line option@\spxentry{flatbat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:cmdoption-flatbat-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{flatbat} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{oout}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{flat}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{o+ow}{in}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command applies flat correction to \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in.fts}} using \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{flat.fts}}
as a correction frame. The output is written to \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out.fts}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{flatbat_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{helcor@\spxentry{helcor}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!helcor@\spxentry{helcor}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{helcor (command)}
\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:helcor-command}}\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{helcor_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for computing heliocentric correction


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
helcor {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files}

\sphinxAtStartPar
helcor {[} options {]} \sphinxhyphen{}j \sphinxstyleemphasis{julian\sphinxhyphen{}date}


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{helcor}} command computes value of heliocentric correction for given Julian date
and object’s coordinates. It may also append the values to a set of measurements stored in a text file.
When the  \sphinxhyphen{}j option is present on the command line, the value of heliocentric correction is
printed to the standard output stream.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If one or more file names are present on the command line, each source file given is processed line by line,
the program expects the JD value in the first column, which must be divided at least one of common used dividers
(semicolon, comma, space, tab char, …). The JD value can be in full (2453xxx.x) or short (53xxx.x) form. Decimal
places must be separated by point, not comma. The Julian date is replaced by a corrected date and the value of
correction may be optionally appended to the end of the line. If the line starts with the text \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{JD}},
it is considered to be a table header and it is changed to \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{JDHEL}} or \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{JDGEO}}.
The text \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{HELCOR}} is optionally appended to the end of the line. All other lines which do not fit
to any of previous rules are copied to the output file without modification.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:helcor-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Output files}
\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:output-files}}\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:helcor-output-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
By default, output files are stored to the current working directory. Their names
are derived from the command name followed by a sequential number starting by 1.
Command options allows a caller to modify the default naming of output files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxhyphen{}o option sets the format string; it may contain a path where
the files shall be stored to. Special meaning has a sequence of question marks, it
is replaced by the ordinal number of a file     indented by leading zeros to the same
number of decimal places as the number of the question marks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By means of the \sphinxhyphen{}i option, you can modify the initial value of a counter.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On request, the program can write a list of output files to a text file, use the \sphinxhyphen{}g option
to specify a file name.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}j@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}j}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}j@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}j}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}julian\sphinxhyphen{}date@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}julian\sphinxhyphen{}date}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}julian\sphinxhyphen{}date@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}julian\sphinxhyphen{}date}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-j}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-julian-date}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}j}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}julian\sphinxhyphen{}date}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}jd\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
compute and print heliocentric correction for given Julian date. Do not combine this option
with input file names.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}a@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}a}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}a@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}a}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-a}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-right-ascension}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}a}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}hhmmss\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
right ascension of object in hours, minutes and seconds

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}d@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}d}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}d@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}d}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}declination@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}declination}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}declination@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}declination}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-d}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-declination}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}d}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}declination}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}ddmmss\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
declination of object in degrees, minutes and seconds

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{helcor_command:helcor-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-g}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-make-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
save list of output files to specified file, existing content of the file will be overwritten;
see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{helcor_command:helcor-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-o}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-output-mask}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}mask\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set output file mask (default=:file:\sphinxtitleref{hcor????.dat}), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{helcor_command:helcor-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-counter}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set initial counter value (default=1), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{helcor_command:helcor-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{helcor_command:helcor-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!helcor command line option@\spxentry{helcor command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:cmdoption-helcor-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:helcor-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension = hhmmss@\spxentry{right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension = hhmmss}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension = hhmmss@\spxentry{right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension = hhmmss}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:confval-right-ascension-hhmmss}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{right\sphinxhyphen{}ascension~=~hhmmss}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
right ascension of object in hours, minutes and seconds

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{declination = ddmmss@\spxentry{declination = ddmmss}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!declination = ddmmss@\spxentry{declination = ddmmss}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:confval-declination-ddmmss}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{declination~=~ddmmss}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
declination of object in degrees, minutes and seconds

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{helcor} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{a182932} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{d223424} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{j2452763}\PYG{l+m+mf}{.5670}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command computes and prints value of heliocentric correction to the standard output.
The object’s coordinates are R.A. = 18h 29m 32s, DEC. = +22d 34m 24s. Julian date of observation
is 2452763.5670.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{helcor} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{a182932} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{d223424} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{ohcor}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{dat} \PYG{n}{table}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{dat}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command performs the heliocentric correction to the table stored in \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{table.dat}}
file and the resulting table stores in \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{hcor.dat}} file. The object’s coordinates are
the same as in previous example.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{helcor_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{kombine@\spxentry{kombine}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!kombine@\spxentry{kombine}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{kombine (command)}
\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:kombine-command}}\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{kombine_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for making combining CCD frames


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
kombine {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{output\sphinxhyphen{}file} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{kombine}} command combines a set of CCD frames to a single CCD frame.
The source frames should be corrected already. The source frames are shifted by the offset stored in the
corresponding photometry file with offset values. The photometry files are products of the \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{Munimatch}}
utility. Then, the resulting values are computed pixel by pixel by means of the mean algorithm
(sum divided by total number of frames). Pixels in those regions, which are not covered by all frames,
are set to zero. Pixels, which are zero on at least one of the source frames, are set always to zero.
Pixels, which are overexposed on one the source frames, are set always to maximal value (655535 ADU).

\sphinxAtStartPar
All source frames must be in FITS format and of same dimensions. Frames of the same color filter
and exposition duration should be used. The output file is in FITS format too.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:kombine-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{kombine_command:kombine-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{kombine_command:kombine-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!kombine command line option@\spxentry{kombine command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:cmdoption-kombine-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:kombine-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{bitpix = value@\spxentry{bitpix = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!bitpix = value@\spxentry{bitpix = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:confval-bitpix-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{bitpix~=~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
output data format (0=Auto)

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{kombine} \PYG{n}{ouptut}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{test1}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{test2}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{test3}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command computes the combined frame from the files \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test1.fts}},
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test2.fts}} a \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test3.fts}}; the resulting frame is stored
to \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{output.fts}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{kombine_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{konve@\spxentry{konve}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!konve@\spxentry{konve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{konve (command)}
\label{\detokenize{konve_command:konve-command}}\label{\detokenize{konve_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{konve_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{konve_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for conversion of CCD frames to the FITS format


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{konve_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
konve {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{konve_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{konve}} command converts CCD frames from the format used by
camera controlling software to FITS format. The correction of time of observation or image flipping
can be applied also.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The program can be run in several modes, the mode is selected by command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters.
Besides the usual conversion mode, it allows printing header information of source files in short or
detailed form. You can convert header only while not copying the image. Additional information, which
shall be written to the output files can be given in parameter file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Current version of program supports reading SBIG (ST\sphinxhyphen{}xx) compressed and uncompressed files and the
FITS files also. Note, that you can use FITS to FITS conversion for gathering files from many locations
into one directory. It will solve the file name collisions.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{konve_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{konve_command:konve-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Output files}
\label{\detokenize{konve_command:output-files}}\label{\detokenize{konve_command:konve-output-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
By default, output files are stored to the current working directory. Their names
are derived from the command name followed by a sequential number starting by 1.
Command options allows a caller to modify the default naming of output files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxhyphen{}o option sets the format string; it may contain a path where
the files shall be stored to. Special meaning has a sequence of question marks, it
is replaced by the ordinal number of a file     indented by leading zeros to the same
number of decimal places as the number of the question marks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By means of the \sphinxhyphen{}i option, you can modify the initial value of a counter.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On request, the program can write a list of output files to a text file, use the \sphinxhyphen{}g option
to specify a file name.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{konve_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}n@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}n}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}n@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}n}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}print\sphinxhyphen{}info@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}print\sphinxhyphen{}info}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}print\sphinxhyphen{}info@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}print\sphinxhyphen{}info}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-n}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-print-info}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}n}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}print\sphinxhyphen{}info}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print short info about frames; don’t make any output file.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}e@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}e}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}e@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}e}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}print\sphinxhyphen{}header@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}print\sphinxhyphen{}header}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}print\sphinxhyphen{}header@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}print\sphinxhyphen{}header}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-e}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-print-header}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}e}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}print\sphinxhyphen{}header}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print content of the header; don’t make any output file.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{konve_command:konve-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{konve_command:konve-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-g}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-make-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
save list of output files to specified file, existing content of the file will be overwritten;
see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{konve_command:konve-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-o}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-output-mask}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}mask\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set output file mask (default=:file:\sphinxtitleref{kout????.fts}), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{konve_command:konve-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-counter}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set initial counter value (default=1), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{konve_command:konve-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!konve command line option@\spxentry{konve command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:cmdoption-konve-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{konve_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{konve_command:konve-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{flip\sphinxhyphen{}image = xy@\spxentry{flip\sphinxhyphen{}image = xy}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!flip\sphinxhyphen{}image = xy@\spxentry{flip\sphinxhyphen{}image = xy}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:confval-flip-image-xy}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{flip\sphinxhyphen{}image~=~xy}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
flip image (value can be ‘x’, ‘y’ or ‘xy’)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{time\sphinxhyphen{}corr = secs@\spxentry{time\sphinxhyphen{}corr = secs}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!time\sphinxhyphen{}corr = secs@\spxentry{time\sphinxhyphen{}corr = secs}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{konve_command:confval-time-corr-secs}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{time\sphinxhyphen{}corr~=~secs}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
time correction in seconds (\textgreater{}0 = to future, \textless{}0 = to past)

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{konve_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
konve \PYGZhy{}oout?.fts test1.st7 test2.st7 test3.st7
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command converts the files \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test1.st7}}, \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test2.st7}}
and \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test3.st7}} and writes the output to the files: \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out1.fts}},
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out2.fts}} and \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out3.fts}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{konve_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{meanbias@\spxentry{meanbias}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!meanbias@\spxentry{meanbias}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{meanbias (command)}
\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:meanbias-command}}\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for making master\sphinxhyphen{}bias frames


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
meanbias {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{output\sphinxhyphen{}file} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{meanbias}} command compose a set of bias frames and makes one
bias frame called ‘master\sphinxhyphen{}bias’. Applying this function, you can achieve high quality correction frame
and     thus reducing the noise of a result. The bias correction is applied in advanced calibration scheme
only, please refer to documentation about the calibration of CCD frames.

\sphinxAtStartPar
All source frames must be in the FITS format and of same dimensions. The output file is written in
the FITS format too.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:meanbias-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified directory file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{meanbias_command:meanbias-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{meanbias_command:meanbias-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!meanbias command line option@\spxentry{meanbias command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:cmdoption-meanbias-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:meanbias-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{bitpix = value@\spxentry{bitpix = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!bitpix = value@\spxentry{bitpix = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:confval-bitpix-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{bitpix~=~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
output data format (0=Auto)

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{meanbias} \PYG{n}{out}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{in1}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{in2}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{in3}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command computes the master\sphinxhyphen{}bias frame from the input files \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in1.fts}},
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in2.fts}} a \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in3.fts}}; the resulting frame is stored to
output file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out.fts}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{meanbias_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{meandark@\spxentry{meandark}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!meandark@\spxentry{meandark}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{meandark (command)}
\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:meandark-command}}\label{\detokenize{meandark_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for making master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frames


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
meandark {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{output\sphinxhyphen{}file} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{meandark}} command compose a set of dark frames and makes one
dark frame called ‘master\sphinxhyphen{}dark’. Applying this function, you can achieve high quality correction frame
and     thus reducing the noise of a result.

\sphinxAtStartPar
All source frames must be in the FITS format and of same dimensions. Frames of the same exposition
duration should be used. The output file is written in the FITS format too.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:meandark-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{meandark_command:meandark-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{meandark_command:meandark-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!meandark command line option@\spxentry{meandark command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:cmdoption-meandark-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:meandark-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{bitpix = value@\spxentry{bitpix = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!bitpix = value@\spxentry{bitpix = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:confval-bitpix-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{bitpix~=~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
output data format (0=Auto)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{scalable = value@\spxentry{scalable = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!scalable = value@\spxentry{scalable = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:confval-scalable-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{scalable~=~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
make scalable dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame (0=No, 1=Yes)

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{meandark} \PYG{n}{out}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{in1}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{in2}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{n}{in3}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command computes the master\sphinxhyphen{}dark frame from the input files \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in1.fts}},
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in2.fts}} a \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in3.fts}}; the resulting frame is stored to
output file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out.fts}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{meandark_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{munifind@\spxentry{munifind}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!munifind@\spxentry{munifind}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{munifind (command)}
\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:munifind-command}}\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{munifind_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for finding unknown variable stars


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
munifind {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{output\sphinxhyphen{}file} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{munifind}} command reads matched photometry files and creates the table
of standard deviations of magnitudes in the dependence on a mean magnitude. Such table is used to detect
unknown variable stars on a set of CCD frames. The table is written to a output file in text format.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:munifind-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}a@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}a}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}a@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}a}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}aperture@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}aperture}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}aperture@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}aperture}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-a}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-aperture}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}a}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}aperture}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Aperture identifier (default=1)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}comparison\sphinxhyphen{}star@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}comparison\sphinxhyphen{}star}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}comparison\sphinxhyphen{}star@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}comparison\sphinxhyphen{}star}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-comparison-star}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}comparison\sphinxhyphen{}star}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}star\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
identifier of the comparison star or negative value for automatic detection (default=\sphinxhyphen{}1)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{munifind_command:munifind-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{munifind_command:munifind-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!munifind command line option@\spxentry{munifind command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:cmdoption-munifind-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:munifind-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{aperture = value@\spxentry{aperture = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!aperture = value@\spxentry{aperture = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:confval-aperture-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{aperture~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Aperture identifier (default=1)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{comp = star@\spxentry{comp = star}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!comp = star@\spxentry{comp = star}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:confval-comp-star}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{comp~=~~star}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
identifier of the comparison star or negative value for automatic detection (default=\sphinxhyphen{}1)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{threshold = value@\spxentry{threshold = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!threshold = value@\spxentry{threshold = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:confval-threshold-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{threshold~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
cfraction of good measurements required, in percents (default=60)

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:examples}}\begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{::}
\sphinxAtStartPar
munifind output.dat test1.mat test2.mat test3.mat

\end{description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command makes table of brightness of the star \#2 (stored on second position
in photometry files) relative to the star \#3 for photometry files \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test1.mat}},
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test2.mat}} a \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test3.mat}}; the resulting frame is stored
to \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{output.dat}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{munifind_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{munilist@\spxentry{munilist}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!munilist@\spxentry{munilist}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{munilist (command)}
\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:munilist-command}}\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{munilist_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for making listings from a set of photometry files


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
munilist {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{output\sphinxhyphen{}file} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{munilist}} command reads files generated by other commands and
generates a table according to the format specified using command line parameters or a configuration
file. The basic mode is creating a light curve where the munilist utility is used to read matched
photometry files and creates the table of magnitudes of selected stars in the dependence on a time.
The table is written to a output file in text format. The format of the table depends on given
parameters and on the number of selected stars. It is usually the last step of reduction process.
Other modes are designed to print a table of objects from a reference photometry file or a catalogue
file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The list of stars is given on command line, the stars are identified by index number according
to their cross\sphinxhyphen{}reference identifiers.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:munilist-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}light\sphinxhyphen{}curve@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}light\sphinxhyphen{}curve}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}light\sphinxhyphen{}curve@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}light\sphinxhyphen{}curve}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-light-curve}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}light\sphinxhyphen{}curve}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
make a light curve (default)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}chart@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}chart}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}chart@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}chart}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-chart}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}chart}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
make a table of objects from a photometry file or a catalogue file. Only the first input file is processed.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}obj\sphinxhyphen{}plot:@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}obj\sphinxhyphen{}plot:}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}obj\sphinxhyphen{}plot:@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}obj\sphinxhyphen{}plot:}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-obj-plot}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}obj\sphinxhyphen{}plot:}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
takes an object identification using the ‘object’ parameter and makes a table
containing object properties (e.g. FWHM) from each given input photometry file.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}track\sphinxhyphen{}list@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}track\sphinxhyphen{}list}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}track\sphinxhyphen{}list@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}track\sphinxhyphen{}list}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-track-list}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}track\sphinxhyphen{}list}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
make table of frame offsets w.r.t. the reference frame or a catalogue file.
The table contains relative offsets in X and Y axis of the frame center in pixels.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}diff\sphinxhyphen{}mag@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}diff\sphinxhyphen{}mag}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}diff\sphinxhyphen{}mag@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}diff\sphinxhyphen{}mag}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-diff-mag}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}diff\sphinxhyphen{}mag}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
make table of differential instrumental magnitudes (default)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}inst\sphinxhyphen{}mag@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}inst\sphinxhyphen{}mag}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}inst\sphinxhyphen{}mag@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}inst\sphinxhyphen{}mag}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-inst-mag}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}inst\sphinxhyphen{}mag}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
make table of absolute instrumental magnitudes

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}object@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}object}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}object@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}object}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-object}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}object}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}star\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
object identifier for ‘obj\sphinxhyphen{}plot’ output

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}a@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}a}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}a@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}a}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}aperture@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}aperture}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}aperture@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}aperture}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-a}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-aperture}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}a}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}aperture}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Aperture identifier (default=1)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}v@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}v}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}v@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}v}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}variable\sphinxhyphen{}stars@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}variable\sphinxhyphen{}stars}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}variable\sphinxhyphen{}stars@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}variable\sphinxhyphen{}stars}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-v}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-variable-stars}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}v}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}variable\sphinxhyphen{}stars}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}star,star,...\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
comma separated list of identifier(s) of the variable star(s)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}comparison\sphinxhyphen{}stars@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}comparison\sphinxhyphen{}stars}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}comparison\sphinxhyphen{}stars@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}comparison\sphinxhyphen{}stars}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-comparison-stars}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}comparison\sphinxhyphen{}stars}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}star,star,...\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
comma separated list of identifier(s) of the comparison star(s)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}e@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}e}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}e@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}e}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}check\sphinxhyphen{}stars@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}check\sphinxhyphen{}stars}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}check\sphinxhyphen{}stars@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}check\sphinxhyphen{}stars}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-e}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-check-stars}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}e}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}check\sphinxhyphen{}stars}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~~star...}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
comma separated list of identifier(s) of the check star(s)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{munilist_command:munilist-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{munilist_command:munilist-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!munilist command line option@\spxentry{munilist command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:cmdoption-munilist-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:munilist-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{aperture = value@\spxentry{aperture = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!aperture = value@\spxentry{aperture = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:confval-aperture-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{aperture~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Aperture identifier (default=1)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{var = star,star,...@\spxentry{var = star,star,...}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!var = star,star,...@\spxentry{var = star,star,...}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:confval-var-star-star-...}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{var~=~~star,star,...}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
comma separated list of identifier(s) of the variable star(s)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{comp = star,star,...@\spxentry{comp = star,star,...}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!comp = star,star,...@\spxentry{comp = star,star,...}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:confval-comp-star-star-...}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{comp~=~~star,star,...}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
comma separated list of identifier(s) of the comparison star(s)

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{check = star,star,...@\spxentry{check = star,star,...}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!check = star,star,...@\spxentry{check = star,star,...}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:confval-check-star-star-...}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{check~=~~star,star,...}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
comma separated list of identifier(s) of the check star(s)

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:examples}}\begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{::}
\sphinxAtStartPar
munilist output.dat test1.mat test2.mat test3.mat

\end{description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command makes table of brightness of the star \#2 (stored on second position
in photometry files) relative to the star \#3 for photometry files \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test1.mat}},
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test2.mat}} a \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test3.mat}}; the resulting frame is stored
to \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{output.dat}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{munilist_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{munimatch@\spxentry{munimatch}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!munimatch@\spxentry{munimatch}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{munimatch (command)}
\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:munimatch-command}}\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for finding matching photometry files


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
munimatch {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{reference\sphinxhyphen{}file} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{munimatch}} command finds corresponding stars in two photometry files.
One file is referred to as a reference file, the second one is called source file. The output of the matching
process is the photometry file, which the stars from source file is written in, but their order is changed,
so corresponding stars are on the same indexes in output and reference files. Instead of a reference file,
which is usually one frame from a sequence being processed, a catalog file in XML format can be used.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The source and output files have to be in photometry file format. The reference file should be in
photometry or catalog file format, optionally. If a set of files is processed, then the reference
file is common for all sources.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:munimatch-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Output files}
\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:output-files}}\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:munimatch-output-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
By default, output files are stored to the current working directory. Their names
are derived from the command name followed by a sequential number starting by 1.
Command options allows a caller to modify the default naming of output files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxhyphen{}o option sets the format string; it may contain a path where
the files shall be stored to. Special meaning has a sequence of question marks, it
is replaced by the ordinal number of a file     indented by leading zeros to the same
number of decimal places as the number of the question marks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By means of the \sphinxhyphen{}i option, you can modify the initial value of a counter.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On request, the program can write a list of output files to a text file, use the \sphinxhyphen{}g option
to specify a file name.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{munimatch_command:munimatch-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-g}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-make-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
save list of output files to specified file, existing content of the file will be overwritten;
see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{munimatch_command:munimatch-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-o}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-output-mask}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}mask\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set output file mask (default=:file:\sphinxtitleref{\%.mat}), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{munimatch_command:munimatch-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-counter}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set initial counter value (default=1), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{munimatch_command:munimatch-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{munimatch_command:munimatch-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!munimatch command line option@\spxentry{munimatch command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:cmdoption-munimatch-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:munimatch-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{max\_stars = value@\spxentry{max\_stars = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!max\_stars = value@\spxentry{max\_stars = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:confval-max_stars-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{max\_stars~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max. number of input stars

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{vertices = value@\spxentry{vertices = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!vertices = value@\spxentry{vertices = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:confval-vertices-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{vertices~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Number of polygon vertices

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{clip\_thresh = value@\spxentry{clip\_thresh = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!clip\_thresh = value@\spxentry{clip\_thresh = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:confval-clip_thresh-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{clip\_thresh~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Clipping threshold

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{sp\_fields = value@\spxentry{sp\_fields = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!sp\_fields = value@\spxentry{sp\_fields = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:confval-sp_fields-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{sp\_fields~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Matching method

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{sp\_maxoffset = value@\spxentry{sp\_maxoffset = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!sp\_maxoffset = value@\spxentry{sp\_maxoffset = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:confval-sp_maxoffset-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{sp\_maxoffset~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max. offset for sparse fields

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{munimatch} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{oout}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{mat} \PYG{n}{ref}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{pht} \PYG{o+ow}{in}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{pht}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command matches file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in.pht}} as a source file and \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{ref.pht}}
as reference file and the writes output to \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out.mat}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{munimatch_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{muniphot@\spxentry{muniphot}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!muniphot@\spxentry{muniphot}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{muniphot (command)}
\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:muniphot-command}}\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for photometry of CCD frames


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
muniphot {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{muniphot}} command applies photometry to a single frame or a set of
CCD frames. The output is written to so\sphinxhyphen{}called photometry files.
Current version uses aperture photometry algorithm only. All source frames must be in the FITS
format.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:muniphot-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Output files}
\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:output-files}}\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:muniphot-output-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
By default, output files are stored to the current working directory. Their names
are derived from the command name followed by a sequential number starting by 1.
Command options allows a caller to modify the default naming of output files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxhyphen{}o option sets the format string; it may contain a path where
the files shall be stored to. Special meaning has a sequence of question marks, it
is replaced by the ordinal number of a file     indented by leading zeros to the same
number of decimal places as the number of the question marks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By means of the \sphinxhyphen{}i option, you can modify the initial value of a counter.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On request, the program can write a list of output files to a text file, use the \sphinxhyphen{}g option
to specify a file name.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}s@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}s}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-s}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-set}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}s}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}set}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}name=value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set value of configuration parameter

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{muniphot_command:muniphot-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-g}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-make-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
save list of output files to specified file, existing content of the file will be overwritten;
see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{muniphot_command:muniphot-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-o}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-output-mask}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}mask\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set output file mask (default=:file:\sphinxtitleref{kout????.fts}), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{muniphot_command:muniphot-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-counter}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set initial counter value (default=1), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{muniphot_command:muniphot-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}p@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}p}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-p}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-configuration-file}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}p}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}configuration\sphinxhyphen{}file}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read parameters from given configuration file. See the {\hyperref[\detokenize{muniphot_command:muniphot-configuration-file}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Configuration file}}}} section for
details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!muniphot command line option@\spxentry{muniphot command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:cmdoption-muniphot-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Configuration file}
\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:configuration-file}}\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:muniphot-configuration-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Configuration files are used to set the input parameters to the process that is going to be executed by a command.
Use the \sphinxhyphen{}p option to instruct the program to read the file before other command\sphinxhyphen{}line options are processed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The configuration file consists of a set of parameters stored in a text file. Each parameter is stored on a separate
line in the following form: name = value, all other lines are silently ignored. Parameter names are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive.
\index{readns = value@\spxentry{readns = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!readns = value@\spxentry{readns = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-readns-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{readns~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Readout noise

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{gain = value@\spxentry{gain = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!gain = value@\spxentry{gain = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-gain-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{gain~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
ADC gain

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{minvalue = value@\spxentry{minvalue = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!minvalue = value@\spxentry{minvalue = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-minvalue-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{minvalue~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Min. pixel value in ADU

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{maxvalue = value@\spxentry{maxvalue = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!maxvalue = value@\spxentry{maxvalue = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-maxvalue-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{maxvalue~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Max. pixel value in ADU

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{fwhm = value@\spxentry{fwhm = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!fwhm = value@\spxentry{fwhm = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-fwhm-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{fwhm~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Expected FWHM in pixels

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{thresh = value@\spxentry{thresh = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!thresh = value@\spxentry{thresh = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-thresh-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{thresh~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Detection threshold

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{minsharp = value@\spxentry{minsharp = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!minsharp = value@\spxentry{minsharp = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-minsharp-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{minsharp~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Low sharpness cutoff

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{maxsharp = value@\spxentry{maxsharp = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!maxsharp = value@\spxentry{maxsharp = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-maxsharp-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{maxsharp~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
High sharpness cutoff

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{minround = value@\spxentry{minround = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!minround = value@\spxentry{minround = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-minround-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{minround~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Low roundness cutoff

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{maxround = value@\spxentry{maxround = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!maxround = value@\spxentry{maxround = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-maxround-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{maxround~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
High roundness cutoff

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{skyinner = value@\spxentry{skyinner = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!skyinner = value@\spxentry{skyinner = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-skyinner-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{skyinner~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Inner radius of sky aperture

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{skyouter = value@\spxentry{skyouter = value}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!skyouter = value@\spxentry{skyouter = value}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-skyouter-value}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{skyouter~=~~value}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Outer radius of sky aperture

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{apertures = value,value,...@\spxentry{apertures = value,value,...}!configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}}\index{configuration parameter@\spxentry{configuration parameter}!apertures = value,value,...@\spxentry{apertures = value,value,...}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:confval-apertures-value-value-...}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{apertures~=~~value,value,...}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
Comma separated list of radii of star apertures

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
muniphot \PYGZhy{}oout?.pht test1.fts test2.fts test3.fts
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command performs photometry to the files \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test1.fts}}, \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test2.fts}}
and \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{test3.st7}} and writes the output to the files: \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out1.pht}},
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out2.pht}} and \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out3.pht}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{muniphot_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{timebat@\spxentry{timebat}!command@\spxentry{command}}\index{command@\spxentry{command}!timebat@\spxentry{timebat}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{timebat (command)}
\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:timebat-command}}\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:id1}}\label{\detokenize{timebat_command::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
utility for time correction


\subsubsection{Synopsis}
\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:synopsis}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
timebat {[} options {]} \sphinxstyleemphasis{time\sphinxhyphen{}corr} \sphinxstyleemphasis{input\sphinxhyphen{}files} …


\subsubsection{Description}
\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:description}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleliteralstrong{\sphinxupquote{timebat}} command applies time correction to a set of source frames. It means,
that it adds given amount of time to the times of observation. The program does not touch neither
the image data nor other parameters in header.
The source frames must be in the FITS format. The output file is in the FITS format too.


\subsubsection{Input files}
\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:input-files}}\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:timebat-input-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Names of input files can be specified directly on a command\sphinxhyphen{}line as command arguments; it is allowed to use the
usual wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation. In case the input files are placed outside the working directory, you have to specify
the proper path relative to the current working directory.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Alternatively, you can also prepare a list of input file names in a text file, each input file on a separate line.
It is not allowed to use the wild\sphinxhyphen{}card notation here. Use the \sphinxhyphen{}i option to instruct the program to read the file.


\subsubsection{Output files}
\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:output-files}}\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:timebat-output-files}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
By default, output files are stored to the current working directory. Their names
are derived from the command name followed by a sequential number starting by 1.
Command options allows a caller to modify the default naming of output files.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxhyphen{}o option sets the format string; it may contain a path where
the files shall be stored to. Special meaning has a sequence of question marks, it
is replaced by the ordinal number of a file     indented by leading zeros to the same
number of decimal places as the number of the question marks.

\sphinxAtStartPar
By means of the \sphinxhyphen{}i option, you can modify the initial value of a counter.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On request, the program can write a list of output files to a text file, use the \sphinxhyphen{}g option
to specify a file name.


\subsubsection{Options}
\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:options}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Options are used to provide extra information to customize the execution of a command. They are specified as command
arguments.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each option has a full form starting with two dashes and an optional short form starting with one dash only. Options
are case\sphinxhyphen{}sensitive. It is allowed to merge two or more successive short options together. Some options require a value;
in this case a value is taken from a subsequent argument. When a full form is used, an option and its value can also
be separated by an equal sign. When a short form is used, its value can immediately follow the option.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Whenever there is a conflict between a configuration file parameter and an option of the same meaning, the option
always take precedence.
\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}i@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}i}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-i}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-read-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}i}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}read\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
read list of input files from specified file; see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{timebat_command:timebat-input-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Input files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}g@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}g}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-g}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-make-dirfile}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}g}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}make\sphinxhyphen{}dirfile}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}filepath\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
save list of output files to specified file, existing content of the file will be overwritten;
see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{timebat_command:timebat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}o@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}o}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-o}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-output-mask}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}o}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}output\sphinxhyphen{}mask}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}mask\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set output file mask (default=:file:\sphinxtitleref{tout????.fts}), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{timebat_command:timebat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}c@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}c}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-c}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-counter}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}c}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}counter}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{~\textless{}value\textgreater{}}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
set initial counter value (default=1), see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{timebat_command:timebat-output-files}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Output files}}}} section for details.

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}h@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}h}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-h}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-help}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}h}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}help}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print list of command\sphinxhyphen{}line parameters

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}q@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}q}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-q}}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-quiet}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}q}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{,~}}\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}quiet}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
quiet mode; suppress all messages

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-version}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}version}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software version string

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-licence}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}licence}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
print software licence

\end{fulllineitems}

\index{timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}!\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\index{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose@\spxentry{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}!timebat command line option@\spxentry{timebat command line option}}

\begin{fulllineitems}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:cmdoption-timebat-verbose}}
\pysigstartsignatures
\pysigline{\sphinxbfcode{\sphinxupquote{\sphinxhyphen{}\sphinxhyphen{}verbose}}\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{}}}
\pysigstopsignatures
\sphinxAtStartPar
verbose mode; print debug messages

\end{fulllineitems}



\subsubsection{Examples}
\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:examples}}
\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{timebat} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{oout}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts} \PYG{l+m+mf}{43.512} \PYG{o+ow}{in}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{fts}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The command shifts time of observation of CCD frame stored in the file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{in.fts}}
by 43 seconds and 512 miliseconds to the future. The output is written to file \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{out.fts}}.


\subsubsection{Exit status}
\label{\detokenize{timebat_command:exit-status}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The command returns a zero exit status if it succeeds to process all specified files. Otherwise, it will stop
immediately when an error occurs and a nonzero error code is returned.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack@\spxentry{C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack}!library@\spxentry{library}}\index{library@\spxentry{library}!C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack@\spxentry{C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack}}\index{API@\spxentry{API}}\ignorespaces 

\chapter{C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library (API)}
\label{\detokenize{library:c-munipack-library-api}}\label{\detokenize{library:api}}\label{\detokenize{library:library}}\label{\detokenize{library:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{library::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library provides an extensive set of functions with a simple application
programming interface (API) for reduction of images carried out by a CCD or DSLR cameras,
aimed at observation of variable stars.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The library has been developed as a part of the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software. See the project
\sphinxhref{http://c-munipack.sourceforge.net/}{home page} for more information about the project and other interfaces.


\section{Sample program}
\label{\detokenize{library:sample-program}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The following text describes implementation of a very simple application, which
performs photometry of a single CCD frame using functions from the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack
library. It is supposed, that you have got the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library and its headers
installed.
\subsubsection*{The source code}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Let’s start \sphinxhyphen{} make a new project in your favorite IDE and make a big mug of coffee
for yourself. First of all, we need to include some standard headers:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{c+c1}{\PYGZsh{}include \PYGZlt{}stdio\PYGZgt{}}
\PYG{c+c1}{\PYGZsh{}include \PYGZlt{}stdlib\PYGZgt{}}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The declarations from the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library are sorted into several header files,
but all we need to include just one header file, which in turn includes all other
public header files:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{c+c1}{\PYGZsh{}include \PYGZlt{}cmunipack\PYGZgt{}}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
We will use command\sphinxhyphen{}line arguments to specify name of an input CCD frame and name
of an output file. Because of this, our declaration of the \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{main}} function looks
like this:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n+nb}{int} \PYG{n}{main}\PYG{p}{(}\PYG{n+nb}{int} \PYG{n}{argc}\PYG{p}{,} \PYG{n}{char} \PYG{o}{*}\PYG{n}{argv}\PYG{p}{[}\PYG{p}{]}\PYG{p}{)}
\PYG{p}{\PYGZob{}}
        \PYG{n}{CmpackPhot} \PYG{o}{*}\PYG{n}{lc}\PYG{p}{;}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{lc}} variable is called a context. The context stores the configuration parameters
and keeps internal data used during photometry process. It allows a caller
to process multiple frames in different threads without interference between each
other. The context is a trick that makes all functions from the library \sphinxstyleemphasis{re\sphinxhyphen{}entrant};
you can safely call functions from different threads without any synchronization
or locking features provided that those threads uses different contexts. There are two
exceptions to that rule. The initialization routine must be called before any other
call from the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library and the clean\sphinxhyphen{}up routine must be called as the last
call.

\sphinxAtStartPar
At the beginning of our sample program, we call the initialization routine:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{o}{/}\PYG{o}{*} \PYG{n}{Library} \PYG{n}{initialization} \PYG{o}{*}\PYG{o}{/}
\PYG{n}{cmpack\PYGZus{}init}\PYG{p}{(}\PYG{p}{)}\PYG{p}{;}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The next piece of code checks the command line parameters. This demo expects two parameters,
the first one is a name of an input file with a source frame, the second one is a name of
an output file:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{o}{/}\PYG{o}{*} \PYG{n}{Command} \PYG{n}{line} \PYG{n}{checking} \PYG{o}{*}\PYG{o}{/}
\PYG{k}{if} \PYG{p}{(}\PYG{n}{argc}\PYG{o}{!=}\PYG{l+m+mi}{3}\PYG{p}{)} \PYG{p}{\PYGZob{}}
             \PYG{n}{fprintf}\PYG{p}{(}\PYG{n}{stderr}\PYG{p}{,} \PYG{l+s+s2}{\PYGZdq{}}\PYG{l+s+s2}{Syntax: test \PYGZlt{}ccd frame\PYGZgt{} \PYGZlt{}photometry file\PYGZgt{}}\PYG{l+s+s2}{\PYGZdq{}}\PYG{p}{)}\PYG{p}{;}
             \PYG{k}{return} \PYG{l+m+mi}{1}\PYG{p}{;}
\PYG{p}{\PYGZcb{}}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Before we do any real work, we need to create a new photometry context. This is
a opaque data structure that keeps the configuration parameters required to perform
a photometry on a frame. The context is created by calling the \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{cmpack\_phot\_init}}
routine. This function creates a new photometry context, sets all parameters to
default values, sets the reference counter to one. A pointer to the context is
returned. The caller becomes an owner of the context and when we don’t need it
anymore, we should release the reference by calling the \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{cmpack\_phot\_free}}
function which decrements the reference counter and destroys the context.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Let’s set up at least two most important configuration parameters \textendash{} the filter
half\sphinxhyphen{}width and the detection threshold. We let all other parameter to the default
values.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{o}{/}\PYG{o}{*} \PYG{n}{Create} \PYG{n}{context} \PYG{o}{*}\PYG{o}{/}
\PYG{n}{lc} \PYG{o}{=} \PYG{n}{cmpack\PYGZus{}phot\PYGZus{}init}\PYG{p}{(}\PYG{p}{)}\PYG{p}{;}
\PYG{n}{cmpack\PYGZus{}phot\PYGZus{}set\PYGZus{}fwhm}\PYG{p}{(}\PYG{n}{lc}\PYG{p}{,} \PYG{l+m+mf}{2.5}\PYG{p}{)}\PYG{p}{;}
\PYG{n}{cmpack\PYGZus{}phot\PYGZus{}set\PYGZus{}thresh}\PYG{p}{(}\PYG{n}{lc}\PYG{p}{,} \PYG{l+m+mf}{4.0}\PYG{p}{)}\PYG{p}{;}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Now everything is ready to do a real work. The photometry is executed by calling
the \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{cmpack\_phot}}, which takes the context as its first parameter, the names
of the input and output files as the second and third parameter. The fourth parameter
is NULL.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{cmpack\PYGZus{}phot}\PYG{p}{(}\PYG{n}{lc}\PYG{p}{,} \PYG{n}{argv}\PYG{p}{[}\PYG{l+m+mi}{1}\PYG{p}{]}\PYG{p}{,} \PYG{n}{argv}\PYG{p}{[}\PYG{l+m+mi}{2}\PYG{p}{]}\PYG{p}{,} \PYG{n}{NULL}\PYG{p}{)}\PYG{p}{;}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Before we finish the program, we should destroy our reference to the photometry
context and since this is the last reference, the context and all data that are
stored within the context is destroyed as well.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{o}{/}\PYG{o}{*} \PYG{n}{Destroy} \PYG{n}{context} \PYG{o}{*}\PYG{o}{/}
\PYG{n}{cmpack\PYGZus{}unref}\PYG{p}{(}\PYG{n}{lc}\PYG{p}{)}\PYG{p}{;}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Before terminating the program, you should call the library clean\sphinxhyphen{}up function.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
        \PYG{o}{/}\PYG{o}{*} \PYG{n}{Library} \PYG{n}{cleanup} \PYG{o}{*}\PYG{o}{/}
        \PYG{n}{cmpack\PYGZus{}cleanup}\PYG{p}{(}\PYG{p}{)}\PYG{p}{;}

        \PYG{k}{return} \PYG{l+m+mi}{0}\PYG{p}{;}
\PYG{p}{\PYGZcb{}}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}
\subsubsection*{Compiling and linking}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library comes with a configuration file for pkg\sphinxhyphen{}config. If
your system supports pkg\sphinxhyphen{}config, this is the easiest way how to pass all options
that are necessary to compile and link an application against the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Otherwise, you have to set up all the options on the command line. Here is an
example that builds our source code on Debian 4 using the gcc compiler.

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{gcc} \PYG{n}{main}\PYG{o}{.}\PYG{n}{c} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{I} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{lcmunipack}\PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{l+m+mf}{1.2} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{lexpat} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{lcfitsio} \PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{lm}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\index{memory@\spxentry{memory}!allocation@\spxentry{allocation}}\index{allocation@\spxentry{allocation}!memory@\spxentry{memory}}\ignorespaces 

\section{Memory allocation}
\label{\detokenize{library:memory-allocation}}\label{\detokenize{library:index-1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
In the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library, all dynamic memory allocation are performed by
means of a group of routines which correspond to the C standard library
memory handling function.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When you build your own application using the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library, please
check the API Reference to make sure when the caller is responsible to free
the allocated memory blocks. To do so, you have to call the \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{cmpack\_free}}
routine, otherwise, the behavior of the program is unpredictable.
\subsubsection*{Detecting memory leaks}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library is compiled with \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\_DEBUG}} symbol defined, the
memory handling function keep track of blocks allocated on the heap. When the
application calls the \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{cmpack\_clean}} routine, the list of blocks that
are still allocated is printed to the standard output. This feature is designed
to detect memory blocks that were allocated but not freed.
\subsubsection*{Detecting out\sphinxhyphen{}of\sphinxhyphen{}block modifications}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library is compiled with \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\_DEBUG}} symbol defined, the
memory handling function check for out\sphinxhyphen{}of\sphinxhyphen{}block modifications. When a memory
block is requested, the function allocates 8 bytes more and writes a 4 bytes
of constant data at the beginning of the block and 4 bytes of constant data
at the end of the block. The function returns a pointer of a memory after
the first four bytes, so from caller’s perspective, everything is transparent.

\sphinxAtStartPar
When a memory block is freed or reallocated, the program checks if the leading
and trailing data were not modified. In such case, an assertion is issued to
stop execution of the program.


\section{Objects and reference counting}
\label{\detokenize{library:objects-and-reference-counting}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Most of the structures that are published by the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library are opaque.
They can be referenced by pointers, but their internal structure and content
can be accessed only by calling appropriate functions. This slows down an
execution of the resulting program, but provides a compatibility of binary code
that were dynamically compiled against the library.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To help binding into other languages, the structures contain reference counters
reference counting that can be incremented and decremented and when the last reference to a structure
is lost, the structure is freed automatically. For each structure that support
reference counting, there are two functions:

\sphinxAtStartPar
A function that has the \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{reference}} suffix increments the reference counter
of an object given as an argument. Its return value is a copy of the argument.
A function that has the \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{free}} suffix decrements the reference counter of an
object given as an argument and when the reference counter reaches zero it
destroys the object and frees allocated memory.


\section{Initialization and clean\sphinxhyphen{}up}
\label{\detokenize{library:initialization-and-clean-up}}
\index{library@\spxentry{library}!initialization@\spxentry{initialization}}\index{initialization@\spxentry{initialization}!library@\spxentry{library}}\ignorespaces 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The library initialization routine \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{cmpack\_init}} must be called prior to
any other call to the library. It initializes the static data and when the library
was compiled with \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\_DEBUG}} symbol defined, the data required by the memory leak detection
is also initialized.

\index{library@\spxentry{library}!cleanup@\spxentry{cleanup}}\index{cleanup@\spxentry{cleanup}!library@\spxentry{library}}\ignorespaces 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The library initialization routine \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{cmpack\_cleanup}} can be called before
the program terminates, though it is not necessary, if you don’t care about memory
leaks, which is a bad idea in general. The clean\sphinxhyphen{}up code releases any memory allocated
in static data. When the library was compiled with \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\_DEBUG}} symbol defined, it prints
out to the standard output a report about any memory blocks that were allocated but
not freed. Please note that only memory blocks that were handled by library’s
allocation/free routines are threated by the leak detector.


\section{Thread safety}
\label{\detokenize{library:thread-safety}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Functions from the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library are \sphinxstyleemphasis{re\sphinxhyphen{}entrant}. It means, that you
can call them from different threads without any external synchronization and locking
if they are called on different data. The data that are used inside a function call
are stored on a stack, the data that are passed between function calls are stored
in an memory allocated on a heap, called a context.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On the other hand, functions from the library are not \sphinxstyleemphasis{thread\sphinxhyphen{}safe}. When you
call a function on the same context (data) from two threads at the same time, the
behavior of the program and the results are unpredictable.

\sphinxAtStartPar
For example, it is safe to perform a photometry on two frames in two threads
simultaneously, but you have to make two photometry contexts (instances of \sphinxstyleemphasis{CmpackPhot}
type).

\sphinxAtStartPar
There are two exceptions to this rule, the library initialization routine \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{cmpack\_init}}
and the clean\sphinxhyphen{}up routine \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{cmpack\_cleanup}}. These routines are not re\sphinxhyphen{}entrant
nor thread\sphinxhyphen{}safe.

\sphinxstepscope


\chapter{Theory of operation}
\label{\detokenize{theory:theory-of-operation}}\label{\detokenize{theory:theory}}\label{\detokenize{theory::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This section of the user manual give a reader a detailed explanation how the data are processed
in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software, how the output data are computed and how the temporary and the output
data are formatted. The text is divided into the two sections; the description of the algorithms
incorporated in the software is provided in the first part of the section, the second part comprises
the specifications of the file formats.

\sphinxstepscope


\section{Algorithms}
\label{\detokenize{algorithms:algorithms}}\label{\detokenize{algorithms:id1}}\label{\detokenize{algorithms::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The algorithms involved in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software at the various stages of the data processing are described in
detail in this section. Its purpose is to explain to a curious reader how the source frames and the photometry files
are handled, what the numbers and graphs mean and how exactly they are derived. I do not claim that I have invented
the algorithms, whenever possible, proper references to the original materials are given.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the following text, reference is often made to “bad” and “overexposed” pixels.
A pixel is regarded as a bad pixel if its value is equal to or less than the value of the first configurable
parameter “Minimum pixel value”. Usually this parameter is set to zero,
the lowest possible value that can be stored in a source image. An overexposed pixel
has a value equal to or greater than the value of the second configurable parameter “Maximum pixel value”.
This configuration parameter should be set to a value at which the analog\sphinxhyphen{}to\sphinxhyphen{}digital
converter saturates, but can be set to a lower value to exclude a higher part of
the intensity range where response of a detector is not linear enough. In the correction
algorithms, both bad and overexposed pixels are excluded from the computations.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame@\spxentry{dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame}!correction@\spxentry{correction}}\index{correction@\spxentry{correction}!dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame@\spxentry{dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}
\label{\detokenize{dark_frame_correction:dark-frame-correction}}\label{\detokenize{dark_frame_correction:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{dark_frame_correction:id1}}\label{\detokenize{dark_frame_correction::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
There is a choice of two calibration schemes for the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction: the standard calibration scheme
and the advanced calibration scheme.

\index{standard calibration scheme@\spxentry{standard calibration scheme}}\ignorespaces \subsubsection*{Standand calibration scheme}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the “standard calibration scheme”,
the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction is a subtraction of a dark frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{D} from a source frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{X} to generate an
output frame Y. The following formula is applied to each pixel at coordinates \sphinxstyleemphasis{(x, y)} independently:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:dark_frame_correction:dfc}
\begin{split}Y(x, y) = X(x, y) - D(x, y)\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Bad and overexposed pixels require special treatment:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a pixel is bad at either source frame or dark frame, it must be marked as bad on a corrected frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a pixel is overexposed on the source pixel, it must stay overexposed after the correction.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a pixel is overexposed on the dark frame, it is marked as bad on the corrected frame.

\end{itemize}

\index{advanced calibration scheme@\spxentry{advanced calibration scheme}}\ignorespaces \subsubsection*{Advanced calibration scheme}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the “advanced calibration scheme”, a scalable dark frame, that was acquired with
exposure duration \(t_SD\) is scaled to match the exposure duration \(t_X\) of a source frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{X}.
Then, the dark frame is subtracted from a source frame to generate an output frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{Y}.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:dark_frame_correction:adv_dfc}
\begin{split}Y(x, y) = X(x, y) - \frac{t_X}{t_SD}\,SD(x, y)\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The program makes sure that the dark frame is a scalable dark frame by checking the status of the
\sphinxstyleemphasis{SCALABLE} flag, which is stored in the file’s header.

\sphinxstepscope
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{flat_frame_correction:flat-frame-correction}}
\index{flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame@\spxentry{flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame}!correction@\spxentry{correction}}\index{correction@\spxentry{correction}!flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame@\spxentry{flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}
\label{\detokenize{flat_frame_correction:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{flat_frame_correction:id1}}\label{\detokenize{flat_frame_correction::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction is a division of a source frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{X} by a flat frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{F} and multiplying it
by a constant \sphinxstyleemphasis{k}. The constant \sphinxstyleemphasis{k} is determined such that the range of pixel values and
the gain factor (number of photons per ADU) are roughly preserved. The constant \sphinxstyleemphasis{k} is computed
as a mean value of the correction frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{F} by means of the robust mean algorithm, see the chapter
{\hyperref[\detokenize{robust_mean:robust-mean}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Robust mean}}}}.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:flat_frame_correction:ffc}
\begin{split}Y(x, y) = X(x, y) - k\,\frac{X(x, y)}{F(x, y)} = X(x, y) - \bar{F}\,\frac{X(x, y)}{F(x, y)}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Bad and overexposed pixels require special treatment:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a pixel is bad in either source frame or dark frame, it must be marked as bad on the corrected frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a pixel is overexposed on the source pixel, it must stay overexposed after the correction.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a pixel is overexposed on the flat frame, it is marked as bad on the corrected frame.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxstepscope
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{bias_frame_correction:bias-frame-correction}}
\index{bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame@\spxentry{bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame}!correction@\spxentry{correction}}\index{correction@\spxentry{correction}!bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame@\spxentry{bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}
\label{\detokenize{bias_frame_correction:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{bias_frame_correction:id1}}\label{\detokenize{bias_frame_correction::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction is a subtraction of a bias frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{B} from a source frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{X}
to generate an output frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{Y}. Unlike the dark correction, scaling is not applied,
because the bias is independent of exposure duration. The bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction is
applied only in the \sphinxstyleemphasis{advanced calibration scheme}.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:bias_frame_correction:bfc}
\begin{split}Y(x, y) = X(x, y) - B(x, y)\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The following statements describe how bad and overexposed pixels are treated:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a pixel is bad in either source frame or bias frame, it must be marked as bad on the corrected frame.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a pixel is overexposed in the source frame, it must stay overexposed after the correction.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If a pixel is overexposed on the bias frame, it is marked as bad on the corrected frame.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxstepscope

\index{frame@\spxentry{frame}!master dark@\spxentry{master dark}}\index{master dark@\spxentry{master dark}!frame@\spxentry{frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Master dark frame}
\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_2:master-dark-frame}}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_2:master-dark-frame-2}}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_2:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{master_dark_frame_2::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A master dark frame is created from a set of raw dark frames. The robust mean algorithm (see {\hyperref[\detokenize{robust_mean:robust-mean}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Robust mean}}}})
is applied on a pixel\sphinxhyphen{}by\sphinxhyphen{}pixel basis, while leaving out bad and overexposed
pixels. If there are enough source frames, the robustness of the algorithm ensures that an accidental
artifact (e.g. cosmic ray particle) is ruled out and does not affect the mean value. If a pixel has an invalid
value on all source frames, it is marked as a bad pixel on the resulting frame.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The source dark frames must have the same exposure duration, otherwise the resulting frame
is not correct.

\sphinxAtStartPar
A scalable dark frame is computed in the same way as a master dark frame. The program checks
that the bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction was applied to all source frames and sets the \sphinxstyleemphasis{SCALABLE} flag
in the file’s header. The status of this flag is checked in the dark correction, see chapter
{\hyperref[\detokenize{dark_frame_correction:dark-frame-correction}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}}}}.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{frame@\spxentry{frame}!master flat@\spxentry{master flat}}\index{master flat@\spxentry{master flat}!frame@\spxentry{frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Master flat frame}
\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_2:master-flat-frame}}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_2:master-flat-frame-2}}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_2:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{master_flat_frame_2::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A master flat frame is created from a set of raw flat frames. Unlike the dark frame, we normalize
the source frames first to ensure equal mean value for all of them. This is correct, because the mean level
of a flat frame depends on the intensity of the light source that was used to illuminate the camera.
What we are seeking here is a ratio of sensitivity of a detector pixel to the mean sensitivity of
all pixels. It would be natural to normalize the flat frames to a mean value of 1.0, but if
we attempted to store such a normalized frame to a file storing each pixel value as an integer
number, the quantization noise would destroy all our efforts. Therefore, we have to choose a value
which is high enough the reduce the quantization noise. On the other hand, the allowed range of
values that can be stored to a file is limited and depends on the number of bits reserved for each
pixel. If we put the mean intensity too high, some of the pixels would be out of range. The value
which the flat frames is normalized to is a configurable parameter, its default value of 10,000
provides a trade\sphinxhyphen{}off between quantization noise and the limited range, and it is appropriate
in the vast majority of cases.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The steps are as follows: First, take each of the source frames, apply the robust mean algorithm
(see chapter {\hyperref[\detokenize{robust_mean:robust-mean}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Robust mean}}}}) to compute its mean intensity, then normalize the frame by dividing
each pixel value by the mean value and multiplying by the required mean value of 10,000. Next, apply
the robust mean algorithm to normalized frames on pixel\sphinxhyphen{}by\sphinxhyphen{}pixel basis, while leaving out bad and
overexposed pixels. If a pixel has an invalid value on all source frames, it is marked as a bad pixel
on the resulting frame.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{frame@\spxentry{frame}!master bias@\spxentry{master bias}}\index{master bias@\spxentry{master bias}!frame@\spxentry{frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Master bias frame}
\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_2:master-bias-frame}}\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_2:master-bias-frame-2}}\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_2:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{master_bias_frame_2::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A master bias frame is created from a set of bias frame. The robust mean algorithm (chapter
{\hyperref[\detokenize{robust_mean:robust-mean}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Robust mean}}}}) is applied on a pixel\sphinxhyphen{}by\sphinxhyphen{}pixel basis, while leaving out bad and overexposed
pixels. If there are enough source frames, the robustness of the algorithm ensures that an
accidental artifact is ruled out and does not affect the mean value. If a pixel has an invalid value
on all source frames, it is marked as a bad pixel on the resulting frame.

\sphinxstepscope
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{star_detection:star-detection}}
\index{star detection@\spxentry{star detection}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Star detection}
\label{\detokenize{star_detection:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{star_detection:id1}}\label{\detokenize{star_detection::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Star detection is an algorithm that finds stellar objects on a CCD frame. The input
of the algorithm is a calibrated CCD frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{F}; that is,
the bias, dark and flat corrections have already been applied to the source image data.
The output of the algorithm is a table of \sphinxstyleemphasis{x} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{y} coordinates that correspond to the centers of detected stellar
objects. For practical use, the robustness of the detection is a crucial property,
because the signal to noise ratio of real images tend to be low, and there are often
artifacts present.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The algorithms that are in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software follow the algorithms from
the Stetson’s \sphinxstyleemphasis{FIND} routine \sphinxhyphen{} see \sphinxcite{references:stetson11} for the documentation of the original code.
\subsubsection*{Estimation of overall background level and noise level}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the prologue of the star detection, the overall background mean level and noise level is determined.
These values are required in the following phases. The robust mean algorithm, described in
the section {\hyperref[\detokenize{robust_mean:robust-mean}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Robust mean}}}}, is used to determine the mean level and standard deviation of the background.
It is assumed, that majority of pixels are not stars; in this case the pixels that are covered by stars
are rejected by the robust mean as outliers, but if the field was almost covered by stars, the
background estimate would be biased.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Not all pixels are included in the computation of the robust mean, the program filters out pixels that
belongs to the user\sphinxhyphen{}defined border and also bad and overexposed pixels.
\subsubsection*{Fitting Gaussian function}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Because of the noise, the shapes of stars are not regular. Especially for faint stars, the maximum
pixel need not be located at its center. When the telescope was slightly de\sphinxhyphen{}focused during the exposure,
the profiles of stars has a depression in its center caused by a projection of the secondary mirror
on the detector. Insufficient filtering at this stage causes multiple detections of a single
object.

\index{low\sphinxhyphen{}pass@\spxentry{low\sphinxhyphen{}pass}!filter@\spxentry{filter}}\index{filter@\spxentry{filter}!low\sphinxhyphen{}pass@\spxentry{low\sphinxhyphen{}pass}}\index{Gaussian@\spxentry{Gaussian}!function@\spxentry{function}}\index{function@\spxentry{function}!Gaussian@\spxentry{Gaussian}}\ignorespaces 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The low\sphinxhyphen{}pass filter is implemented by fitting a function \sphinxstyleemphasis{y} to each pixel using several
pixels in its neighborhood. The function \sphinxstyleemphasis{y} is a linear combination of a sampled two\sphinxhyphen{}dimensional
Gaussian function \(g(i,j)\) that represents an image of a
stellar object and a constant function that represent a local background level. The linear least squares
method is used to determine the two coefficients \sphinxstyleemphasis{h} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{s} of fitted function \sphinxstyleemphasis{y}:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:fitting}
\begin{split}     y(i,j) = h\,g(i,j)+s = h\,e^{-\frac{(i-i_0)^2+(j-j_0)^2}{2c^2}}+s\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \(i_0\) and \(j_0\) are coordinates of a central pixel and \sphinxstyleemphasis{c} is computed from the configurable parameter
\sphinxstyleemphasis{FWHM}, which determines the width of a Gaussian function and the filter’s frequency response. The parameter
\sphinxstyleemphasis{c} is related to the \sphinxstyleemphasis{FWHM} parameter according to:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:fwhm}
\begin{split}FWHM = {2\sqrt{2 \log 2}}\,c\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The linear least squares find values of free parameters \sphinxstyleemphasis{h} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{s} which minimizes
a sum of squared residuals between original image data \(F(i,j)\) and its model \(y(i,j)\)
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:sum_yf}
\begin{split}     S(h,s) = \sum{(y(i,j)-F(i,j))^2} \rightarrow min.\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Gaussian function as well as the constant function are contiguous and indefinite, for
practical implementation we have to restrict the integration space to the pixel’s neighborhood.
We determine the half\sphinxhyphen{}length of a filter using the \sphinxstyleemphasis{FWHM} parameter:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:half-length}
\begin{split}     \text{filter half-length} = \max(2, \lfloor 0.637 * \text{FWHM} \rfloor)\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
For practical use, we define \sphinxstyleemphasis{n} as a width and height of a square matrix as
\(n = 2 * \text{filter half-length} + 1\) and also a value of \sphinxstyleemphasis{N} as a number
of pixels in the pixel’s neighborhood \(N = n^2\).

\sphinxAtStartPar
From a solution of a linear least squares we get the following formula for the
coefficient \sphinxstyleemphasis{h} that multiples the Gaussian function.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:g2d_fitting}
\begin{split}     h = \frac{N\,\sum{gf}-\sum{f}\sum{g}}{N\,\sum{g^2}-(\sum{g})^2}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Equation \eqref{equation:star_detection:g2d_fitting} is applied to each pixel of a source frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{F} independently,
leaving out pixels that are too close to the border, less that filter half\sphinxhyphen{}length.
Computed values of the \sphinxstyleemphasis{h} coefficient for each pixel are stored in a new auxiliary frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{H}.
\subsubsection*{Finding star candidates}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The object candidates are found by searching for local maxima in the auxiliary frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{H}.
The neighborhood of each pixel at coordinates \sphinxstyleemphasis{x} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{y} is checked out to the radius equal
to the filter half\sphinxhyphen{}length. If the pixel in the center has a greater value than all pixels
in its neighborhood, we have found a candidate.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The candidates are subjected to several subsequent tests. Each test was designed to
be sensitive to specific class of artifacts.
\subsubsection*{Checking minimum brightness}

\index{minimum@\spxentry{minimum}!brightness@\spxentry{brightness}}\index{brightness@\spxentry{brightness}!minimum@\spxentry{minimum}}\ignorespaces 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The height of the fitted two\sphinxhyphen{}dimensional Gaussian function stored in the filtered frame
\sphinxstyleemphasis{H} of a candidate with local maximum at coordinates \sphinxstyleemphasis{x} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{y} must be equal to or
greater than minimum height, \sphinxstyleemphasis{hmin}:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:min_brightness}
\begin{split}     hmin = \text{THRESHOLD} * relerr * \sigma_{F}^2\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \sphinxstyleemphasis{THRESHOLD} is the detection threshold parameter, adjustable in the configuration
of the program.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{relerr} term in the equation is determined as:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:relerr}
\begin{split}     \frac{1}{relerr} = \sqrt{\sum{G^2} - \frac{(\sum{G})^2}{N}}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \sphinxstyleemphasis{N} is a number of pixels in the matrix \sphinxstyleemphasis{G}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \(\sigma_{F}^2\) term is an estimation of random noise per pixel in ADU. The random noise
has two independent sources. The first one is the Poisson statistics that applies to a number of photons
that hit the detector during the exposure (number of discreet events that occurred in a fixed time).
The variance \(\sigma^2\) of the Poisson random variable with mean value of \(\lambda\) is \(\sigma^2 = \lambda\).
If we know the number of photons per ADU, the gain \sphinxstyleemphasis{p} of the detector, and the mean level \sphinxstyleemphasis{s} of the
background, the mean number of photons \(\lambda\) that hit the detector is \(p.s\).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The variance of the random error per pixel in ADU \(\sigma_{ADU}^2\) is determined from the formula
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:sigma}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{ADU}^2 = \frac{s}{p}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The second source of noise is the preamplifier and A/D converter \(\sigma_{RN}^2\), usually referred to
as the read\sphinxhyphen{}out noise. This parameter should be given by a manufacturer in the camera’s data sheet,
however, this value is stated for a single frame and when a processed frame has been made by
summing or averaging of multiple raw frames, a corresponding transformation of the specified value
of the read\sphinxhyphen{}out noise must take place. This applies namely when one is processing DSLR images or
combined CCD images.

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the processed frame has been made as a \sphinxstyleemphasis{sum} of \sphinxstyleemphasis{N} raw frames, then
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:sigma_2_3}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{RN}^2 = (\text{READOUT\_NOISE})^2 * N\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \sphinxstyleemphasis{READOUT NOISE} is a read\sphinxhyphen{}out noise value in A/D units per frame (from the data sheet).

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the processed frame has been made as a \sphinxstyleemphasis{average} (arithmetic mean) of \sphinxstyleemphasis{M} raw frames, then
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:sigma_rn}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{RN}^2 = (\text{READOUT\_NOISE})^2 / M\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
These sources are independent, therefore from the error propagation rules we determine the overall
noise \(\sigma_{F}^2\) as:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:sigma_f}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{F}^2 = \sigma_{ADU}^2 + \sigma_{RN}^2\end{split}
\end{equation}\subsubsection*{Sharpness of an object}

\index{sharpness@\spxentry{sharpness}}\index{delta@\spxentry{delta}!function@\spxentry{function}}\index{function@\spxentry{function}!delta@\spxentry{delta}}\ignorespaces 
\sphinxAtStartPar
This test is intended to leave out diffuse objects, traces of cosmic particles, etc. The sharpness
value of a candidate must be within configurable limits. Sharpness is defined as a ratio
of height of best\sphinxhyphen{}fitting Gaussian function and best\sphinxhyphen{}fitting sampled two\sphinxhyphen{}dimensional \(\delta\) function.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:delta_ij}
\begin{split}     \delta(i,j) =
     \begin{cases}
     1, & \textrm{if}\,i=i_0\,\textrm{and}\,j=j_0 \\
     0, & \textrm{otherwise}
     \end{cases}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The first value, the height of best\sphinxhyphen{}fitting Gaussian function has already been determined in advance \textendash{}
it is stored in the auxiliary frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{H}. The procedure of fitting the delta function is the same as
for the two\sphinxhyphen{}dimensional Gaussian function. We model the image as a linear combination of the delta
function \(\delta\) and the constant function.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:S_dt}
\begin{split}     S(d,t) = \sum{(d.\delta(i,j)+t-F(i,j))^2} \rightarrow min.\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
We limit the fitting of the delta function to the same number of neighboring pixels as we
did for fitting the Gaussian function. By solving the linear equations to find a value of free parameters
\sphinxstyleemphasis{d} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{t} that minimizes the sum of squared residuals between the model \sphinxstyleemphasis{y(i,j)} and original frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{F}
we get a height of best\sphinxhyphen{}fitting delta function as a value of \sphinxstyleemphasis{d}:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:d}
\begin{split}     d = \frac{N\,\sum{\delta f}-\sum{f}\sum{\delta}}{N\,\sum{\delta^2}-(\sum{\delta})^2}
     = \frac{N\,f(i_0,j_0)-\sum{f}}{N-1} = f(i_0,j_0) - \frac{\sum{f}-f(i_0,j_0)}{N-1}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The last form of the equation is easy to implement. It says: take the central pixel and
subtract the average of all surrounding pixels.
\subsubsection*{Roundness of an object}

\index{roundness@\spxentry{roundness}}\index{Gaussian@\spxentry{Gaussian}!function@\spxentry{function}}\index{function@\spxentry{function}!Gaussian@\spxentry{Gaussian}}\ignorespaces 
\sphinxAtStartPar
This test rules out candidates that have a width along the x\sphinxhyphen{}axis much different than
along the y\sphinxhyphen{}axis. Such local maxima do not correspond to real stars, but to artifacts
caused during the read\sphinxhyphen{}out of the CCD chip.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The roundness parameter is defined as the relative difference between height of the best\sphinxhyphen{}fitting
Gaussian in x and y axes. Please note, that unlike the previous steps, we fit the image data
to a one\sphinxhyphen{}dimensional Gaussian function. Therefore, we need to reduce the dimensionality of
the image data. The distribution of the signal is modeled after a 2D Gaussian function. We
take advantage of a fact that an integral of the 2D Gaussian function \sphinxstyleemphasis{G(x,y)} in \sphinxstyleemphasis{x} is
1D Gaussian function \sphinxstyleemphasis{G(y)} and vice versa.

\sphinxAtStartPar
First, we sum the image data in the neighborhood of the local maxima by rows to a vertical
profile of an object and we fit the result with a linear combination of a one\sphinxhyphen{}dimensional
Gaussian function and a constant function. From the least squares fit we get the height of
Gaussian \(h_x\). Second, we sum the image data by columns to get a horizontal profile of an
object and by the same way we get a value \(h_y\). The roundness parameter is derived as the
difference between those two values divided by their average.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:roundness}
\begin{split}     \textrm{ROUNDNESS} = 2\,\frac{h_x - h_y}{h_x + h_y}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the heights of both Gaussian functions are equal, the value of roundness is zero. If one
the Gaussian functions has zero height, the value is 2 or \sphinxhyphen{}2. The default allowed range for
the roundness is \sphinxhyphen{}1 and 1.
\subsubsection*{Finding center of the object}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Up to this point, we have worked with the data as if the center of the object
was located in the center of the brightest pixel. In this step, we derive the
position of the object by estimating an offset vector of the centroid of the
brightness enhancement to the brightest pixel.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The offset vector is derived in two subsequent steps, its \(d_x\) and \(d_y\) components
are computed separately. The value of \(d_x\) is computed by fitting the first derivative
of a one\sphinxhyphen{}dimensional Gaussian function \(G'(x)\) to the difference between image data \(F(x)\)
and the best\sphinxhyphen{}fitting Gaussian function \(G(x)\). We use the same horizontal profile
of the object as we used in the computation of the roundness parameter and we
subtract the best\sphinxhyphen{}fitting Gaussian function \(h_xG(x)\) that we have already derived.
Then we fit the result of subtraction by the linear combination of the function \(G'(x)\)
and a constant function using the linear least squares method.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:center_sum}
\begin{split}     S_x(j_x,k_x) = \sum{((j_x.G'(x)+k_x)-(F(x)-h_x.G(x)))^2} \rightarrow min.\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
We find the value of \sphinxstyleemphasis{j} that minimized the sum in equation \eqref{equation:star_detection:center_sum}.
The value is then used to estimate the offset between the central pixel and the
centroid of the brightness enhancement using the equation \eqref{equation:star_detection:jx_to_dx}.
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Proof?}
\begin{equation}\label{equation:star_detection:jx_to_dx}
\begin{split}     d_x = \frac{j}{1 + |j|}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The same method is used to derive the offset \(d_y\) in the vertical direction.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The object’s center \(\vec{o}\) is computed as a sum of coordinates of central pixel
\(\vec{x}\) and the offset vector \(\vec{d} = (d_x,d_y)\).

\sphinxstepscope
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{photometry:photometry}}
\index{Aperture photometry@\spxentry{Aperture photometry}}\index{aperture@\spxentry{aperture}!photometry@\spxentry{photometry}}\index{photometry@\spxentry{photometry}!aperture@\spxentry{aperture}}\index{point\sphinxhyphen{}spread@\spxentry{point\sphinxhyphen{}spread}!function@\spxentry{function}}\index{function@\spxentry{function}!point\sphinxhyphen{}spread@\spxentry{point\sphinxhyphen{}spread}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Aperture photometry}
\label{\detokenize{photometry:aperture-photometry}}\label{\detokenize{photometry:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{photometry::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Aperture photometry determines brightness of a stellar object by integrating
the signal in a small area on a frame. This area, usually called the aperture, is
chosen in such a way that it includes all pixels that were exposed by the light
from the measured object, but not the light from another source.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The point spread function that represents the spatial distribution of the signal
from an ideal stellar object is rotationally symmetric, so the aperture has circular
shape. The conditions described above define requirements of the ideal aperture size.
If it were too small, a non\sphinxhyphen{}negligible part of the signal would be omitted; on the
other hand, the bigger the aperture the bigger is the chance that another object appears
in the area.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Supposing the frames were properly calibrated, the frame contains the superposition
of two sources \sphinxhyphen{} the sky background and the signal from objects. When we sum
the pixel values in an aperture, the sum contains these both of these. To get a
signal from the object only, we need to subtract the background level.

\index{sky annulus@\spxentry{sky annulus}}\ignorespaces 
\sphinxAtStartPar
It is not possible to measure the background at the positions of the objects directly.
We need to estimated local background level from neighboring pixels. For this
estimation we use another aperture that has an annular shape. Its center is
aligned to the same point as the integrating aperture. The central blank part of
the annulus masks the signal from the measured object. The mean value of pixels
in the annulus is used to estimate background level at its center. In an ideal
case, the annulus would contain only pixels that represent the background, without
objects. In practice this is not generally the case, therefore a robust algorithm
for estimation of the mean level must be applied \sphinxhyphen{} such an algorithm must effectively
reject pixels exposed by stellar objects in the annulus. See the chapter
{\hyperref[\detokenize{robust_mean:robust-mean}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Robust mean}}}} for its implementation in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{aphot}.png}
\caption{Aperture photometry. (a) Aperture \sphinxstyleemphasis{i}: \sphinxstyleemphasis{F} \textendash{} image data samples, \sphinxstyleemphasis{I} \textendash{} net
intensity of a stellar object, \sphinxstyleemphasis{B,.,A} \textendash{} background signal, \sphinxstyleemphasis{r\_i} \textendash{} aperture radius;
(b) Sky annulus: \sphinxstyleemphasis{B} \textendash{} background mean level, \(r_{IS}\) \textendash{} inner radius of sky annulus,
\(r_{OS}\) \textendash{} outer radius of sky annulus.}\label{\detokenize{photometry:id2}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software uses the same algorithm for aperture photometry as
Stetson’s DAOPHOT software. You can see \sphinxcite{references:stetson11} for the documentation
that comes with the original code.
\subsubsection*{Deriving brightness of an object}

\sphinxAtStartPar
We have stated that the sum \sphinxstyleemphasis{S} of pixels in a small area \sphinxstyleemphasis{A} around an object
is a sum of the object’s net intensity \sphinxstyleemphasis{I} plus background intensity \(B\,.\,A\):
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:s}
\begin{split}     S = I + B\,.\,A\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The values of \sphinxstyleemphasis{S} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{B} are derived from the source frame, the area \sphinxstyleemphasis{A} is determined
as the area of circle of radius \sphinxstyleemphasis{r}, where \sphinxstyleemphasis{r} is the size of the aperture in pixels.
It is then easy to compute the net intensity \sphinxstyleemphasis{I} of an object in ADU:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:object_intensity}
\begin{split}     I = S - B\,.\,A\end{split}
\end{equation}
\index{Pogson\textquotesingle{}s@\spxentry{Pogson\textquotesingle{}s}!law@\spxentry{law}}\index{law@\spxentry{law}!Pogson\textquotesingle{}s@\spxentry{Pogson\textquotesingle{}s}}\index{instrumental@\spxentry{instrumental}!magnitude@\spxentry{magnitude}}\index{magnitude@\spxentry{magnitude}!instrumental@\spxentry{instrumental}}\ignorespaces 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Supposing that the net intensity \sphinxstyleemphasis{I} is proportional to the observed flux \sphinxstyleemphasis{F}, we can derive
the apparent magnitude \sphinxstyleemphasis{m} of the object, utilizing the Pogson’s law:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:Pogson_law}
\begin{split}     m = -2.5 \log_{10}\left(\frac{I}{I_0}\right)\end{split}
\end{equation}
\index{differential@\spxentry{differential}!magnitude@\spxentry{magnitude}}\index{magnitude@\spxentry{magnitude}!differential@\spxentry{differential}}\ignorespaces 
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \(I_0\) is a reference intensity from an object of some chosen reference flux \(F_0\). The
ratio between flux and intensity is not known, however it is legitimate to choose any reference
intensity \(I_0\) value, providing only the magnitude difference between two objects is required \sphinxhyphen{}
the difference is independent of choice of the reference intensity \(I_0\). In the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack
software, the reference intensity was set to \(10^{10}\) ADU.
\subsubsection*{When the brightness cannot be measured?}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In some situations, brightness of an object cannot be measured:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The distance between the object’s center and the image border is smaller than the aperture radius.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
There is an overexposed pixel or a bad pixel inside the aperture.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The net intensity \sphinxstyleemphasis{I} is zero or negative.

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When the output data are saved to an DAOPHOT\sphinxhyphen{}compatible photometry file, unmeasured
objects are indicated by brightness value 99.9999. The reader should recognize any
brightness greater than 99.0 magnitudes as an invalid measurement.
\subsubsection*{Estimating the measurement error}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Once we have derived the raw instrumental brightness of an object, we will try
to estimate its standard error. First of all, we will recall a few general rules that apply
to the standard error and its propagation. This is a general rule for error propagation
through a function \sphinxstyleemphasis{f} of uncertain value \sphinxstyleemphasis{X}:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:var_x}
\begin{split}     \operatorname{Var}(f(X)) = (\frac{df}{dx})^2 \operatorname{Var}(X)\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Using this general rule, we derive two laws of error propagation. In the first case,
the uncertain value \sphinxstyleemphasis{X} is multiplied by a constant \sphinxstyleemphasis{a} and shifted by a constant
offset \sphinxstyleemphasis{b}. This law can also be used in the case where only a multiplication or only
an offset occurs.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:var_axb}
\begin{split}     \operatorname{Var}(aX + b) = a^2 \operatorname{Var}(X)\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The second law defines the error of a logarithm of uncertain value \sphinxstyleemphasis{X}:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:var_log_bx}
\begin{split}     \operatorname{Var}(\log(\pm bX)) = \frac{\operatorname{Var}(X)}{\bar{X}^2}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Please note, that the \sphinxstyleemphasis{log} function here is the natural logarithm, while the Pogson’s
formula (see above) incorporates the base\sphinxhyphen{}10 logarithm. The following equation helps
us to deal with this difference:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:log_b_x}
\begin{split}     \log_b(x) = \frac{\log_k(x)}{\log_k(b)}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Putting these two equations together we get:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:var_log_dx}
\begin{split}     \operatorname{Var}(\log_{10}(\pm bX)) = \frac{\operatorname{Var}(X)}{\bar{X}^2\,\log(10)^2}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If we have two uncorrelated uncertain variables \sphinxstyleemphasis{X} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{Y}, the variance of their
sum is the sum of their variances, this equation is known as Bienaym\textquotesingle{}\{e\} formula.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:sum_uncertain_variables}
\begin{split}     \operatorname{Var}(X + Y) = \operatorname{Var}(X) + \operatorname{Var}(Y)\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
From this formula, we can also derive the standard error of a sample mean. If
we have \sphinxstyleemphasis{N} observations of random variable \sphinxstyleemphasis{X} with sample\sphinxhyphen{}based estimate of
the standard error of the population \sphinxstyleemphasis{s}, then the standard error of a sample
mean estimate of the population mean is
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:se_x}
\begin{split}     SE_{\bar{X}} = \frac{s}{\sqrt{N}}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Armed with this knowledge, we can start thinking about the estimation of standard
error of object brightness. We will consider the following three sources of uncertainty:
(1) random noise inside the star aperture that includes the thermal noise of the detector,
read\sphinxhyphen{}out noise of the signal amplifier and the analog\sphinxhyphen{}to\sphinxhyphen{}digital converter, (2) Poisson
statistics of counting of discreet events (photons incident on a detector) that
occur during a fixed period of time and (3) the error of estimation of mean sky level.

\sphinxAtStartPar
For the estimation of mean sky level, we have used the robust mean algorithm. It
allows to estimate its sample variance \(\sigma_{pxl}^2\). This is a pixel\sphinxhyphen{}based variance
and because we have summed together \sphinxstyleemphasis{A} pixels in the star aperture, the Bienaym\textquotesingle{}\{e\}
formula applies, the sum \sphinxstyleemphasis{S} is a sum of \sphinxstyleemphasis{A} uncorrelated random variables, each of
which has variance \(\sigma_{pxl}^2\). For the variance of the first source of error we
get:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:sigma_2_1}
\begin{split}     \sigma_1^2 = A\,\sigma_{pxl}^2\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \sphinxstyleemphasis{A} is a number of pixels in the star aperture.

\sphinxAtStartPar
From Poisson statistics we can derive a variance that occur due to counting of discreet
events, photons incident on a detector, that occur during a fixed period of time, the
exposure. We will again need to use the gain \sphinxstyleemphasis{p} of the detector to convert a intensity
in ADU to a number of photons. If the measured net intensity of an object is \sphinxstyleemphasis{I} we compute
the mean number of photons \(lambda\) as
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:lambda}
\begin{split}\lambda = I\,p\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Then, the variance of intensity due to Poisson statistics is equal to its mean value.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:sigma_ph}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{ph}^2 = \operatorname{Var}(\operatorname{Pois}(\lambda)) = \lambda = I\,p\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The variance is in photons, we have to convert it back to ADU to get the variance
in units \(ADU^2\).
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:sigma_22}
\begin{split}     \sigma_2^2 = \frac{\sigma_{ph}^2}{p^2} = \frac{I\,p}{p^2} = \frac{I}{p}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
We have derived the sky level as a sample mean of pixel population in the sky annulus.
Because each pixel in the annulus has variance \(\sigma_{pxl}^2\), the variance of sample
mean is
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:s_sky_2}
\begin{split}     s_{sky}^2 = \frac{\sigma_{pxl}^2}{n_{sky}}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \(n_{sky}\) is the number of pixels in sky annulus.

\sphinxAtStartPar
From equation \eqref{equation:photometry:sum_uncertain_variables} we compute the variance of object’s
intensity as
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:sum_noises}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{ADU}^2 = \sigma_1^2 + \sigma_2^2 + A^2\,s_{sky}^2\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Note, that in equation \eqref{equation:photometry:object_intensity} the sky level is multiplied by \sphinxstyleemphasis{A},
so we have to multiply its variance by \(A^2\) \sphinxhyphen{} see the equation \eqref{equation:photometry:sum_noises}.
Now, we use the law of error propagation for the logarithm adopted to match the formula
of the Pogson’s law.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:Pogson_law_sigma}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{mag}^2 = (\frac{-2.5}{I\,\log(10)})^2\,\sigma_{ADU}^2\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Putting equations \eqref{equation:photometry:Pogson_law_sigma} and \eqref{equation:photometry:sum_noises} together,
we can derive the standard error of the object’s brightness in magnitudes as
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:sigma_mag}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{mag} = \frac{1.08574}{I}\,\sqrt{\sigma_{ADU}^2}\end{split}
\end{equation}\subsubsection*{Intensities}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In some cases when further processing of the photometric data is involved, ensemble
photometry for example, it is necessary to get intensity (brightness) values of
individual stars instead of the standard differential magnitudes. The intensity \(I_{ADU}\)
is defined as integral of the light in an aperture minus contribution of a local
background. The intensity can be transformed into magnitudes using Pogson’s law
and a reference intensity. In the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software, this value is called the
raw instrumental magnitude.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The net intensity \sphinxstyleemphasis{I} in ADU can be computed from the raw instrumental magnitude \sphinxstyleemphasis{m} using an
inversion of the Pogson’s law (see \eqref{equation:photometry:Pogson_law}). As was stated above,
the reference flux was set to \(10^{10}\) ADU. The resulting relation is:

\sphinxAtStartPar
The error estimation \(\sigma_I\) for the net intensity \sphinxstyleemphasis{I} can be computed from the error
estimation \(\sigma_{mag}\) using an inversion of the equation \eqref{equation:photometry:Pogson_law_sigma}:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry:sigma_adu}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{ADU} = \frac{I}{1.08574}\,\sigma_{mag}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxstepscope
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{matching:frame-matching}}
\index{frame@\spxentry{frame}!matching@\spxentry{matching}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Frame matching}
\label{\detokenize{matching:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{matching:id1}}\label{\detokenize{matching::doc}}
\begin{sphinxadmonition}{note}{Note:}
\sphinxAtStartPar
I’d like to point out, that I did not invent the algorithm presented below. I
reimplemented the algorithm that was part of the original Munipack software. According
to the original source code, Filip Hroch is the author, but I haven’t found any paper
regarding this method. In case you know about it, please let me know.
\end{sphinxadmonition}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Up to this point, the source frames are processed independently.
To make a light curve of a particular object, we need to trace that object throughout
the set of frames. This step is called \sphinxstyleemphasis{matching} in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software. It takes
two or more lists of stellar objects (result of photometry) and determines which objects
on one list are the same physical object on the rest of the lists.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The matching algorithm implemented in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software is an extension of the
algorithm published by Valdes \sphinxcite{references:valdes95}. The main difference is that it builds
polygons of \(n \geq 3\) vertices instead of triangles. The text follows the terminology
of Valdes wherever possible. The matching algorithms based on similarity of triangles
were described and implemented also by Stetson \sphinxcite{references:stetson89} and Groth \sphinxcite{references:groth86}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The algorithm works on two catalogs of objects, each object is described by its
coordinates in some local coordinate system and its brightness. We assume that the
coordinate systems of these catalogs are shifted, scaled, rotated or even inverted.
To make it even more difficult, the catalogs can overlap only partially; objects
from one catalog need to be present in the second catalog and vice versa. Problems
with separation of close objects might cause that objects present in one catalogs
are missing in the other catalogs. In addition to that, due to random and field
distortions to position of objects are subject of noise and thus they are known
only imprecisely.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The matching algorithm works in three subsequent phases. In the first phase, possible
transformations between the coordinate systems of two catalogs are found. Then, the
best transformation is chosen and last a relation between the objects from the two
catalogs is established.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Although the method in its basic form works on a pair of catalogs only, its extension
to an arbitrary number of frames is obvious. One frame from the set of source frames
is chosen as a reference catalog and all other source frames are matched against the
reference one. The alternative is to use any other catalog of the same field and
match the source frames against it.
\subsubsection*{Similar triangles}

\sphinxAtStartPar
A catalog of objects can be seen a large number of triangles \sphinxhyphen{} it is possible
to create a triangle for every combination of three objects. If the coordinate
systems of two catalogs are shifted, scaled, rotated or inverted (flipped) to
each other and two catalogs show at least partially the same set of physical
objects, there must be many triangles that have the similar shape in both catalogs,
because the said operations do not change the their shape. Not all triangles
from one catalog have their counterparts in the other one. Also, due to the noise
component in position measurements and field distortion, the triangles are never
exactly the same.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Following Stetson \sphinxcite{references:stetson89}, shape of a triangle is described by two shape
indices which form a point in two\sphinxhyphen{}dimensional \sphinxstyleemphasis{triangle space} \((x_t, y_t)\)
defined as:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:matching:u}
\begin{split}u = \frac{\text{length of second longest side}}{\text{length of longest side}}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
and
\begin{equation}\label{equation:matching:v}
\begin{split} v = \frac{\text{length of shortest side}}{\text{length of longest side}}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
It can be shown, using the law of sines, that if a triangle is made by shifting, rotation,
scaling, inversion or their combination from an original triangle, it projects to the
same point in the triangle space. The Euclidean distance in the triangle space is used
to measure similarity of two triangles. If it is lesser than some value \(\epsilon\), the
triangles match.
\subsubsection*{Building polygons}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The algorithm implemented in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software follows the method described
by Valdes. It sorts the objects by the brightness in decreasing order and takes up to
\(N_{obj}\) objects from both catalogs. But it does not stop when it find a pair of
triangles that match. It continues to build up a pair of polygons of \sphinxstyleemphasis{N} vertices
from them by taking one of the sides and finding two objects that would form yet
another similar triangles. On success, it adds the objects to the list to make a
quadrilateral and so on up to a polygon with \sphinxstyleemphasis{N} sides. The value \sphinxstyleemphasis{N} is a configurable
parameter. A constant value \(\epsilon = 0.005\) is used to check if two triangles match.
\subsubsection*{Reducing the number of false matches}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The following optimization reduces the number of false matches. When a pair of
objects \sphinxstyleemphasis{(A, B)/ and *(A’, B’)} is takes, their distances \(d = \left|AB\right|\) and
\(d' = \left|A'B'\right|\) are computed. The ratio \sphinxstyleemphasis{d:d’} is used as a scale between
the two frames. Also, points in half between these points \sphinxstyleemphasis{P} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{P’} are determined.
For any point \sphinxstyleemphasis{C} from the first catalog, its distance to the point \sphinxstyleemphasis{P} is divided
by \sphinxstyleemphasis{d:d’} to get expected distance of a desired object \sphinxstyleemphasis{C’} to the point \sphinxstyleemphasis{P’}. Then,
it is possible to restrict the search to objects of distance to \sphinxstyleemphasis{P’} not very far
from the expected value. Quick sort algorithm is used to sort objects by distance
from the point \sphinxstyleemphasis{P’}, which allows to stop search when the distance is above upper
limit.
\subsubsection*{From polygon to transformation}

\sphinxAtStartPar
By means of the algorithm described in the previous section, two similar polygons
\sphinxstyleemphasis{P\_1} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{P\_2} were found, each of which has \sphinxstyleemphasis{N} vertices. The next step is
to find the best\sphinxhyphen{}fitting transformation between coordinates of vertices of \sphinxstyleemphasis{P\_1}
and \sphinxstyleemphasis{P\_2}. The scale factor is estimated first. Next, the inversion is determined.
Finally, the linear least squares (LLSQ) method is applied to find the values of
the rest of the parameters.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The estimation of the \sphinxstyleemphasis{scale} factor \sphinxstyleemphasis{s} between the two polygons \sphinxstyleemphasis{P} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{P’}
is estimated as the robust mean of ratios between corresponding vertex distances
of the two polygons. The mean value is determined using the robust mean algorithm
(see {\hyperref[\detokenize{robust_mean:robust-mean}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Robust mean}}}}).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{inversion} is represented by value \sphinxstyleemphasis{m = 1} if mirroring does not
occur (local coordinate systems are of the same handedness) or \sphinxstyleemphasis{m = \sphinxhyphen{}1} if it does.
To determine the value \sphinxstyleemphasis{m}, first two vertices of polygons \sphinxstyleemphasis{P} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{P’} are used
to make oriented lines and we check whether the third vertices in \sphinxstyleemphasis{P} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{P’} are
on the same side of the oriented lines. The test can be performed in 3\sphinxhyphen{}D space by
comparison of sign of z\sphinxhyphen{}coordinate of crossproduct of the vectors \(\vec{AB}\) and
\(\vec{AC}\) to the sign of z\sphinxhyphen{}coordinate of crossproduct of the vectors \(\vec{A'B'}\)
and \(\vec{'A'C}\). The value \sphinxstyleemphasis{m = 1} if the signs are equal, \sphinxstyleemphasis{m = \sphinxhyphen{}1} otherwise.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{rotation} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{offset} between the two frames are estimated by
determining coefficients \sphinxstyleemphasis{A}, \sphinxstyleemphasis{B}, \sphinxstyleemphasis{X\_0} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{Y\_0} by means of the LLSQ method.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The first estimation of the transformation matrix \sphinxstyleemphasis{M\_0} is created by combining the
scale factor, the \sphinxstyleemphasis{m} value and the results of the LLSQ fitting. The variance :math\textasciigrave{}sigma\_0\textasciicircum{}2\textasciigrave{}
of the solution is determined using the minimized value of the sum of squares \sphinxstyleemphasis{S}:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:matching:sigma_2_2}
\begin{split}     \sigma_0^2 = \frac{S}{2N - 4} = \frac{1}{2}\frac{S}{N-2}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The denominator, \sphinxstyleemphasis{2N\sphinxhyphen{}4}, is the statistical degrees of freedom; \sphinxstyleemphasis{2N} is the number
of equations (each vertex gives two equations) and there are four free parameters.
The variance will be used to determine allowed displacement between expected and observed
position of a star.
\subsubsection*{Refining the transformation}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The transformation found using polygon vertices only is further refined in the second stage
by including stars from \sphinxstyleemphasis{S} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{S’}. It was stated above, that not all stars from S* and
\sphinxstyleemphasis{S’} must necessarily have corresponding objects on the other frame, thus it is necessary
to use a robust approach and rule such stars out.

\sphinxAtStartPar
For each star from a set \sphinxstyleemphasis{S}, its coordinates are transformed into the second frame using
the matrix \sphinxstyleemphasis{M\_0} (first estimation). Then, a star from the set \sphinxstyleemphasis{S’} with minimum distance
to the computed location is found, and if its distance is less than maximum displacement
\sphinxstyleemphasis{t}, the two stars are included in the second estimation. The value \sphinxstyleemphasis{t\_0} is determined using
the variance \(\sigma_0^2\):
\begin{equation}\label{equation:matching:t0}
\begin{split}     t_0 = \sigma_0.\text{clip}.\sqrt{6}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The stars from the set \sphinxstyleemphasis{S} that were successfully identified in \sphinxstyleemphasis{S’} are used in the
LLSQ method (same as in the first iteration) in order to determine a second estimation
of the transformation matrix \sphinxstyleemphasis{M\_1}. The scale and mirror value are kept unchanged. Also,
the new value of sample variance \(\sigma_1^2\) is determined.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Number of identified stars and the sum of squares from the second iteration are
used to select a best\sphinxhyphen{}fitting solution.
\subsubsection*{Vote array}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The vote array is organized as a map, where keys are unordered sets of polygon vertices and it
stores number of matches, stars that were identified in the second stage, sum of squares
and the transformation matrix. When a new candidate is identified, the program compares
the set of polygon vertices with existing keys in the vote array. When there is a matching
item, its match counter is incremented by one. If not, a new record is added to the vote array
and its match counter is initialized to one.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The selection of the best\sphinxhyphen{}fitting solution is based on the number of matches. If the vote array
contains multiple records with the maximum match count, the first one wins.
\subsubsection*{Cross\sphinxhyphen{}reference table}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The result of the matching algorithm applied to a set of source frames is a cross\sphinxhyphen{}reference
table which represents relations between objects detected on the source frames. The table
should allow to efficiently find the measurements for a particular physical object. In the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack
software, each detected object on a single source frame is assigned a unique integer number
at the final stage of the photometry step; these identification numbers are frame\sphinxhyphen{}wise.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The cross\sphinxhyphen{}reference table is a map where keys are frame identification and frame\sphinxhyphen{}wise object
identifier and the values are global object identifiers. If the matching is done against one
of the source frames, object identifiers on that source frame are used as global identifiers.
If a catalog file is used, the object identifiers in the catalog are used as global identifiers.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The table is stored in a distributed form, each object on each frame has got an attribute
that defines if the object was found on a reference frame or a catalog file and if so, what
the global identification was.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{tracking@\spxentry{tracking}!moving target@\spxentry{moving target}}\index{moving target@\spxentry{moving target}!tracking@\spxentry{tracking}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Tracking a moving target}
\label{\detokenize{tracking_moving_target:tracking-a-moving-target}}\label{\detokenize{tracking_moving_target:tracking-moving-target}}\label{\detokenize{tracking_moving_target:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{tracking_moving_target::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The process of matching frames, based on features that are preserved under certain transformations,
as it was described in the {\hyperref[\detokenize{matching:frame-matching}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{previous chapter}}}}, works well for stellar objects;
detected stars form the same pattern on each frame. Mismatch between any two frames is change
in spatial offset, scale and rotation, in some cases also a mirror operation applies. The task of
matching a set of frames is about finding a set of equations (matrix) that transforms coordinates
of any vector (point) on one frame to a vector in a reference coordinate system.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In case of moving targets, such as minor Solar System bodies, in additional to the mismatch
desribed above, another source of mismatch is introduced \sphinxhyphen{} an object of interest, having its
own radial movement, changes its position with respect to surrounding stars between the
frames (in time). Therefore, if a pattern used for the frame matching would include such an object,
it would not match. The challange in reduction of an observation of minor bodies is
in founding an image of the object of interest on each source frame. Fortunately, it can
be reasonably expected, that such an object does not move randomly, but follows a simple
trajectory that can be fitted using a simple polynomial function or spline.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software approaches this task with help of a user. He picks up a small set
of frames, called key frames, and on each frame he indicates an object that corresponds
to the target. As in the frame matching for stellar objects, a user also chooses one frame
to be a reference frame. The rest of the process does not require any further interaction.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The key frames are processed first. The object indicated by the user as the target
is left out from the reference frame and the key frame. Then, the same frame matching
process as in case of a stellar object is applied to those two frames. This is repeated for each
key frame and the equations that transforms frame coordinates into reference coordinates
are preserved.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The software keeps an observation time and position of the target object from each key
frame and transforms those positions into the reference coordinate system. Then, using
linear least squares method, the transformed positions are interpolated using two
second order polynomial function of time t:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:tracking_moving_target:f_x}
\begin{split}x(t) = A_x + B_x . t + C_x . t^2\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
and
\begin{equation}\label{equation:tracking_moving_target:f_y}
\begin{split}y(t) = A_y + B_y . t + C_y . t^2\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Using the functions \(x(t)\) and \(y(t)\) a position of the target in the reference
coordinate system can be determined an any given time \(t\).

\sphinxAtStartPar
Subsequently, the matching process continues with processing all other frames. The software reads an
observation time \(t\) of a frame and using the functions \(x(t)\) and \(y(t)\),
determines the position of the target in reference coordinate system in time \(t\). Then,
the target object’s position on the reference frame is changed to values \(x(t)\)
and \(y(t)\) and a standard frame matching process is applied. If the fit is correct,
an object close to the expected position of the target is found, the pattern of objects
on the reference frame and the pattern on source frame match and an identification of
the target object is found as a result of the standard frame matching process.

\sphinxstepscope
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{artificial_comparison:artificial-comparison}}
\index{artificial@\spxentry{artificial}!comparison star@\spxentry{comparison} \spxentry{star}}\index{comparison@\spxentry{comparison}!star, artificial@\spxentry{star}, \spxentry{artificial}}\index{star@\spxentry{star}!artificial comparison@\spxentry{artificial} \spxentry{comparison}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Artificial comparison star}
\label{\detokenize{artificial_comparison:artificial-comparison-star}}\label{\detokenize{artificial_comparison:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{artificial_comparison::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The artificial comparison star is used to enhance a quality of a light curve
by utilizing multiple stars that are used to compute differential magnitudes
of a variable star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
A new virtual comparison star is created from a set of stars and its brightness
in magnitudes and error estimation are derived for each frame. Then, a normal
course of light curve construction is followed. The brightness of an artificial
star is computed by averaging the intensities (not magnitudes) of stars from
a set. The same set of stars must be incorporated in the average on each frame,
otherwise the results were incorrect. Therefore, if there is missing measurement
for one of stars, it is not possible to compute the brightness of a comparison
star for this frame.
\subsubsection*{Deriving brightness of the artificial comparison star}

\sphinxAtStartPar
First, we use inverse Pogson’s law to convert brightness in magnitudes \sphinxstyleemphasis{m\_i} into
intensity \sphinxstyleemphasis{I\_i} for each star \sphinxstyleemphasis{i} from the set.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:artificial_comparison:Pogsons_law}
\begin{split}     \frac{I_i}{I_0} = 10^{-0.4\,m_i}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Next, intensities are combined by means of arithmetic mean. Please note, that
the factor \sphinxstyleemphasis{1/N} is used to keep the brightness in the same range as the source data.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:artificial_comparison:intensity}
\begin{split}     \frac{I}{I_0} = \frac{1}{N}\,\sum{\frac{I_i}{I_0}}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Then, the intensity is converted back to magnitudes:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:artificial_comparison:magnitude}
\begin{split}     m = -2.5 \log_{10}\left(\frac{I}{I_0}\right)\end{split}
\end{equation}\subsubsection*{Estimating the measurement error}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The inverse equation \eqref{equation:photometry:Pogson_law_sigma} can be used to transform
the error estimation from magnitudes to intensity unit. Supposing that noise
sources are independent, we can compute the variance of \sphinxstyleemphasis{I} as:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:artificial_comparison:sigma_i}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{I}^2 = (\frac{1}{N})^2\,\sum{\sigma_{I_i}^2}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The equation \eqref{equation:photometry:Pogson_law_sigma} is used to convert the resulting
variance back to magnitudes. Putting all three formulas together we get
the following formula for the error estimation of the resulting brightness of
a artificial comparison star in magnitudes:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:artificial_comparison:sigma_m}
\begin{split}     \sigma_{m} = \frac{\sqrt{\sum{(\frac{I_i}{I_0}\sigma_{m_i})^2}}}{\sum{\frac{I_i}{I_0}}}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxstepscope
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{varfind:varfind}}
\index{finding@\spxentry{finding}!variable star@\spxentry{variable} \spxentry{star}}\index{variable@\spxentry{variable}!star, finding@\spxentry{star}, \spxentry{finding}}\index{star@\spxentry{star}!finding variable@\spxentry{finding} \spxentry{variable}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Finding variables}
\label{\detokenize{varfind:finding-variables}}\label{\detokenize{varfind:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{varfind::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{Find variables} tool is based on the dependency of noise level to mean
brightness. The fainter an objects is, the smaller is the signal\sphinxhyphen{}to\sphinxhyphen{}noise ratio
and the more noisy is the measurement of the object. It can be shown
that two objects of similar brightness which do not vary in brightness
during the observation also have similar noise levels, which is computed as
the sample standard deviation. If one of the objects changes its brightness
due to reasons other than measurement noise, for example it is an eclipsing binary,
its sample standard error is greater than a constant object of the same mean
brightness. Using this idea, we can make a graph of sample standard deviation
vs. mean brightness of all objects detected on a frame set. Supposing the majority of objects are constant,
the graph will reveal a curve, which grows towards lower brightness. Any outlying
point located above the curve denotes an object that has brightness variations
other than measurement noise and thus it might be a variable star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{Find variables} tool does not find variable stars automatically. It presents
the graph described above and provides a means of selecting any object on the graph
and showing its light curve. The decision whether an object is a variable or not is
left to the user.

\index{mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev@\spxentry{mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev}!curve@\spxentry{curve}}\index{curve@\spxentry{curve}!mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev@\spxentry{mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev}}\ignorespaces \subsubsection*{Making the mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev graph}

\sphinxAtStartPar
A list of source frames is analyzed and raw instrumental magnitudes stored in memory.
Each detected object must be uniquely identified across all the frames. One
star is chosen as the comparison star and we assume that this star was constant during the
observation.

\sphinxAtStartPar
However, an object might not be measured correctly on all frames in a frame set.
If the comparison star has an invalid measurement on one or more frames, we cannot derive a differential
magnitude for any object on those frames, so we have to reject these frames as whole. For the rest
of the frames, it may happen that an object does not have a valid measurement on one or more frames.
In this case we cannot derive a differential magnitude of that particular object on those frames.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Let us denote \sphinxstyleemphasis{N} as the number of source frames and \sphinxstyleemphasis{N\_C} as the number of frames where
a comparison star has valid measurements. For each object \sphinxstyleemphasis{i} we can derive a
number of frames \sphinxstyleemphasis{N\_i} where both the object and the comparison star has valid
measurements. If \sphinxstyleemphasis{N\_i} is less than a minimum number of frames \(N_{min}\), we will
rule out the object from the output. The minimum number of frames \(N_{min}\) is calculated
from \sphinxstyleemphasis{N\_C} and configurable threshold \sphinxstyleemphasis{t} in units of percent.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:varfind:n_min}
\begin{split}     N_{min} = \lfloor{\frac{t}{100}\,N_C \rfloor}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
For each object \sphinxstyleemphasis{i} that has a valid measurement on frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{j}, we compute the differential
magnitude \(m_{i,j}\):
\begin{equation}\label{equation:varfind:m_ij}
\begin{split}     m_{i,j} = mag_{i,j} - mag_{C,j}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \(mag_{i,j}\) is instrumental magnitude of the object \sphinxstyleemphasis{i} and \(mag_{C,j}\) is instrumental
magnitude of the comparison star \sphinxstyleemphasis{C} on frame \sphinxstyleemphasis{j}. Then, the mean value \(\overline{m_i}\)
is computed by means of the robust mean algorithm and the sample standard variance \(s_i^2\)
is also determined. Please note, that although the robust mean algorithm is used to compute mean
brightness of an object, all valid measurements should be taken into account in the
computation of the sample variance. Otherwise for a variable star, some of its valid measurements
would be unjustly rejected as outliers, resulting in lower variance.
The term \(\frac{N_i}{N_i-1}\) is known as Bessel’s correction.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:varfind:s_i_2}
\begin{split}     s_i^2 = \frac{N_i}{N_i-1}\,\frac{1}{N_i}\,\sum_{j=1}^{N_i}(m_{i,j} - \overline{m_i})^2
     = \frac{1}{N_i-1}\,\sum_{j=1}^{N_i}(m_{i,j} - \overline{m_i})^2\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Figure {\hyperref[\detokenize{varfind:fig1}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{1}}}} shows a scatter graph of stars that were measured
in the field of eclipsing binary CR Cassiopeiae showing the relationship between
the stars’ mean magnitude \sphinxstyleemphasis{x\_i} versus their sample standard deviations \sphinxstyleemphasis{s\_i}.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{varfind_graph}.png}
\caption{Mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev graph of stars in the field of eclipsing binary CR Cas. The majority
of stars are constant forming a typical “background” curve. The variable star CR Cas,
labeled \sphinxstyleemphasis{var}, has greater standard deviation than stars of similar mean magnitude.}\label{\detokenize{varfind:id1}}\label{\detokenize{varfind:fig1}}\end{figure}
\subsubsection*{Choosing a comparison star}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If the user does not pick a comparison star, the program uses the following algorithm
to choose one and uses it to make a mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve. There are several criteria that
the program can use to determine the suitability of an object to be a comparison star.
A good comparison star should be 1) on the greatest number of frames to avoid more
data rejection than necessary, 2) it should not vary in brightness and 3) the noise
of its measurements should be low to reduce a noise of differential magnitudes and
the resulting data.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Let us take all objects that were found on a reference frame. We assign a number of
frames \sphinxstyleemphasis{F\_i} which each object \$i\$ has been successfully identified on. The maximum
of values \sphinxstyleemphasis{F} is determined and all objects that have the maximum value of \sphinxstyleemphasis{F} are
kept on the list, the others are removed.

\sphinxAtStartPar
For each \(\frac{N(N-1)}{2}\) pairs of objects that were left on the list, a differential
light curve is derived and a robust mean and a sample standard deviation is computed
for the light curve data. Finally, the star that has the lowest sum of standard deviations
is picked as the comparison star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Please note, that although the robust mean algorithm is used to compute mean brightness,
all valid measurements should be taken into account in the computation of the sample
standard deviation. If there were a variable star on the list of candidates, some of
its valid measurements would be unjustly rejected as outliers, resulting in lower deviation.

\sphinxstepscope
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{frame_merging_2:frame-merging-2}}
\index{frame@\spxentry{frame}!merging@\spxentry{merging}}\index{merging@\spxentry{merging}!frame@\spxentry{frame}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Frame merging}
\label{\detokenize{frame_merging_2:frame-merging}}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging_2:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{frame_merging_2::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Frame merging is a technique which uses averaging to combine multiple CCD frames
into one frame. In a naive implementation the mean value of corresponding pixels of source
frames could be computed. However it wouldn’t work well in practice since the sky is revolving around the
celestial pole throughout the night and in most cases even perfectly adjusted motorized
compensation does not track the stars with sufficient precision.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Therefore, in tasks where frame merging is performed, the reduction is done in two phases.
First, the original frames are reduced up to the matching step to get the information about their
relative offsets. Then, the original frames are aligned to one reference frame by means of the
shift transformation. The frames are divided into groups, and for each group one combined
frame is made. In this way we get a set of combined frames, which are processed in the second
phase. Unlike the first phase, calibration is not applied to the combined frames since the images
were already calibrated in the first phase.

\sphinxstepscope
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction:heliocentric-correction}}
\index{heliocentric@\spxentry{heliocentric}!correction@\spxentry{correction}}\index{correction@\spxentry{correction}!heliocentric@\spxentry{heliocentric}}\index{Julian@\spxentry{Julian}!date heliocentric@\spxentry{date} \spxentry{heliocentric}}\index{date@\spxentry{date}!heliocentric, Julian@\spxentry{heliocentric}, \spxentry{Julian}}\index{heliocentric@\spxentry{heliocentric}!Julian date@\spxentry{Julian} \spxentry{date}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Heliocentric correction}
\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction:id1}}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The heliocentric correction compensates for the differences in the observer’s distance
to the observed object due to movement of the Earth around the Sun. When we measure
the time that elapsed between two events and the time span is in the order of days
or more, we may need to compensate for the timing due to the finite speed of light. A common
approach is to transform the observation time as it would be observed from the center
of the Sun, which is considered to be fixed with respect to the object. The Julian
date JD is transformed into Heliocentric Julian date HJD.
The difference between those two dates is called the heliocentric correction HC
and usually it is expressed in days.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:heliocentric_correction:HJD}
\begin{split}     HJD = JD + HC\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Figure 1 illustrates the situation. The heliocentric correction HC is the
time that light needs to cover the distance \(\|\vec{r}\|\). The vector \(\vec{r}\) can
be thought of as a projection of the Earth\sphinxhyphen{}Sun vector \(\vec{s}\) into the direction
of Earth\sphinxhyphen{}object unit vector \(\vec{n}\).

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{helcorr}.png}
\caption{Vectors used to derive heliocentric correction. \sphinxstyleemphasis{s}: Earth\sphinxhyphen{}Sun vector;
\sphinxstyleemphasis{n}: Earth\sphinxhyphen{}object unit vector; \sphinxstyleemphasis{r}: projection of \sphinxstyleemphasis{s} into direction of \sphinxstyleemphasis{n}}\label{\detokenize{heliocentric_correction:id3}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The length of the vector \(\vec{r}\) can be computed as:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:heliocentric_correction:r}
\begin{split}     \|\vec{r}\| = \|\vec{s}\| \cos\theta\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The cosine of angle \(\theta\) can be derived from the expression for dot product
of two vectors:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:heliocentric_correction:a_b}
\begin{split}     \vec{a}\cdot\vec{b} = \|\vec{a}\|\,\|\vec{b}\|\,\cos\theta\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
When we put the two equations together, we get
\begin{equation}\label{equation:heliocentric_correction:r2}
\begin{split}     \|\vec{r}\| = \|\vec{s}\| \frac{\vec{s}\cdot\vec{n}}{\|\vec{s}\|\,\|\vec{n}\|}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
the length of vector \(\vec{s}\) cancels out and because the vector \(\vec{n}\) is
a unit vector, its length is equal to 1. Then we can simplify the previous equation to
\begin{equation}\label{equation:heliocentric_correction:r3}
\begin{split}     \|\vec{r}\| = \vec{s}\cdot\vec{n}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Vector \(\vec{s}\) is computed using Flandern’s formulas for Earth\sphinxhyphen{}Sun distance \sphinxstyleemphasis{R\_S}
and Sun’s ecliptic longitude \(\lambda_S\) (see \sphinxcite{references:flandern79}).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The object’s position is specified by two equatorial coordinates \sphinxhyphen{} right ascension
\(\alpha\) and declination \(\delta\). These coordinates must be transformed into the
ecliptic coordinate system to get object’s ecliptic longitude \(\lambda\) and latitude
\(\beta\).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The easiest way to compute the dot product of two vectors in polar coordinates
is to transform them into the 3\sphinxhyphen{}D Cartesian system first, using a trigonometric identity
for cosine of the sum of two vectors we get
\begin{equation}\label{equation:heliocentric_correction:r_s}
\begin{split}     \|\vec{r}\| = R_S\,\cos\beta\,\cos(\lambda-\lambda_S)\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Using a speed of light \(c = 299,792,458\) meters per second we can derive the formula
for the Heliocentric correction. Please note, that it is necessary to convert the
units to get the value in days.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:heliocentric_correction:hc}
\begin{split}     HC = \frac{R_S}{c}\,\cos\beta\,\cos(\lambda-\lambda_S) = -0.00577552\,R_S\,\cos(\beta)\,\cos(\lambda-\lambda_S)\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxstepscope
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient:air-mass-coefficient}}
\index{air mass@\spxentry{air mass}!coefficient@\spxentry{coefficient}}\index{coefficient@\spxentry{coefficient}!air mass@\spxentry{air mass}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Air mass coefficient}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient:id1}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Air mass is the length of an optical path that light from an observed object
travels through the Earth’s atmosphere. Along this path, the light is attenuated
by scattering and absorption. The greater is the air mass, the greater is the
attenuation. This is illustrated in Figure 1, objects near the horizon appear
less bright than when they are at the zenith.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{airmass}.png}
\caption{Air mass. \$z\$ \textendash{} zenith angle of the object. By definition, the air mass
coefficient is equal to 1 at zenith (\$z=0\$).}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_coefficient:id4}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The air mass coefficient \sphinxstyleemphasis{X} is the air mass relative to that at the zenith. So, its
value is 1 when the object is at zenith, and increases as the zenith angle \sphinxstyleemphasis{z} grows,
reaching approximately 38 at the horizon.
\subsubsection*{Versions 1.2.21 and older}

\sphinxAtStartPar
In versions 1.2.21 and older, the air mass coefficient \sphinxstyleemphasis{X} was computed using
the approximation published by Hardie in 1962 (see \sphinxcite{references:hardie62}). This gives usable
results for zenith angles up to about 85 degrees. For greater zenith angles, the
program returned a negative value, to indicate that air mass cannot be computed.
\subsubsection*{Versions 1.2.22 and newer}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Since version 1.2.22, the air mass coefficient \sphinxstyleemphasis{X} is computed using the approximation
published by Pickering in 2002 (see \sphinxcite{references:pickering02}). The formula \eqref{equation:air_mass_coefficient:airmass} works
well even for zenith angles up to 90 degrees. The program stores a negative value to indicate
a situation when an object is below a horizon.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:air_mass_coefficient:airmass}
\begin{split}     X = \frac{1} { \sin (h + {244}/(165+47 h^{1.1}) ) }\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \sphinxstyleemphasis{h} is apparent altitude \((90^\circ - z)\) in degrees.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{robust@\spxentry{robust}!mean@\spxentry{mean}}\index{mean@\spxentry{mean}!robust@\spxentry{robust}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Robust mean}
\label{\detokenize{robust_mean:robust-mean}}\label{\detokenize{robust_mean:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{robust_mean:id1}}\label{\detokenize{robust_mean::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The computation of robust mean is based on a re\sphinxhyphen{}descending \sphinxstyleemphasis{Psi} type
M\sphinxhyphen{}estimator, that uses Hampel’s influence function, see \sphinxcite{references:hampel86} and \sphinxcite{references:huber81}:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:robust_mean:hampel}
\begin{split}\Psi(x) =
     \begin{cases}
     x                                                                                                       & \textrm{if } 0 \leq |x| \leq a \\
     a \operatorname{sign}(x)                                                        & \textrm{if } a \leq |x| \leq b \\
     \frac{a(c-|x|)}{(c-b)}\operatorname{sign}(x)            & \textrm{if } b \leq |x| \leq c \\
     0                                                                                                       & \textrm{if } c \leq |x| \\
     \end{cases}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \sphinxstyleemphasis{a = 1.7}, \sphinxstyleemphasis{b = 3.4} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{c = 8.5}. The function \(\Psi(x)\) and its first derivative
\(\Psi'(x)\) is plotted on Figure {\hyperref[\detokenize{robust_mean:fig-hampel}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Hampel’s influence function. (a) influence function \textbackslash{}Psi; (b) first derivative \textbackslash{}Psi\textquotesingle{}}}}}.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
\centering
\capstart

\noindent\sphinxincludegraphics{{hampel}.png}
\caption{Hampel’s influence function. (a) influence function \(\Psi\); (b) first derivative \(\Psi'\)}\label{\detokenize{robust_mean:id4}}\label{\detokenize{robust_mean:fig-hampel}}\end{figure}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The starting point for iterations is determined by median as an estimate of location
and median of absolute deviations (MAD) for an estimation of scale \sphinxstyleemphasis{s}.
\begin{equation}\label{equation:robust_mean:MAD}
\begin{split}s = MAD(X)/0.6745\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The optimum solution is found by means of the Newton\sphinxhyphen{}Raphson optimizing algorithm.
In iteration \$j\$ a new estimation of location \(\mu_{j}\) is determined using the following
formula:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:robust_mean:mu_j}
\begin{split}\mu_{j} = \mu_{j-1} + s\,\frac{\sum \Psi(r_i)}{\sum \Psi'(r_i)}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \(r_i\) is a residual
\begin{equation}\label{equation:robust_mean:r_i}
\begin{split}r_i = \frac{x_i - \mu}{s}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the input vector has normal distribution, the estimation of variance is:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:robust_mean:sigma_2}
\begin{split}\sigma^2 = \frac{n}{n-1}\,n\,\frac{\sum\Psi^2(r_i)}{(\sum\Psi'(r_i))^2}\end{split}
\end{equation}
\sphinxAtStartPar
where \sphinxstyleemphasis{n} is the number of samples. The term \(\frac{n}{n-1}\) is Bessel’s correction.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The iterations are stopped when one of the following conditions is satisfied:
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The number of iterations exceed 100 or

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
the absolute difference \(|\mu_{j} - \mu_{j-1}|\) is less than \(10^{-4}\sigma\), where \(\sigma\) is
an square root of variance \(\sigma^2\) computed at each step or

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
the absolute difference \(|\mu_{j} - \mu_{j-1}|\) is less than \(10^{-7}\).

\end{itemize}

\sphinxAtStartPar
See also: \sphinxcite{references:berry00} and \sphinxcite{references:hampel05}.

\sphinxstepscope


\section{File format specification}
\label{\detokenize{files:file-format-specification}}\label{\detokenize{files:files}}\label{\detokenize{files::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
In this chapter, you will find the description of file formats that are created
and used by the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software.

\sphinxAtStartPar
All keywords and invariant phrases, which are included directly in the files
are printed in \sphinxstyleemphasis{cursive font}. Names of files and directories are printed in
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{teletype face}}. Default values of parameters are places in the {[}square brackets{]}.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{photometry@\spxentry{photometry}!files@\spxentry{files}}\index{files@\spxentry{files}!photometry@\spxentry{photometry}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Photometry files}
\label{\detokenize{photometry_files_format:photometry-files}}\label{\detokenize{photometry_files_format:photometry-files-format}}\label{\detokenize{photometry_files_format:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{photometry_files_format::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The photometry files are produced by the photometry process. The file
consists of a table of detected objects and their properties.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The photometry files are stored as binary streams in order to get
optimum performace, because it does not require analyzing any kind of
language and decoding the values.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The binary format of photometry files was introduced to latter versions of C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack 1.2,
because it has turned out that the XML\sphinxhyphen{}based formats are too slow to parse.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Multi\sphinxhyphen{}byte data is stored in little\sphinxhyphen{}endian format (Intel). Real numbers are stored in the
\sphinxstyleemphasis{binary64} format of IEEE 754\sphinxhyphen{}1985.
\subsubsection*{File header}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The general structure of binary photometry file is given in table {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-head}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{1}}}}.

\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-head}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 1


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Offset
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Type
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Length
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
0
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
char{[}{]}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
28
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Format identifier
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
28
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Format revision number
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
32
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Length of metadata in bytes
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The format identifier must be the following text:

\begin{sphinxVerbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]
\PYG{n}{C}\PYG{o}{\PYGZhy{}}\PYG{n}{Munipack} \PYG{n}{photometry} \PYG{n}{file}\PYGZbs{}\PYG{n}{r}\PYGZbs{}\PYG{n}{n}
\end{sphinxVerbatim}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Current format revision number is \sphinxstylestrong{4}.
\subsubsection*{Metadata}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The metadata block immediately follows the file header. The parameters are stored on fixed offsets.
The length of the header is 540 bytes. See the table {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-meta}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{2}}}} for description of
header fields.

\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-meta}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 2


\begin{savenotes}
\sphinxatlongtablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\begin{longtable}[c]{|l|l|l|l|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Offset
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Type
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Length
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\endfirsthead

\multicolumn{4}{c}{\sphinxnorowcolor
    \makebox[0pt]{\sphinxtablecontinued{\tablename\ \thetable{} \textendash{} continued from previous page}}%
}\\
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Offset
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Type
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Length
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\endhead

\sphinxbottomrule
\multicolumn{4}{r}{\sphinxnorowcolor
    \makebox[0pt][r]{\sphinxtablecontinued{continues on next page}}%
}\\
\endfoot

\endlastfoot
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook

\sphinxAtStartPar
0
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
unused
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Frame width in pixels
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Frame height in pixels
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
12
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Julian date of observation
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
20
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
char{[}{]}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
70
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Optical filter, right\sphinxhyphen{}padded with spaces
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
90
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Exposure duration in seconds
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
98
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
CCD temperature in Centigrades
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
106
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
char{[}{]}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
70
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Reduction software
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
176
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
short
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
2
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Date of creation (year)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
178
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
byte
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
1
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Date of creation (month)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
179
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
byte
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
1
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Date of creation (day)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
180
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
byte
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
1
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Date of creation (hour)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
181
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
byte
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
1
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Date of creation (minute)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
182
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
byte
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
1
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Date of creation (second)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
183
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
byte
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
1
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
unused
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
184
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Lowest good pixel value
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
192
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Highest good pixel value
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
200
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Gain in electrons per ADU
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
208
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Readout noise in ADU
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
216
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Expected FWHM of objects
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
224
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Mean FWHM of objects
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
232
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Standard error of FWHM of objects
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
240
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Detection threshold
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
248
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Low sharpness cutoff
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
256
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
High sharpness cutoff
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
264
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Low roundness cutoff
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
272
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
High roundness cutoff
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
280
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Matching status: 0=not matched, 1=matched
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
284
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Number of stars used in matching
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
288
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Number of polygon vertices
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
292
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Number of matched stars
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
296
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Clipping threshold
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
304
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Offset in X axis to the ref. frame in pixels
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
312
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Offset in Y axis to the ref. frame in pixels
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
320
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
char{[}{]}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
70
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object’s designation, right\sphinxhyphen{}padded with spaces
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
390
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object’s right ascension
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
398
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object’s declination
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
406
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
char{[}{]}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
70
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Observer’s location designation, right\sphinxhyphen{}padded with zeros
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
476
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Observer’s longitude
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
484
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Observer’s latitude
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
492
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64{[}{]}
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
48
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Transformation matrix (xx, xy, x0, yx, yy, y0)
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{longtable}
\sphinxtableafterendhook
\sphinxatlongtableend
\end{savenotes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Object’s right ascension \sphinxhyphen{} the reader must interpret a value that is outside range of 0 and 24 as undefined value.
The writer is recommended to use DBL\_MAX value to indicate an undefined value.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Object’s declination \sphinxhyphen{} the reader must interpert a value that is outside range of \sphinxhyphen{}90 and 90 as undefined value.
The writer is recommended to use DBL\_MAX value to indicate an undefined value.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Observer’s longitude \sphinxhyphen{} the reader must interpret a value that is outside range of \sphinxhyphen{}360 and 360 as undefined value.
The writer is recommended to use DBL\_MAX value to indicate an undefined value.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Observer’s latitude \sphinxhyphen{} the reader must interpret a value that is outside range of \sphinxhyphen{}360 and 360 as undefined value.
The writer is recommended to use the DBL\_MAX value to indicate an undefined value.
\subsubsection*{Transformation matrix}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The transformation matrix holds an affine transformation, such as a scale, rotation,
shear, or a combination of those. The transformation of a point (x, y) is given by:
\begin{equation}\label{equation:photometry_files_format:trafo}
\begin{split} x_{new} = x_x * x + x_y * y + x_0 \\
 y_{new} = y_x * x + y_y * y + y_0\end{split}
\end{equation}\subsubsection*{WCS data}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The WCS data block immediately follows the metadata block. The first four
bytes (long type) specify the length of the block in bytes, the data starts
at offset 4. The WCS data are encoded as a FITS header.
\subsubsection*{Table of apertures}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The table of apertures immediately follows the WCS data block. The first four
bytes (long type) specify a number of records in the table, the first record starts
at offset 4, records have 12 bytes each. The description of fields in the table
of apertures is given in table {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-aper}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{3}}}}.

\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-aper}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 3


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Offset
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Type
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Length
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
0
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Aperture identifier
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Radius in pixels
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}
\subsubsection*{Table of objects}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The table of objects immediately follows the table of apertures. The first four
bytes (long type) specify a number of records in the table, the first record starts
at offset 4, records have 48 bytes each. The description of fields in the table
of objects is given in table {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-object}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{4}}}}.

\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-object}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 4


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Offset
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Type
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Length
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
0
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object identifier within a file (starts with 1 for valid entries)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Global identifier (assigned in matching), zero or negative value if the objects was not matched (*)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
X\sphinxhyphen{}coordinate of position of the object
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
16
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Y\sphinxhyphen{}coordinate of position of the object
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
24
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Local mean background level in ADU
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
32
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Std. deviation of local background level
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
40
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
binary64
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Full width at halt maximum (FWHM) in pixels
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(*) It is recommended to assign valid object identifiers from the range of 1 to 2,147,483,647 (MAX\_INT).
The reader should interpret zero or negative value of object identifier as an invalid entry; the record should be silently ignored.
The reader should interpret zero or negative value of global identifier (a result of matching) as a non\sphinxhyphen{}matched object.
The writer is recommended to use the value (\sphinxhyphen{}1) to indicate invalid entries and non\sphinxhyphen{}matched objects.
\subsubsection*{Table of measurements}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The table of measurements immediately follows the table of objects. The number
of records is not given explicitly, but it is always number of objects multiplied
by number of apertures. Objects and apertures are stored in the same order as they
appear in the tables of objects and table of apertures, respectively. The first
records that specify measurement data for the first object and aperture
stars at offset 0, the second record specify measurement data for the first object
and second aperture, etc. Each record has 12 bytes. Unlike previous fields,
magnitude and its error is stored in 24.8 format with fixed decimal point. The
value \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{0x7FFFFFFF}} means undefined value. The description of fields in the
table of measurements is given in table {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-body}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{5}}}}.

\sphinxAtStartPar
A non\sphinxhyphen{}zero integer value at offset 8, introduced in revision 3, specify a reason why
the object was not measured. The table {\hyperref[\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-codes}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{6}}}} gives a list
of possible values and their meaning.

\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-body}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 5


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Offset
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Type
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Length
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
0
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Raw instrumental brightness in magnitudes, 8.24 fixed point format
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Error estimation of brightness, 8.24 fixed point format
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
8
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
long
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
4
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
A value indicating the reason why the object was not measured
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}
\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{photometry_files_format:table-pht-bin-codes}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 6


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Value
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
0
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
The object was measured successfully
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
1014
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Computed magnitude is outside the range of \sphinxhyphen{}99 and 99 magnitudes
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
1600
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
The net intensity in the aperture is zero or negative (*)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
1601
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
The aperture size has an invalid value
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
1602
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
The aperture is too close to the frame border
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
1603
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
There are overexposed pixels in the aperture
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
1604
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
There are pixels of invalid value in the aperture
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
1605
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
There are not enough pixels with valid value in the sky annulus
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(*) The net intensity is defined as sum of pixel values in the aperture minus
mean background intensity multiplied by aperture area.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{catalog@\spxentry{catalog}!files@\spxentry{files}}\index{files@\spxentry{files}!catalog@\spxentry{catalog}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Catalog files}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:catalog-files}}\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:catalog-files-format}}\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Using catalog files can speed up your work, in case you often observe
particular star field, for example long\sphinxhyphen{}term monitoring of a variable star.
The structure of the data stored in a file is very similar to a photometry file,
but it contains the selection of stars (variable star, comparison star, etc.).
When a catalog file is used instead of a reference file in matching phase of
reduction, the selection is automatically restored from that file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Catalog files are saved as XML documents. The EXPAT library has been used
for reading the files in XML based formats, see the {\hyperref[\detokenize{references:references}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{References}}}} section
for details.


\subsubsection{Description of elements}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:description-of-elements}}

\paragraph{cat\_file}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:cat-file}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The root element of XML document
\subsubsection*{Attributes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
None
\subsubsection*{Model}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(info?, selection*, taglist?, stars?)
\subsubsection*{Description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{cat\_file} element is a root element of the document.
The document consists of meta\sphinxhyphen{}data (file header), arbitrary number of object selections,
a table of object tags and a table of objects.


\paragraph{info}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:info}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The file header
\subsubsection*{Attributes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
None
.. rubric:: Model

\sphinxAtStartPar
(object | ra2000 | dec2000 | observer | observatory | telescope | camera | filter | fov | orientation | comment)*
\subsubsection*{Description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{info} element is a container for catalog file meta\sphinxhyphen{}data.
The parameters are given as child elements, parameter values are stored in
child elements’ content. The order of child elements is not significant. The description
of parameters is given in {\hyperref[\detokenize{catalog_files_format:table-cat-head}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Table 1}}}}.

\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:table-cat-head}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 1


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Element name
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Presence
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
object
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object’s designation
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
ra2000
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object’s right ascension
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
dec2000
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object’s declination
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
observer
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Observer’s name
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
observatory
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Observer’s location designation
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
longitude
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Observer’s longitude
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
latitude
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Observer’s latitude
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
telescope
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Designation of the telescope
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
camera
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Camera manufacturer and model
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
filter
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Optical filter
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
fov
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
View field size
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
rotation
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
View field orientation
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
comment
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
optional
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
User comments
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}


\paragraph{selection}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:selection}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The table of selected objects
\subsubsection*{Attributes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
name
\subsubsection*{Model}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(select*)
\subsubsection*{Description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{selection} element is a container for elements
that specify an object role (variable, comparison and check stars) to make a light curve.
Since the version 2.0.11, the catalog file is capable of including an arbitrary number
of object selections \sphinxhyphen{} the main purpose of this is to support multiple variable stars
on a single star field.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Each \sphinxstyleemphasis{select} element define one object and its role. If there are more roles for a single object, the
result is undefined. The optional attribute \sphinxstyleemphasis{name} specify a caption that is
used to provide a list of available object selections. If it is not present, it is
recommended to use the file name of the catalog file (without extension) instead.


\paragraph{select}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:select}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A selected star and its role
\subsubsection*{Attributes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
id, label
\subsubsection*{Model}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Empty
\subsubsection*{Description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{select} element assigns a role and caption
to one star. The mandatory attribute \sphinxstyleemphasis{id} specify object’s identifier, it must
be one of object identifiers that appears in the table of star. The attribute
\sphinxstyleemphasis{label} is a description of the object. It starts with a prefix, which must
be either ‘var’ for a variable star, ‘comp’ for a comparison star and ‘chk’
for a check star. When there are more stars of the same role, the ordinal number
is appended to the prefix to give them unique labels.


\paragraph{selection}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:id1}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A list of tabs
\subsubsection*{Attributes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
None
\subsubsection*{Model}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(tag*)
\subsubsection*{Description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{taglist} element is a container for elements
that specify user\sphinxhyphen{}defined strings (tags) for objects. Each \sphinxstyleemphasis{tag} element
define a tag for a single object. If there are more tags for a single object, the
result is undefined.


\paragraph{tag}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:tag}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A star’s tag
\subsubsection*{Attributes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
id, value
\subsubsection*{Model}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Empty
\subsubsection*{Description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{tag} element assigns a tag to one star.
The mandatory attribute \sphinxstyleemphasis{id} specify object’s identifier, it must
be one of object identifiers that appears in the table of star. The attribute
\sphinxstyleemphasis{value} is a string assigned to it.


\paragraph{stars}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:stars}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A table of all stars on the frame
\subsubsection*{Attributes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
width, height
\subsubsection*{Model}

\sphinxAtStartPar
(s*)
\subsubsection*{Description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{stars} element is a container for stars, each
child element \sphinxstyleemphasis{s} specify a single star. The mandatory attributes
\sphinxstyleemphasis{width} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{height} define a frame size in pixels. If there are multiple
definitions with the same identifier, the result is undefined.


\paragraph{s}
\label{\detokenize{catalog_files_format:s}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The position and brightness of a star
\subsubsection*{Attributes}

\sphinxAtStartPar
id, x, y, m, e
\subsubsection*{Model}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Empty
\subsubsection*{Description}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The \sphinxstyleemphasis{s} element defines an object. The mandatory attribute
\sphinxstyleemphasis{id} is the object’s identification, it must be unique within the file. The mandatory
attributes \sphinxstyleemphasis{x} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{y} stores the position of the object within the frame, the
coordinates are specified in pixels, the origin is the left top corner of the frame. The
attributes \sphinxstyleemphasis{m} and \sphinxstyleemphasis{e} specifies raw instrumental brightness in magnitudes and
its error estimation.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{light curve@\spxentry{light curve}!format@\spxentry{format}}\index{format@\spxentry{format}!light curve@\spxentry{light curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Light curve files}
\label{\detokenize{light_curve_format:light-curve-files}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve_format:light-curve-format}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve_format:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{light_curve_format::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Light curves (dependency of brightness on observation time) are usually final
product of the reduction process. A light curve table consists of observation time
in Julian date form followed by magnitudes and their errors of all selected stars.
Two basic output working modes are provided: in differential mode, magnitudes stored
in the table are differences between each pair of the stars. On the other hand,
instrumental mode allows you to print out raw values computed by photometry. Note,
that instrumental magnitudes cannot be compared to absolute ones, which is found
in the photometry catalogs, without further post\sphinxhyphen{}processing.
\subsubsection*{Format C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack (default)}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Output files are stored in the ASCII format; the end of the line is represented by
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{CR+LF}} in the DOS/MS Windows environment and by \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{LF}} in the Unix/Linux
environment. First line contains always a list of column names separated by single
space character. Second line consists of additional information (aperture, filter, etc.)
and has no special formatting, it must not start by number, though.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On the following lines, the table values are stored. The values are separated by tab
character or single space, rows are separated by the end\sphinxhyphen{}of\sphinxhyphen{}line character (see above).
Parsers must ignore all additional white characters. Empty lines indicates, that the
corresponding frame was not successfully processed and thus a brightness of a variable
or a comparison star could not be determined. See table {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_format:table-dat-head}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{1}}}} for short
description of columns.

\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{light_curve_format:table-dat-head}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 1


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Keyword
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
JD
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Geocentric Julian date of observation
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
JDHEL
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Heliocentric Julian date of observation
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
V\sphinxhyphen{}C
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Difference of variable and comparison star
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
s1
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Error of V\sphinxhyphen{}C value
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
V\sphinxhyphen{}K1
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Difference of comparison and check star \#1
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
s2
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Error of C\sphinxhyphen{}C1 value
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
…
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
…
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
V
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Brightness of variable star (abs. instr. magnitude)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
s1
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Error of V value
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
C
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Brightness of comparison star
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
s2
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Error of C value
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
K1
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Brightness of check star \#1
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
s3
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Error of K1 value
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
…
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
…
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
IDnnn\sphinxhyphen{}C
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Difference of object with ID nnn and the comparison star
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
…
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
…
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
IDnnn
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Brightness of object with ID nnn (abs. instr. magnitude)
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
…
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
…
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
HELCOR
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Heliocentric correction in days
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
AIRMASS
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Air mass coefficient
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
ALTITUDE
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Altitude (elevation) in degrees above horizon
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}
\subsubsection*{Format AVE compatible}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The “AVE compatible” file format allows to save
a light curve with differential magnitudes to the AVE software \sphinxcite{references:barbera11}.
The output file is an ASCII text file. Each frame is stored on a separate line,
lines begin with a Julian date of observation, followed by a space and followed by a brightness
of a variable star in magnitudes. Frames where a variable was not measured are
omitted. The file does not contain any header.
\subsubsection*{Format MCV compatible}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The “MCV compatible” file format allows to save instrumental magnitudes of
selected stars in a file that can be processed in the MCV software \sphinxcite{references:andronov04}.
The output file is an ASCII text file. Each frame is stored on a separate line,
lines begin with a Julian date of observation, followed by instrumental magnitude
for each selected star. Fields are separated by a space character. A zero value
stored instead of a valid magnitude indicates missing or invalid data. The file
does not have any header.


\sphinxstrong{See also:}
\nopagebreak


\sphinxAtStartPar
{\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve:light-curve}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{light_curve_dialog:light-curve-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Light curve (dialog)}}}}, {\hyperref[\detokenize{aavso_format:aavso-format}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Export light curve in AAVSO format}}}}



\sphinxstepscope

\index{track curve@\spxentry{track curve}!format@\spxentry{format}}\index{format@\spxentry{format}!track curve@\spxentry{track curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Track curve files}
\label{\detokenize{track_curve_format:track-curve-files}}\label{\detokenize{track_curve_format:track-curve-format}}\label{\detokenize{track_curve_format:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{track_curve_format::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Track lists (dependency of frame shift on observation time) are usually used for
determining the value of periodic error of the telescope mount. A track curve table
consists of observation time in Julian date form followed by shifts in the horizontal
(X) and the vertical (Y) axes in pixels relative to the reference frame.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Output files are stored in the ASCII format; the end of the line is represented by
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{CR+LF}} in the DOS/MS Windows environment and by \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{LF}} in the Unix/Linux
environment. First line contains a list of column names separated by single space
character. Second line consists of additional information and has no special
formatting, it must not start by number, though.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On the following lines, the table values are stored. The values are separated by tab
character or single space, rows are separated by the end\sphinxhyphen{}of\sphinxhyphen{}line character (see above).
Parsers must ignore all additional white characters. Empty lines indicates, that the
corresponding frame was not successfully processed and thus shift values could not be
determined. See table {\hyperref[\detokenize{track_curve_format:table-trk-head}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{1}}}} for short description of columns.

\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{track_curve_format:table-trk-head}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 1


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Keyword
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
JD
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Geocentric Julian date of observation
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
OFFSETX
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Relative shift in horizontal direction
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
OFFSETY
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Relative shift in vertical direction
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}

\sphinxstepscope

\index{Air mass curve@\spxentry{Air mass curve}!format@\spxentry{format}}\index{format@\spxentry{format}!Air mass curve@\spxentry{Air mass curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Air mass curve files}
\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_format:air-mass-curve-files}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_format:air-mass-curve-format}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_format:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_format::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The table of air mass coefficients is stored in the ASCII format; lines are separated
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{CR+LF}}, \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{LF}} or \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{CR}} character. The writer can choose any separator,
it is recommended to use a separator native to the writer’s environment. The reader
must correctly handle any separator. The first line contains a list of column names
separated by a single space character. Second line is left empty.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On the following lines, the table values are stored. The values are separated by a
space character, rows are separated by an end\sphinxhyphen{}of\sphinxhyphen{}line character (see above).
Parsers must ignore all additional white characters between fields, at the beginning
and at the end of a line. See table {\hyperref[\detokenize{air_mass_curve_format:table-amass-table}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{1}}}} for the description of
the columns.

\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{air_mass_curve_format:table-amass-table}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 1


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Keyword
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
JD
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Geocentric Julian date of observation
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
AIRMASS
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Air mass coefficient
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
ALTITUDE
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Apparent altitude in degrees above horizon
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}

\sphinxstepscope

\index{Varfind curve@\spxentry{Varfind curve}!format@\spxentry{format}}\index{format@\spxentry{format}!Varfind curve@\spxentry{Varfind curve}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Varfind curve format}
\label{\detokenize{varfind_curve_format:varfind-curve-format}}\label{\detokenize{varfind_curve_format:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{varfind_curve_format:id1}}\label{\detokenize{varfind_curve_format::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Varfind (mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev) curve file consists of table of indexes, mean magnitudes and standard deviations
for all detected stars. Such data is intended for detecting variable stars on a set
of CCD frames. Magnitudes are always in differential form, they are relative to
the comparison star.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Output files are stored in the ASCII format; the end of the line is represented by
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{CR+LF}} in the DOS/MS Windows environment and by \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{LF}} in the Unix/Linux
environment. First line contains a list of column names separated by single space
character. Second line consists of additional information and has no special
formatting, it must not start by number, though.

\sphinxAtStartPar
On the following lines, the table values are stored. The values are separated by tab
character or single space, rows are separated by the end\sphinxhyphen{}of\sphinxhyphen{}line character (see above).
Parsers must ignore all additional white characters. See table {\hyperref[\detokenize{varfind_curve_format:table-fnd-head}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{1}}}}
for short description of columns.

\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{varfind_curve_format:table-fnd-head}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Table 1


\begin{savenotes}\sphinxattablestart
\sphinxthistablewithglobalstyle
\centering
\begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}[t]{|T|T|}
\sphinxtoprule
\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Keyword
&\sphinxstyletheadfamily 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Description
\\
\sphinxmidrule
\sphinxtableatstartofbodyhook
\sphinxAtStartPar
INDEX
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Ordinal number of a star in the reference file
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
MEAN\_MAG
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Mean relative magnitude of a star
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
STDEV
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Standard deviation of previous value
\\
\sphinxhline
\sphinxAtStartPar
GOODPOINTS
&
\sphinxAtStartPar
Number of measurements used for computation
\\
\sphinxbottomrule
\end{tabulary}
\sphinxtableafterendhook\par
\sphinxattableend\end{savenotes}

\sphinxstepscope

\index{Readall file@\spxentry{Readall file}!format@\spxentry{format}}\index{format@\spxentry{format}!Readall file@\spxentry{Readall file}}\ignorespaces 

\subsection{Readall file format}
\label{\detokenize{readall_file_format:readall-file-format}}\label{\detokenize{readall_file_format:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{readall_file_format:id1}}\label{\detokenize{readall_file_format::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
This ‘Read all’ file is used to export the measurement data of all objects and a set of
frames to one file. Its name originates from the old ‘readall’ utility. In the
C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software such file can be created by the ‘Find variables’ tool and
this tool can also import data from such file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The readall file is a text file. Lines are separated by \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{CR+LF}}, \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{CR}}
or \sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{LF}} character. The writer can use any line separator, the reader should
correctly handle any of these. Fields are separated by a space character, the reader
should ignore any additional space characters between fields, at the beginning of
a file or between the last field and following line separator.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The first line is used to identify the file. It should contain the following text:

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxcode{\sphinxupquote{\# JD, instrumental mags and standard deviations of all detected stars\}}}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The seconds line starts with a hash character and it is followed by an aperture identifier
and color filter name. Third and following lines consists of measurement data.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The first field of each line is a Julian date of observation. The following fields
contain raw instrumental brightness of objects followed by an error estimation.
The data are organized in such a way that one object occupy always the same fields
on each line. Invalid magnitudes are represented as values ‘99.99999’ and invalid
error estimations are represented as values ‘9.99999’.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The length of a line is not limited. Because each line carries measurement data for
a entire frame, the reader must be designed to correctly handle very long lines.

\sphinxstepscope


\chapter{Tips and tricks}
\label{\detokenize{tips_and_tricks:tips-and-tricks}}\label{\detokenize{tips_and_tricks::doc}}

\section{I need to move my projects to another drive}
\label{\detokenize{tips_and_tricks:i-need-to-move-my-projects-to-another-drive}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
In case the current folder where the projects are stored in does not suit you, do the following steps:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Close the program

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Move the content of the current folder with the existing projects into another location.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Next time you create a new project using the {\hyperref[\detokenize{new_project_dialog:new-project-dialog}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{New project (dialog)}}}}, change the location for the
new project.

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
The is no special configuration option that needs to be adjusted to change the location of your
project files.


\section{How to back up a project}
\label{\detokenize{tips_and_tricks:how-to-back-up-a-project}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
No special action is necessary to make a copy of a project; copy a project file, a directory
with the “\sphinxhyphen{}files” suffix and all files that resides in it.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Restoring is also easy; just copy the files and directories to a folder and make sure that
you have the ‘read\sphinxhyphen{}write’ access to the project file, the directory with “\sphinxhyphen{}files” suffix
and also to all files that resides in it. When you open a project from a read\sphinxhyphen{}only location,
e.g. DVD, the program detects the situation and gives a warning; you can open a project in
‘read\sphinxhyphen{}only’ mode; in this mode, it is allowed to make outputs, e.g. light curve, but
operations that would change the data are not allowed.

\sphinxstepscope


\chapter{Glossary}
\label{\detokenize{glossary:glossary}}\label{\detokenize{glossary::doc}}\begin{description}
\sphinxlineitem{Air mass coefficient\index{Air mass coefficient@\spxentry{Air mass coefficient}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Air-mass-coefficient}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The air mass coefficient characterizes the attenuation of the light when it
travels through the atmosphere. Because the atmosphere is not equally transparent
for all wavelengths, this effect becomes important when you want to compute the
absolute magnitudes for measured objects. The coefficient equals to 1.0 when the
object is in the zenith by definition and it is greater than one for altitudes
between the zenith and the horizon. It is not defined for objects at or below the
horizon.

\sphinxlineitem{Altitude\index{Altitude@\spxentry{Altitude}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Altitude}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Altitude is one of the coordinates of the horizontal coordinate system. It is
used for computation of the air mass coefficient. To compute the object’s altitude
at a time of observation, the date and time of observation, object’s equatorial
coordinates and observer’s geographical coordinates must be known.

\sphinxlineitem{Aperture photometry\index{Aperture photometry@\spxentry{Aperture photometry}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Aperture-photometry}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The aperture photometry is a method for measurement of brightness of a star
on a CCD frame. After image calibration, the frame consists of two components \sphinxhyphen{}
sky background level and a signal from a star. To measure star’s brightness, we
have to separate these two components.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The algorithm of aperture photometry was developed from a method used for
a observations made by means of a photomultiplier. Unlike this, the aperture photometry
for digital images carried out by means of a CCD camera uses the digital image
processing algorithms. The algorithm uses two apertures \sphinxhyphen{} an annular shaped one to
measure the background level in vicinity of a star and a circular one to measure
the total flux from a star. The background is subtracted from a star’s signal.
The brightness of a star is defined as a ratio of its signal to a fixed reference value.
Such value, expressed in magnitudes, is called instrumental absolute brightness.

\sphinxlineitem{Bias frame\index{Bias frame@\spxentry{Bias frame}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Bias-frame}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A bias frame is an image obtained from the CCD camera when all
light is blocked and the exposure is indefinitely short (in ideal case).
It represents the constant bias level, that is preset in the camera’s
electronics that reads out the image data. For ideal CCD camera, the
level should be constant for pixels and the bias could be represented
by a single value. In practice, there are small differences between
pixels.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the standard calibration scheme, the bias is included in
the dark frame and thus it is subtracted during the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction.
In the advanced calibration scheme, the bias must be subtracted
from a scientific frame before the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame calibration is applied.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The bias frame is used in the bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction phase of the
reduction process. To reduce noise, a master bias frame is often used
instead of a raw bias frame.

\sphinxlineitem{Bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction\index{Bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction@\spxentry{Bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Bias-frame-correction}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction subtracts the bias component from a CCD frame.
This step is a part of the reduction process of CCD frames. It is used only in
the advanced calibration scheme.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To apply the correction to a set of frames, a bias frame is required.

\sphinxlineitem{Catalog file\index{Catalog file@\spxentry{Catalog file}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Catalog-file}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A catalog file is a file that consists of a list of stars (their positions
and magnitudes). Unlike a photometry file, it can contain identification of variable,
comparison and check stars.

\sphinxAtStartPar
A catalog file can be made by means of the Muniwin user interface and it is
used as a reference file in the matching process. In this case, the software restores
the selection of stars from a file and an user don’t need to select the stars again.
It is useful if you repeatedly observe the same field.

\sphinxlineitem{Dark frame\index{Dark frame@\spxentry{Dark frame}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Dark-frame}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A dark frame is an image obtained from the CCD camera when all
light is blocked. The image represents the thermal current accumulated
in a CCD device during an exposure. The mean value of the thermal current
is proportional to the CCD temperature and exposure duration. For an ideal
CCD camera, the thermal current would be the same for all pixels and
it could be represented by a single value. In practice, some of the CCD
elements are much more sensitive to the thermal current than the rest.
These pixels, which appear as a bright dots on a dark frame, are called
hot pixels. Depending on the calibration scheme, the dark frame may also
contain the bias level.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The dark frame is used in the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction phase of the
reduction process. To reduce noise, a master dark frame is often used
instead of a raw dark frame.

\sphinxlineitem{Dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction\index{Dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction@\spxentry{Dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Dark-frame-correction}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction subtracts the thermal component from a CCD frame.
This step is a part of the reduction process of CCD frames. In the standard
calibration scheme, this bias components is subtracted as well, because the bias
is included in the dark frame.
To apply the correction to a set of frames, a dark frame is required.

\sphinxlineitem{Ensemble photometry\index{Ensemble photometry@\spxentry{Ensemble photometry}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Ensemble-photometry}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The ensemble photometry is a technique of a light curve construction which utilitizes measurements
of multiple comparison (constant) stars in order to reduce the random errors. The method implemented
in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software can be called “strict” ensemble photometry, because it requires that \sphinxstyleemphasis{all}
stars from the comparison star set are present on every frame, if this is not satistifed, the frame
is discarded from the light curve. Fluxes (not magnitudes) of the comparison stars are summed up to
get instrumental magnitude of an “artificial” comparison star which is than used to find out
differential brightness of a variable star.

\sphinxlineitem{Flat frame\index{Flat frame@\spxentry{Flat frame}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Flat-frame}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A flat frame is an image obtained from the CCD camera when a telescope
is pointed towards a luminous area of uniformly distributed intensity across the
field of view. The image represents the spatial distribution of the sensitivity
not only of the CCD elements but whole device. It records the response of the
entire optical system \sphinxhyphen{} the telescope, filters, camera’s window, cover glass
and CCD chip itself \sphinxhyphen{} to a uniform source of light. Most significant effects that
affect a flat frame are vignetting and sensitivity variations of CCD elements.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The flat frame is used in the flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction phase of the
reduction process. To reduce noise, a master flat frame is often used
instead of a raw flat frame.

\sphinxlineitem{Flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction\index{Flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction@\spxentry{Flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Flat-frame-correction}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction equalizes sensitivity variations of the whole
optical system (telescope + filter + camera). This step is a part of the reduction
process of CCD frames.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To apply the correction to a set of frames, a flat frame is required.

\sphinxlineitem{Flexible Image Transport System\index{Flexible Image Transport System@\spxentry{Flexible Image Transport System}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Flexible-Image-Transport-System}}}\sphinxlineitem{FITS\index{FITS@\spxentry{FITS}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-FITS}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Flexible Image Transport System is a file format designed specifically
to store scientific images and data. Since its first publication in 1981 in has
become the most frequently used file format for storing and manipulating of images
that were carried out by means of the astronomy CCD cameras.

\sphinxAtStartPar
In the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack project, the FITS format accepts the FITS images on
its input and it uses the format to store the results of operation that produce
a CCD image as an output.

\sphinxlineitem{Full Width at Half Maximum\index{Full Width at Half Maximum@\spxentry{Full Width at Half Maximum}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Full-Width-at-Half-Maximum}}}\sphinxlineitem{FWHM\index{FWHM@\spxentry{FWHM}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-FWHM}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Full Width at Half Maximum is used in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software to express
a diameter or width of a star\sphinxhyphen{}like objects. The width is measured in the middle
between background level and the maximum value.

\sphinxlineitem{Heliocentric correction\index{Heliocentric correction@\spxentry{Heliocentric correction}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Heliocentric-correction}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The heliocentric correction fixes the variations of the distance between the
observer (Earth) and observed object which occur because the Earth orbits around the
Sun. This effect is not negligible especially in observation of eclipsing variable
stars or exoplanet transitions, when you need to measure the time interval between
two events, that occurred few weeks or months apart. The heliocentric correction
transforms the times in such a way that they are related to a virtual fixed point
placed in one focus of the Earth’s orbit (close to the Sun).

\sphinxAtStartPar
The heliocentric correction is optionally performed during construction of
a light curve. Object’s equatorial coordinates are required.

\sphinxlineitem{Heliocentric Julian date\index{Heliocentric Julian date@\spxentry{Heliocentric Julian date}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Heliocentric-Julian-date}}}\sphinxlineitem{HJD\index{HJD@\spxentry{HJD}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-HJD}}}\sphinxlineitem{JD(hel.)\index{JD(hel.)@\spxentry{JD(hel.)}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-JD-hel.}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The heliocentric Julian date is a time of an event (a particular
observation, time of minimum) with the heliocentric correction applied.

\sphinxlineitem{Julian date\index{Julian date@\spxentry{Julian date}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Julian-date}}}\sphinxlineitem{JD\index{JD@\spxentry{JD}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-JD}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The Julian date (JD) is the interval of time in days and fractions of a day
since January 1, 4713 BC Greenwich noon. It is widely used and recommended by International
Astronomical Union to express the time of an event, for example a particular observation,
minimum of a variable star, etc.

\sphinxAtStartPar
You can use the Muniwin program to convert the Gregorian calendar date to
Julian date and back.

\sphinxlineitem{Light curve\index{Light curve@\spxentry{Light curve}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Light-curve}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A light curve is a graph of brightness of a star, as a function of time. The
light curve is one of the products of the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software. It is used especially
in the observation of variable stars. The brightness of a star is expressed in
magnitudes, usually as a difference between two objects \sphinxhyphen{} a variable star and a
comparison star. One or more check stars are used in addition. Absolute intensities
are used sometimes, another post\sphinxhyphen{}processing step outside the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software
is required in this case.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Depending on a type of the light curve, a user must choose a variable star,
a comparison star and optionally one of more check stars. Object’s equatorial
coordinates or observer’s geographical coordinates may be required, too.

\sphinxlineitem{Master bias frame\index{Master bias frame@\spxentry{Master bias frame}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Master-bias-frame}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A master bias frame is a combined CCD frame made from a set of bias
frames. By means of the robust mean algorithm, the noise of the resulting
image is reduced.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The master bias frame is used in the bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction phase of the
reduction process.

\sphinxlineitem{Master dark frame\index{Master dark frame@\spxentry{Master dark frame}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Master-dark-frame}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A master dark frame is a combined CCD frame made from a set of dark
frames. By means of the robust mean algorithm, the noise of the resulting
image is reduced.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The master dark frame is used in the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction phase of the
reduction process.

\sphinxlineitem{Master flat frame\index{Master flat frame@\spxentry{Master flat frame}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Master-flat-frame}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A master flat frame is a combined CCD frame made from a set of flat
frames. By means of the robust mean algorithm, the noise of the resulting
image is reduced.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The master flat frame is used in the flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction phase of the
reduction process.

\sphinxlineitem{Matching\index{Matching@\spxentry{Matching}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Matching}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The matching is the last step in the standard CCD image reduction scheme.
It process a set of photometry files of a same view field and finds a relation
between individual stars on the frames. For example, the star on position (100, 100)
on frame 1 is the same one as star on position (120, 95) on frame 2 etc. Each
star is then assigned a unique identifier, which is the same for the same star
on all frame in the project.

\sphinxAtStartPar
To perform the matching, one frame must be given as a reference frame.
The reference frame is usually one frame from a set of input frames, but another
frame may be used \sphinxhyphen{} see catalog files.

\sphinxlineitem{Photometry\index{Photometry@\spxentry{Photometry}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Photometry}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The photometry is a process performed during the CCD image reduction. It
takes a calibrated CCD image and detects stars on it. For each star, the brightness
is determined. The results are saved to a file, which is called the photometry
file.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Current version of the software uses the aperture photometry method to
measure brightness of an object.

\sphinxlineitem{Profile\index{Profile@\spxentry{Profile}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Profile}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The profile provides a set of configuration parameters that are used to process the data. Unlike
the project, it does not contain the data \sphinxhyphen{} image files and photometry files. The profiles
are used to transfer the configuration parameters between projects.

\sphinxlineitem{Project\index{Project@\spxentry{Project}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Project}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The project in the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software is a container that retains the products of the
CCD frame calibration and reduction process. The project consists of project settings,
image files and photometry files. The projects are used to keep the products when the
user switches between various data sets.

\sphinxlineitem{Reduction of CCD frames\index{Reduction of CCD frames@\spxentry{Reduction of CCD frames}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Reduction-of-CCD-frames}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The reduction of CCD frames is a process which takes raw frames carried out
by means of a CCD camera and produces a set of photometry files, one file for
each input frame. The photometry file consists of a set of stars. For each star,
the derived brightness is stored. An unique identifier assigned to each star
is used to identify a particular star between frames.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Depending on a reduction scheme, the reduction consists of the following
three steps: calibration (bias\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction, dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame correction, flat\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction and time correction), photometry and matching.

\sphinxlineitem{Reference file\index{Reference file@\spxentry{Reference file}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Reference-file}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A reference file is a photometry file which is used in the matching process.
It is either a photometry file for one of source frames or a catalog file of
the same field.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The matching algorithm takes two photometry files at a time and find
corresponding stars on them. To match more than two scientific frames, one frame from
the set is chosen as a reference file and all source frames are matched one by one
against the reference.

\sphinxlineitem{Scalable dark frame\index{Scalable dark frame@\spxentry{Scalable dark frame}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Scalable-dark-frame}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A scalable dark frame is a special case of the dark frame. It is
used in the advanced calibration scheme that allows to use a dark frame
of exposure duration different from scientific images for the dark\sphinxhyphen{}frame
correction.

\sphinxAtStartPar
The scalable dark frame can be made from a dark frame by subtracting
a bias frame. Thus, the scalable dark frame contains only components that
are linearly dependent on exposure duration.

\sphinxlineitem{Time correction\index{Time correction@\spxentry{Time correction}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Time-correction}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
The time correction fixes the time of observation of source frames. This step
of the reduction process is optional and depends on particular situation. For example,
you can use the correction to fix the bias of the PC’s system clock in regards to
the UTC.

\sphinxlineitem{Time of observation\index{Time of observation@\spxentry{Time of observation}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Time-of-observation}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
In the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software, the time of a particular CCD frame is always related
to a center of the exposure.

\sphinxlineitem{Track curve\index{Track curve@\spxentry{Track curve}|spxpagem}\phantomsection\label{\detokenize{glossary:term-Track-curve}}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
A track curve is a graph of spatial offset of CCD frames, as a function
of time. Such curve is used to monitor the stability and precision of telescope
mount and its clock drive.

\end{description}

\sphinxstepscope

\index{History@\spxentry{History}}\index{Change log@\spxentry{Change log}}\ignorespaces 

\chapter{History}
\label{\detokenize{history:history}}\label{\detokenize{history:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{history:id1}}\label{\detokenize{history::doc}}

\section{Change log}
\label{\detokenize{history:change-log}}\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.37}

\sphinxAtStartPar
January 11, 2024\textasciigrave{}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added an option to select if positive longitude is east or west of Greenwich meridian.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Versions 2.1.27 \sphinxhyphen{} 2.1.36}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Bug fixes

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.26}

\sphinxAtStartPar
June 18, 2023\textasciigrave{}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added an option to disable alignment on local maxima in the Quick photometry tool.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.35}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{March 29, 2023}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added support for date \& time format using UT field, the value is specified in seconds.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.32}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{December 11, 2021}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added support for CR3 raw files

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.27}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{May 21, 2020}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added new date \& time format (prefixed with date name)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added new date \& time format (QHY8L camera)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added an option to show and hide tags for known variables

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed random crash when frames in the main window are sorted by property other that date and time

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.23}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{December 18, 2017}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added new file format \sphinxhyphen{} Nikon D5500

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.22}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{December 07, 2017}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
New feature \sphinxhyphen{} copy WCS coordinates of selected object to clipboard (context menu on right click)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
New feature \sphinxhyphen{} sorting of frames in the main window

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Minor fix \sphinxhyphen{} sign of SNR values

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.21}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{July 30, 2017}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fix for frames with zero exposure time

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fix chart preview in the Find variables tool \sphinxhyphen{} the image + chart mode did not work.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fix highlighting a variable star in the Find variables tool

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.20}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{June 3, 2017}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Minor change \sphinxhyphen{} Find variables \sphinxhyphen{} highlight all variable stars from user\sphinxhyphen{}defined selections (known variables)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Minor change \sphinxhyphen{} default file name for light curve and chart is set to a name of a current user\sphinxhyphen{}defined selection

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Minor change \sphinxhyphen{} if a label on a chart is located beyond the right / bottom edge, draw it on the left / above the object.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.19}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{March 29, 2017}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed error \sphinxhyphen{} Minimum pixel value could not be set below zero.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed crash that occurred when creating a light curve when project’s path contains characters with diacritics

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.18}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{March 11, 2017}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
New date \& time format (DATE\sphinxhyphen{}OBS with dots as separators)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed build issue with 32/64\sphinxhyphen{}bit long integer numbers.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug in AAVSO export \sphinxhyphen{} column names must start with a hash character

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Show wcslib’s version identifier in the About dialog

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.17}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{March 4, 2017}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
New date \& time format (CTRLTIME field)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Increased buffer sizes to avoid crashes due to buffer overrun.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Removed include of “malloc.h” header, error when building for Mac.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.16}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{February 8, 2017}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed error when saving a profile \sphinxhyphen{} ‘No such file or directory’ error message is shown when the ‘Profiles’ directory does not exist.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
New date \& time format in FITS files \sphinxhyphen{} hours without a leading zero.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.15}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{January 2, 2017}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed error in BAA VS export \sphinxhyphen{} columns VarAbsMag and VarMag were the wrong way round.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.14}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{October 11, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added new date \& time format (PI VersArray)

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.13}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{August 7, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Ensemble (multiple comparison stars) photometry in the Find variables tool

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.12}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{July 6, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added new date \& time format \sphinxhyphen{} ‘UTC’ field

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.11}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{June 18, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
New matching algorithm for very dense fields

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed random crash in the ‘Find variables’ tool

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.10}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{May 21, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Munilist command can make a table of objects from a photometry file or a catalogue file

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.9}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{May 15, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed crash in making light curve

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed crash in Find variables tool

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed crash in the ‘munilist’ command line tool

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Do not clear parameters stored in a project on ‘Remove all frames’ command

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.8}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{May 8, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Message log reverted to its original state (more messages)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Frame preview dialog \sphinxhyphen{} when switching between frames, keep a selected object on its place

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Frame preview dialog \sphinxhyphen{} optionally show a track of a moving target

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
DLSR processing \sphinxhyphen{} fixed error in reading/writing of “frames summed” parameter to FITS files

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.7}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{March 6, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed minor GUI issues related to moving targets

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed minor bug in frame matching for moving targets

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The tool “Process new frames” did not work with moving targets

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.6}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{February 28, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Updated user manual

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.5}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{February 22, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Matching for moving targets

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed issues with ‘Max. stars’ parameter

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Improved error reporting capabilities

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.4}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{January 9, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed program crash in the photometry

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.1.3}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{December 30, 2015}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The installation package for MS Windows includes 64\sphinxhyphen{}bit executables

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Updated GTK+ toolkit; MS Windows 2000 are no longer supported

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added new plot \sphinxhyphen{} CCD temperatures

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added new plot \sphinxhyphen{} object properties (position, de\sphinxhyphen{}focus (FWHM), instumental magnitude, …)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
‘Save project’ renamed to ‘Export project’

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The option ‘Ensemble photometry’ added to the ‘Make light curve’ dialog

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Support for World Coordinate System (WCS) data; show RA/Dec coordinates of objects

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Renamed columns “Vnnn” in the light curve if the option “Select all stars on the reference frame” is checked to “IDnnn”

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added new date \& time format \sphinxhyphen{} ‘DATE’ field

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.21}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{November 16, 2015}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug in creating a light curve with heliocentric correction

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug in AAVSO export for the ensemble photometry.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added manual topic about creating an AAVSO report.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.20}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{November 11, 2015}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Export a light curve in the AAVSO Extended format

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed program crash in the Find variables tool

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.19}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{November 3, 2015}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added option in making a light curve \sphinxhyphen{} show all objects on the reference frame

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Maximizing the main window on startup is default, but it can be turned off in the Environment settings

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.17}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{March 8, 2015}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed saving of CCD files \sphinxhyphen{} message “Invalid dimensions of the image”.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.16}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{November 17, 2014}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed program crash in Express reduction tool (selection of reference frame)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The program can read ‘Instrument’ and ‘Telescope’ fields from the FITS frames.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
More formats when reading object celestial coordinates from FITS files.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed compatibility issues when compiling software on Debian 7.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.15}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{October 27, 2014}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Time correction can be applied at any time (after photometry and matching)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Find variables \sphinxhyphen{} uses median filtering to remove sporadic outlaying measurements

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Julian dates are printed with 7 digits after the decimal point

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Improved exporting of tables, all tables can be exported in CSV format

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Minor bug fixes

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.14}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{July 19, 2014}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug in light curve \sphinxhyphen{} errors bars were always shown

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Find variables \sphinxhyphen{} added “custom” range of magnitudes in the light curve

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed crash in find variables \sphinxhyphen{} program crashed when an image was shown instead of a chart

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.13}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{July 13, 2014}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed crash in matching

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Find variables \sphinxhyphen{} fixed or adaptive range of magnitudes in the light curve

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.12}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{July 04, 2014}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed saving of light curves

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.11}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{June 15, 2014}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Graphs and charts now respect the system color scheme (Set the Windows to high contrast theme to switch to a “night” mode).

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug \sphinxhyphen{} the photometry did not work properly if the frame borders were used

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Python module \sphinxhyphen{} cmpack.PhtFile now exports FWHM of an object

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Frame preview \sphinxhyphen{} the ‘Object inspector’ tool shows reason why an object was not measured

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Frame preview can show a table of objects

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Light curve, track curve and air mass curve can show a table of measurements. The table can be
exported to a CSV file.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Changed dialog for creating new project, loading and saving profiles.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
It is possible to save multiple selections of objects (multiple variable stars on one view field)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Option if the first line in the FITS file is displayed at the top or the bottom of the window

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added possibility of constant time offset that is always applied to all frames in the project.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed creating 32\sphinxhyphen{}bit master flat frames

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.10}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{July 7, 2013}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug in catalog files \sphinxhyphen{} var, comp and check stars were not restored in the ‘Matching’ tool.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed minor problem with range checking in the Autocontrast routine

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
It is possible to edit user\sphinxhyphen{}defined object tags in a catalogue file

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Object inspector shows net intensity in ADU for a selected object

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Quick photometry \sphinxhyphen{} ‘Signal’ renamed to ‘Net intensity’

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.9}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{May 23, 2013}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Graphs can alternatively display date and time (UTC) and Julian date (JD)

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug \sphinxhyphen{} when ‘Mater bias’ project was open, the ‘Make’ menu was hidden

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
When frames are removed from the project, the associated temporary files are deleted

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug \sphinxhyphen{} matching algorithm for sparse fields required at least 5 stars

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
When one wants to save a chart, the program suggests the same name as for the light curve

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
When Ctrl key is held while mouse wheel is rotated, the zoom in X axis is preserved.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The ‘Help’ menus are aligned to the left

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Exposure duration is shown with 3 decimal places

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.8}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{January 14, 2013}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug \sphinxhyphen{} program crashed in the dark correction procedure

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.7}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{January 13, 2013}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug \sphinxhyphen{} when multiple bias/dark/flat correction frames was applied inside a single
set of source frame, the corrections were not applied correctly. The first correction frame was applied
always.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Updated document \sphinxtitleref{Theory of operation} \sphinxhyphen{} added detailed description of the matching algorithm

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Merge frames \sphinxhyphen{} correct handling of a case where the merged frames are rotated

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Choose stars dialog \sphinxhyphen{} variable star was sometimes not displayed

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
All dialog controls have tooltip texts

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed master flat tool \sphinxhyphen{} failed in case where source frames were stored in signed 16\sphinxhyphen{}bit format.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.6}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{November 17, 2012}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
User defined tags for objects on charts.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
New Python interface for C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack library.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug \sphinxhyphen{} time correction did not work in the Express reduction dialog.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed doxygen configuration file.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.5}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{October 28, 2012}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
New ‘Measurement’ tool.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Find variables \sphinxhyphen{} it is possible to manually remove individual objects from the mag\sphinxhyphen{}dev curve

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Do not show items in recent lists if they do not exist.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Minor bug fixes

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Updated user’s manual

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.4}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{October 4, 2012}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The 2.0 .. rubric:: Version is now released as a current stable .. rubric:: Version.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
List of recent projects and list of recent files are shown in the main menu.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
New \sphinxtitleref{Statistics} tool that shows minimum, maximum, mean and standard deviation.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Express reduction can be applied to selected frames only.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Support for CSLR camera Cannon 1100D

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Minor bug fixes

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Updated user’s manual

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.3}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{September 21, 2012}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Optimized main menu items

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Better icons

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Updated user’s manual

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.2}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{September 1, 2012}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Added support for QHY cameras

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Updated icons

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Updated user’s manual

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.1}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{August 19, 2012}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Fixed bug in processing entered object’s and observer’s coordinates.

\end{itemize}
\subsubsection*{Version 2.0.0}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxtitleref{August 12, 2012}
\begin{itemize}
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
First public release of the 2$^{\text{nd}}$ generation of the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software

\end{itemize}

\sphinxstepscope


\chapter{Troubleshooting}
\label{\detokenize{troubleshooting:troubleshooting}}\label{\detokenize{troubleshooting:id1}}\label{\detokenize{troubleshooting::doc}}\subsubsection*{The Muniwin tells that my FITS files are not correct}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Usually, this is a problem with the format of the date and time of observation.
See bellow for more information.
\subsubsection*{The Muniwin tells that it cannot open/find files even if they are there.}

\sphinxAtStartPar
If a path to files contains non\sphinxhyphen{}ASCII characters, like u with german umlaut, depnding
on your system, the program might not be able to cope with such paths. I’m aware of
this limitation, but I’m not able to fix that in short term. Meanwhile, please avoid
using non\sphinxhyphen{}ASCII characters in paths.
\subsubsection*{The Muniwin cannot read the date and time correctly}

\sphinxAtStartPar
Unfortunately, there is not any standard how to save a date and time of
observation to FITS file, so every program uses its own special format. Although
current version of C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack can read many different formats, it may happens,
that your program uses the another one. Send me one frame or two as sample
(see {\hyperref[\detokenize{bug_reports:bug-reports}]{\sphinxcrossref{\DUrole{std,std-ref}{Bug reports, new feature requests}}}}) and I will add it to the sources promptly.
\subsubsection*{The Muniwin does not run after ‘make install’}

\sphinxAtStartPar
When the program is run from a command line it complains about missing shared
library ‘libcmunipack\sphinxhyphen{}2.0.so.xxx’.

\sphinxAtStartPar
Run ‘ldconfig’ after ‘make install’. Although ‘make install’ should do the trick,
on some systems it does not.

\sphinxstepscope

\index{reporting@\spxentry{reporting}!bugs@\spxentry{bugs}}\index{bugs@\spxentry{bugs}!reporting@\spxentry{reporting}}\index{new feature@\spxentry{new feature}!requests@\spxentry{requests}}\index{requests@\spxentry{requests}!new feature@\spxentry{new feature}}\ignorespaces 

\chapter{Bug reports, new feature requests}
\label{\detokenize{bug_reports:bug-reports-new-feature-requests}}\label{\detokenize{bug_reports:bug-reports}}\label{\detokenize{bug_reports:index-0}}\label{\detokenize{bug_reports::doc}}
\sphinxAtStartPar
If you find a bug in the software or if you miss some feature,
please don’t hesitate to send me an email. Please include at least
the following information to your report:
\begin{enumerate}
\sphinxsetlistlabels{\arabic}{enumi}{enumii}{}{.}%
\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
The version of the C\sphinxhyphen{}Munipack software you use.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Your operating system.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
If the program shows an unexpected error message, an exact copy of
the message. A screenshot is always more helpful then just the text.

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Does this bug occur always, randomly but often or seldom?

\item {} 
\sphinxAtStartPar
Can you tell the minimum steps that leads to the failure?

\end{enumerate}

\sphinxAtStartPar
\sphinxstyleemphasis{Thanks!}

\sphinxAtStartPar
David Motl, \sphinxhref{mailto:dmotl@volny.cz}{dmotl@volny.cz}

\sphinxstepscope


\chapter{References}
\label{\detokenize{references:references}}\label{\detokenize{references:id1}}\label{\detokenize{references::doc}}
\begin{sphinxthebibliography}{pickerin}
\bibitem[berry00]{references:berry00}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Berry, Richard and Burnell, James. The Handbook of Astronomical Image Processing. Willmann\sphinxhyphen{}Bell, 2000.
\bibitem[hampel86]{references:hampel86}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Hampel, F. R., Ronchetti, E. M., Rousseeuw, P. J. and Stahel, W. A. Robust Statistics. The Approach Based on Influence Functions. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1986.
\bibitem[hampel05]{references:hampel05}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Hampel, F. R., Ronchetti E. M., Rousseeuw P. J. and Stahel, W.A. Robust Statistics: The Approach Based on Influence Functions (Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics). John Wiley \& Sons, Inc., New York, revised edition, 2005. \{doi:10.1002/9781118186435\}.
\bibitem[hardie62]{references:hardie62}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Hardie, R. H. Photoelectric reductions. Astronomical Techniques, 1962.
\bibitem[huber81]{references:huber81}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Huber P. J. Robust Statistics. Wiley, 1981.
\bibitem[andronov04]{references:andronov04}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Andronov I.L. and Baklanov A.V. Algorithm of the artificial comparison star for the ccd photometry. Astronomical School’s Report, 5(1\sphinxhyphen{}2):264\sphinxhyphen{}272, 2004.
\bibitem[pickering02]{references:pickering02}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Pickering, K. A. The southern limits of the ancient star catalog. The International Journal of Scientific History, 12:3\sphinxhyphen{}27, 9 2002.
\bibitem[barbera11]{references:barbera11}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Barbera, R. and Iparraguirre, J. AVE. 12 2011. \sphinxurl{http://www.astrogea.org/soft/ave/aveint.htm}
\bibitem[stetson89]{references:stetson89}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Stetson, P. B. V Advanced School of Astrophysics, 1989.
\bibitem[stetson11]{references:stetson11}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Stetson, P. B. MUD/9 \sphinxhyphen{} DAOPHOT II User’s Manual. 09 2011. \sphinxurl{http://www.star.bris.ac.uk/~mbt/daophot/}
\bibitem[groth86]{references:groth86}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Groth, E. J. A pattern\sphinxhyphen{}matching algorithm for two\sphinxhyphen{}dimensional coordinate lists. aj, 91:1244\sphinxhyphen{}1248, May 1986. (doi: 10.1086/114099).
\bibitem[valdes95]{references:valdes95}
\sphinxAtStartPar
Valdes, F. G., Campusano, L. E., Velasquez J. D., Stetson P.B. Focas automatic catalog matching algorithms. Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific, 107(717):1119\sphinxhyphen{}1128, November 1995. \sphinxurl{http://www.jstor.org/discover/10.2307/40680657?uid=3737784\&uid=2\&uid=4\&sid=21102685587487}, (doi: 10.1086/133667).
\bibitem[flandern79]{references:flandern79}
\sphinxAtStartPar
van Flandern, T. C. and Pulkkinen, K. F. Low\sphinxhyphen{}precision formulae for planetary positions. apjs, 41:391\sphinxhyphen{}411, November 1979. (doi: 10.1086/190623).
\end{sphinxthebibliography}



\renewcommand{\indexname}{Index}
\printindex
\end{document}